Request For Proposals


Dec 19, 2013 - award of this RFP will be contingent upon receipt within three (3) business days of request for insurance ..... DCSD has adopted and im...

12 downloads 9 Views 5MB Size

DeKalb County Board of Education Operations Division Sam A. Moss Service Center 1780 Montreal Road Tucker, GA 30084-6705

Request for Proposals (RFP) No. 14-752-003 for ARCHITECTURAL & ENGINEERING SERVICES (PREQUALIFIED FIRMS only)

Project: DCSD Project No.: Owner:

Miller Grove Middle School HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement 122-422 DeKalb County Board of Education (the “Board”)

Solicitation Timeline Summary EVENT

DATE(S)

TIME

LOCATION

Solicitation Opens

December 5, 2013

Mandatory PreProposal Conference

December 11, 2013

10:00 AM

Mandatory Site Visits

December 11, 2013

1:00 PM

Questions Due

December 16, 2013

2:00 PM

[email protected]

Final Addendum

December 19, 2013

2:00 PM

http://www.dekalb.k12.ga.us/solicitations

Proposal Due Date & Time

January 8, 2014

11:00 AM

Sam A. Moss Center 1780 Montreal Rd. Tucker, GA 30084

Selection Committee Evaluation Anticipated Board Review and Approval Anticipated Notice of Award

http://www.dekalb.k12.ga.us/solicitations Sam A. Moss Center 1780 Montreal Rd. Tucker, GA 30084 Miller Grove Middle School 2215 Miller Road Decatur, GA 30035

January 7-8, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 4-5, 2014

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 1 of 20

Table of Contents I.

BACKGROUND ................................................................................................................................ 4

II.

PURPOSE ........................................................................................................................................ 4

III.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................... 5 A.

Offeror Performance ........................................................................................................... 5

B.

Non-Discrimination ............................................................................................................. 5

C.

Drug-Free Workplace ......................................................................................................... 5

D.

Smoke-Free Workplace ...................................................................................................... 5

E.

Costs Incurred .................................................................................................................... 5

F.

Insurance ............................................................................................................................ 5

G.

Indemnification.................................................................................................................... 7

H.

Interviews............................................................................................................................ 7

I.

Contract Terms ................................................................................................................... 7

J.

Permits and Applicable Law ............................................................................................... 7

K.

Non-Collusion ..................................................................................................................... 7

L.

Conflict of Interest ............................................................................................................... 8

M.

Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure ..................................................................................... 8

N.

Business License ................................................................................................................ 8

O.

Rights Reserved ................................................................................................................. 8

P.

Taxes .................................................................................................................................. 8

Q.

Conditional Proposals ......................................................................................................... 8

R.

Offeror Failure..................................................................................................................... 9

S.

Georgia Open Records Act................................................................................................. 9

T.

No Assignment of Award .................................................................................................... 9

U.

The Laws of the State of Georgia ....................................................................................... 9

V.

Proposal Duration ............................................................................................................... 9

W.

Expenses of Preparing Responses to this RFP .................................................................. 9

IV.

SITE INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................ 9

V.

SCOPE OF A/E SERVICES ............................................................................................................. 9

VI.

PROPOSAL Submission REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................... 14

VII.

EVALUATION AND AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................... 18

VIII.

DESIGN FEE .................................................................................................................................. 19

IX.

CONTACT AND SUBMISSION DEADLINE .................................................................................... 20

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 2 of 20

Owner’s Information and Criteria for Design and Construction: Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C: Appendix D: Appendix E: Appendix F: Appendix G: Appendix H: Appendix I:

Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements (SCL >$2M) (11 pages) DCSD Middle School Educational Specifications issued February 15, 2013 (82 pages) DCSD 2020 Vision Design Program & Guidelines issued July 22, 2013 (87 pages) Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report (67 pages) Aerial Image (1 page) Floor Plan (1 page) Owner’s Master Schedule (2 pages) Sample Contract - Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (28 pages) 2013-2014 School Calendar and Testing Schedule (3 pages)

Owner’s Standard Forms: Attachment A: Attachment B: Attachment C: Attachment D: Attachment E: Attachment F

No Submittal Response Form (1 page) Architect’s RFP Checklist (1 page) Design Fee Form (6 pages) Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form (1 page) Form of Consent to Release Information (1 page) Proposal Delivery Label (1 page)

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 3 of 20

I.

BACKGROUND As the third largest school district in Georgia, the DeKalb County School District (DCSD) has more than 15,000 full-time employees and serves over 98,000 students throughout DeKalb County. DCSD has approximately 154 facilities, including 78 elementary, 19 middle and 21 high schools; seven centers; five stadiums; and five administration buildings. Most facilities were constructed in the 1950’s and 1960’s. Almost all facilities have had some form of renovations, repairs, or additions over the years. Since 1997, DCSD has utilized SPLOST (Special Purpose Local Option Sales Tax) funds as the primary funding source for its Capital Improvement Programs (CIP). On November 8, 2011, DeKalb County voters approved DCSD’s fourth SPLOST program through the utilization of the approved SPLOST IV funds, in conjunction with the State of Georgia’s Capital Outlay Program. It is anticipated that approximately $496 million will be available to fund the District’s 2012-2017 CIP. Previous SPLOST programs have been managed through a DCSD Staff augmented team. SPLOST IV will be managed with a Program Management format and not staff augmentation. URS Corporation has been contracted to provide the Program Management Services. A copy of the CIP Summary and more detailed information regarding the CIP can be obtained on the District’s website at www.dekalb.k12.ga.us/splost-iv.

II.

PURPOSE The purpose of this RFP is to solicit proposals from DCSD’s pre-qualified Architectural/Engineering firms to provide professional design services for K-12 educational facilities. This solicitation is specifically for one middle school, and final documents will become the property of DCSD. The scope of work for the RFP includes the full professional architectural and engineering services for Project 122-422, Miller Grove Middle School HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement. The selected Professional shall provide all required design, engineering and documentation to fully and completely describe the materials and work required to successfully complete the scope of work above. We have attached the 2011 Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report for Miller Grove Middle School as a guide in determining the priority of needs for the improvements. The Architect/Engineering Firm shall survey the entire existing facility and site to determine the facility needs (i.e. MEP systems, ADA provisions, etc.) to be in compliance with the DCSD and the Department of Education(DOE) facility requirements. The anticipated construction delivery method for this project is Design/Propose/Build. The selected A/E shall provide professional services for the project as described in Section IV of this RFP.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 4 of 20

III.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Offeror Performance The successful Offeror is required to perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of this RFP document and any negotiated contract(s). Failure of the Offeror to fully perform these obligations may result in cancellation of the award and contract. DCSD will look to the Offeror and his/her identified personnel to coordinate and deliver the services described in this RFP. The services shall not be delegated to subcontractors or assigned to any third party. B. Non-Discrimination DCSD does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, or disability in any of its employment practices, education programs, services or activities. DCSD supports an open, fair, and impartial free-market system which maximizes competition and seeks to include all responsible businesses and to provide ample opportunities for business growth and development. Minority businesses are encouraged and given the opportunity to bid on various projects; however, all responses will be evaluated on the same criteria. It is not the intention or desire of DCSD to restrict or impede competition, nor to increase the cost of the work. C. Drug-Free Workplace By submission of a response to this RFP, the Offeror certifies that he/she and his/her employees shall not engage in the unlawful manufacture, sale, distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of controlled substance or drugs during the performance of the contract. D. Smoke-Free Workplace By submission of a response to this RFP, the Offeror certifies that he/she and his/her employees shall not use tobacco products on DCSD property at any time during the performance of this contract. E. Costs Incurred DCSD is not liable for any costs incurred by an Offeror in preparing and/or submitting a response to this RFP or for any interview if requested. Any and all costs incurred by the Offeror in preparing and/or submitting a response to this RFP and interviewing with DCSD (if requested) shall be the sole responsibility of the Offeror and shall not be reimbursed by DCSD. There is no guarantee of any Offeror receiving an award as a result of submitting a response to this RFP. F. Insurance Certificate of Insurance and/or ACORD form is required with solicitation submittal. Provision of Certificate of Insurance is a mandatory requirement. Proposals submitted with certificates of insurance will be considered conditionally responsive to the insurance and indemnification requirement. Final award of this RFP will be contingent upon receipt within three (3) business days of request for insurance documentation complete with the following requirements. In the event the awarded Offeror cannot produce insurance coverage acceptable to the DCSD within the time provided, DCSD reserves the right to award this solicitation to the next highest ranked firm.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 5 of 20

1) The Architect shall maintain the following errors and omissions insurance at all times this Contract is in effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project: a. Within five days after the execution of this Contract the Architect shall file with the Owner the certificate from an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Georgia showing issuance of errors and omissions insurance (professional liability insurance) with minimum limits per claim of 20% of the Stated Cost Limitation but not less than the minimum limits of $2,000,000 per claim coverage, $2,000,000 aggregate. Such errors and omissions insurance shall be with a deductible amount of no more than $50,000 per claim unless a different deductible amount is (i) agreed upon in writing by the Owner and (ii), if necessary for the benefit of the Owner, approved by the Georgia Department of Education. b. The coverage provided herein shall contain an endorsement providing sixty (60) days notice to the Owner prior to any cancellation of said coverage. Said coverage shall be written by an insurer acceptable to the Owner and shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. 2) The Architect shall maintain the following other insurance at all times this Contract is in effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project. The Architect shall secure the following insurance at his own expense and shall file Certificates of Insurance with the Owner within five (5) days after the execution of this Contract. Insurance will not be acceptable unless written by a Company licensed by the State Insurance Department to do business in Georgia at the time the policy is issued and the company must in addition be acceptable to the Owner. a. Workmen’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability to statutory limits. b. Comprehensive Commercial General Liability including Owner’s & Contractor’s Protective with the following limits; 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

General Aggregate: $1,000,000; Products and Completed Operations Aggregate: $1,000,000; Personal & Advertising Injury: $1,000,000; Each Occurrence: $1,000,000; Fire Damage (Any one fire): $50,000; and, Medical Expense (Any one person): $5,000.

c. Automobile Liability (owned, non-owned, hired) with combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence. The Owner shall be included as an additional insured on the coverages specified in subparagraphs 2.b. and 2.c. above, and shall be indicated as such on certificates of insurance required herein.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 6 of 20

These certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled, changed or allowed to expire until sixty (60) days after the Owner has received written notice evidence by return receipt of registered letter. G. Indemnification The Architect shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against all liability, claims, damage, loss, liens, costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses, arising out of, or resulting from, the services of the Architect. In the event the Owner is alleged to be liable on account of alleged acts or omissions, or both, of the Architect, the Architect shall defend such allegations through counsel chosen by the Owner and the Architect shall bear all costs, fees, expenses of such defense, including but not limited to, all attorneys’ fees and expenses, court costs, expert witness fees and expenses. The Architect shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless the Owner against claims for damages, losses, or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, caused by or resulting from the sole negligence of the Owner. H. Interviews DCSD reserves the right to require Offerors to participate in one or more interviews with DCSD staff. Offerors must be prepared to discuss the salient points of their proposal within two (2) normal working days of being asked to participate in interviews. There are to be no presentations, individually or collectively, without such invitation. I.

Contract Terms Appendix H is DeKalb County School District’s Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013, which specifically outlines the contractual responsibilities. All responders should thoroughly review the documents prior to submitting a proposal. Any proposed revisions to the terms or language of this document must be submitted in writing with the responder’s response to the request for proposals. Since proposed revisions may result in a proposal being rejected if the revisions are unacceptable to the DeKalb County School District, responders should review any proposed revisions with an officer of the Firm having authority to execute the contract. No alterations can be made in the contract after award by the DeKalb County School District.

J. Permits and Applicable Law Offerors shall at their own expense obtain all necessary permits, certifications, and licenses and shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations necessary to the full execution of the requirements stated herein. Offerors shall maintain all such permits, licenses, certifications, and compliances in a current status throughout the course of the contract. Offerors shall submit copies of permits, licenses, and certifications evidencing proof of the aforementioned immediately upon request of DCSD. Offerors shall be in compliance with registration with the Georgia Secretary of State’s office as applicable. K. Non-Collusion Offerors shall fully certify that they, as individuals or as officials of a business entity, have not entered into any agreement, participated in collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free and competitive responses to this RFP. Further, Offerors guarantee that their response is not made in conjunction with or on behalf of another party and that they have not been directly or indirectly induced in any manner or taken any action to result in a restriction of trade or in an unfair advantage.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 7 of 20

L. Conflict of Interest Offerors shall disclose with their proposal the name of any officer, director, or agent who also is a DCSD employee or DeKalb County Board of Education member. Offerors shall also disclose the name of any DCSD employee or board member who owns, directly or indirectly, an interest in five percent or more in the Offeror’s company or any of its branches. Offerors shall certify that their response to this RFP is impartial, at arms-length, and free of any conflict of interest, unfair advantage, or personal benefit to any DCSD official. M. Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Information made available to Offerors by DCSD shall be used only for purposes related to responding to this RFP and shall not be used for any other purpose without the express written permission of DCSD. Offerors to this RFP unequivocally agree to assume responsibility for protecting and safeguarding the confidentiality of DCSD records that are not public information. Such information may include, but is not limited to student and human resource file contents. N. Business License Offerors shall submit with their proposal, a copy of their valid company business license. If the Offeror is a Georgia corporation, Offeror shall submit a valid county or city business license. If the Offeror is not a Georgia corporation, Offeror shall submit a certificate of authority to transact business in the state of Georgia and a copy of their valid business license issued by their home jurisdiction. If Offeror holds a professional certification which is licensed by the state of Georgia, Offeror shall submit a copy of their valid professional license. Any license submitted in response to this requirement shall be maintained by the Offeror for the duration of the contract. Provision of copy of business license is a mandatory requirement. O. Rights Reserved DCSD reserves the right to accept or reject any and/or all parts of responsive proposals received and/or to reject all proposals submitted. DCSD reserves the right to award any resulting contract in the manner that is in the best interest of and most advantageous to DCSD. DCSD reserves the right to waive any technicalities or minor irregularities in responses received and to award the contract in the most beneficial manner for DCSD. The decision of DCSD shall be final. DCSD reserves the right to request and negotiate a “best and final” response from Offerors. P. Taxes Purchases made by DCSD are not subject to federal, state, or local sales tax. A Sales Tax Exemption Certificate will be furnished upon request. Q. Conditional Proposals Proposals that are conditional and/or in any way qualify or vary the terms of these instructions, conditions, and specifications shall be considered non-responsive and disqualified.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 8 of 20

R. Offeror Failure In the event services to be furnished by the successful Offeror should for any reason fail to conform to the scope of work contained herein, DCSD reserves the right to reject the services and further reserves the right to terminate the contract. Failure of the successful Offeror to perform contracted services may also result in the removal of that Offeror from doing business with DCSD for a period of not less than one year. S. Georgia Open Records Act Without regard to any designation made by the person or entity making a submission, DeKalb County School District considers all information submitted in response to this invitation or request to be a public record that may be disclosed upon request pursuant to the Georgia Open Records Act, O.C.G.A. 5018-70 et seq., without consulting or contracting the person or entity making the submission, unless a court order is presented with the submission. You may wish to consult an attorney or obtain legal advice prior to making a submission. T. No Assignment of Award The successful Offeror may not assign the award or contract to or subcontract with another party without the express written permission of DCSD. U. The Laws of the State of Georgia This RFP and subsequent agreement are subject to the laws of the State of Georgia. V. Proposal Duration Proposal submitted in response to this RFP must be valid for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days from proposal submission deadline, as indicated by submission of the Design Fee Form . W. Expenses of Preparing Responses to this RFP The DeKalb County School District accepts no responsibility for any expenses incurred by the responders to this RFP. Such expenses are to be borne exclusively by the responders. The District reserves the right to end the RFP and/or design process as they feel appropriate. IV.

SITE INFORMATION Miller Grove Middle School is located at 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, Georgia 30035. It was originally built in 1985 with an addition made in 1988. The school is approximately 132,700 SF and is located on 27.8 acres.

At a minimum this capital renewal project should meet the DCSD 2020 VISION ‐ Design Program and Guidelines, (Appendix C). The current version can also be accessed on the DCSD website at: http://www.dekalb.k12.ga.us/www/documents/splost-iv/guidelines/design-guidelines.pdf. V.

SCOPE OF A/E SERVICES A. Program Narrative:

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 9 of 20

The selected Professional shall provide all required design, engineering and documentation to fully and completely describe the materials and work required to successfully complete the scope of work described below. 1. Recommended Professional shall first verify existing conditions and equipment. Confirm the intended Scope of Work and Construction Cost Limitation are in agreement and obtain DCSD approval prior to start of design. 2. Conduct thorough inspection of existing conditions, both below and above existing ceilings, in order to ensure a cohesive design. Recommended Professional to ensure that there is sufficient ceiling height to accommodate ductwork above drop ceilings. 3. Recommended Professional shall develop phasing plans and/or swing space plans as needed to successfully complete this Project. Develop DeKalb County approved Evacuation plans through all phases for posting within the school as required by DCSD Life and Fire Safety Specialist. 4. Replace HVAC system w/ new heat pumps and RTU’s. Provide new DDC Energy Management Controls in compliance with DCSD standards. 5. Replace existing ceilings and electrical lighting fixtures throughout entire facility. 6. Provide new emergency generator in accordance with DCSD standards. 7. Replace existing cooling towers, pumps, boilers, and heat exchangers. Provide water treatment for existing piping system. 8. Install new 3000 gal grease trap, RPZ on existing domestic and fire water supply lines. 9. Replace Roof Hatches and ladders with OSHA compliant systems. This is not intended as all inclusive listing of the scope of work. The selected professional shall confirm and obtain DCSD approval of full scope of work prior to start of design. B. Design Services 1. Prior to starting Schematic Design, the Architect will perform a preliminary consultation with the Owner including, but not limited to, reviewing the Owner’s policies, concepts, objectives, design criteria, schedule, budget, and operational needs for this project. The Architect will submit within 10 days of NTP, a written report with their proposed recommendations, solutions to problems, etc. 2. The Architect will prepare and submit schematic design documents per the requirements of Appendix A: Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements and Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule provided within this RFP.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 10 of 20

3. The Architect will prepare and submit a construction estimate based on the Schematic Design documents. This estimate will be compared with the stated cost limitation (SCL) for this project. If the estimate is more than 5% over the SCL, then the Architect will prepare new schematic design documents and prepare a recovery schedule. 4. The design scope shall be based upon a construction Stated Cost Limitation (SCL) of $6,000,000 for the HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement, and development of design scope for the replacement of some Kitchen Equipment as an alternate to the Project. 5. The Architect will submit drawings for review by the District and the Program Manager. 6. Once Schematic Design Documents are reviewed and approved and upon written direction to proceed, the Architect will proceed with the Design Development phase per Appendix A: Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements and Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. 7. The same process used in the Schematic Design Phase will be performed for the Design Development, 30%, 80%, and 100% CDs. 8. The Architect will submit to DCSD and the Project Manager reports, drawings, specifications, and estimates for review according to the chart below: Reports

Drawings

Specifications

Estimates

Preliminary Consultation



Schematic Design













Construction Documents – 30%









Construction Documents – 80%









Construction Documents – 100%













Design Development

Others as required

 



This information will be submitted to the GaDOE for review, comment, and approval. 9. The Architect will visit the school site. All areas of the existing facility will be made available to the Architect and it is expected that the Architect will study these areas to fully understand any and all accessible existing conditions. Each Architect shall investigate and document any limitations to be resolved during the design process. 10. Provide complete construction contract documents with professional seals and signatures in accordance with the requirements of the Georgia Department of Education Facilities Services Unit.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 11 of 20

11. Assure that the construction contract documents are in conformance with generally accepted architectural and engineering practices and comply fully with all applicable DCSD and GaDOE criteria, along with all federal, state, and local codes and laws. 12. Provide full and complete specifications including Division 1- General Conditions, reflecting current DCSD and GaDOE requirements. Specify materials and equipment that are readily available, in order to avoid delivery concerns during construction. 13. Provide phasing plans, as appropriate, for construction. Include submission to and approval by DCSD and the Fire Marshal for the phased exiting of the facility. 14. Provide design for on-site swing space (modular) as appropriate for the improvement activities; i.e. phasing. 15. Provide design drawings and specifications for demolition of areas, as appropriate. 16. Provide design drawings and specifications for security system (cameras, alarm, card access, motion detectors, recording devices, etc.), and MIS conduit/raceways, as needed. Equipment and cabling design and installation will be provided by approved DCSD vendors. 17. Coordinate entrance design with and obtain approval from the agencies having jurisdiction as appropriate. Provide renderings when exterior modifications to the building are made. 18. Coordinate and design all utility connections (gas, electrical, plumbing, sewer), with local utility provider and obtain necessary approvals. Deposits will be paid for by the District. The Architect will coordinate this effort. 19. Represent DeKalb County School District by presenting necessary oral and/or graphic presentations to state, county agencies, or any other group having interest in the projects per the direction of DCSD. 20. Complete all forms and documents in formats required by GaDOE and any other state or county agency. 21. Each design phase submittal must include a detailed cost estimate confirming that the cost of the design is below the construction SCL for the project. Design estimates will be reviewed by the program manager. If the estimate shows a cost more than 5% greater than the SCL, the Architect must redesign the project to be below the construction SCL at no additional cost to the owner. The Architect will also be required to develop a recovery schedule to complete the design in the original timeframe. 22. DCSD has adopted and implemented Primavera P6 as the standard scheduling software program for the District. All Contractors will be required to use P6 and the Architect of Record will have to be versed in P6 in order to review and comment on the contractor’s schedule.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 12 of 20

23. The Architect shall also comply with all activities and terms as outlined in the Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013. See Appendix H. 24. Provide the selected GC with three (3) copies of the construction contract documents (specifications and drawings) at the Preconstruction Conference. For each additional copy of the Contract Documents requested by the Contractor, the Contractor will be charged, and shall pay the Architect, actual cost of reproduction. 25. The Architect will develop the list of required shop drawings, product data, samples, etc. and issue it to the selected GC. The selected GC will take the list and incorporate it into their project construction schedule. 26. The Architect is responsible for providing and submitting all permit packages to the proper authorities. The Architect is responsible for pursuing the issuance of the permits until the permit is ready to be issued to the contractor or until the contractor receives a Notice to Proceed (NTP). Once the NTP is received, the Architect will hold a formal meeting to transfer the permit responsibilities to the contractor. The Architect is still responsible for assisting the contractor and for responding to any questions or issues documented by the permitting authorities. 27. The Architect will update DCSD’s state inventory plans at the end of construction. 28. The Architect will perform Construction Administration for this project. C. Primavera Contract Management DCSD has adopted and implemented Oracle’s Primavera Contract Management System (PCM) as the District’s project management software. DCSD will issue one license to the successful Architect and expects the Architect to participate in the management of the project within the PCM guidelines. This management will be performed in conjunction with DCSD and the Program Manager. This includes but is not limited to: 1. General  All documentation will be processed through PCM  All meeting minutes will be produced and issued through PCM  All questions and answers will be processed through PCM  All invoicing – architect’s, contractor’s, vendors’, etc. will be processed through PCM 2. Schematic Design and Design Development Phases  All drawings will be posted in PCM as one package for each phase (one file for SD and one file for DD)  The detailed estimate will be posted in PCM for each phase  All reports will be posted individually in PCM 3. Construction Document Submittals (30%, 80%, 100%)  All drawings for the 30% and 80% CD submittals will be posted in PCM as one package RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 13 of 20

   

The detailed estimate will be posted in PCM for both the 30% and 80% submittals All reports will be posted individually in PCM A detailed estimate is not required at 100% drawings Each individual drawing will be posted to PCM (as individual files) at the 100% drawing submittal

4. Construction Administration  RFIs will be processed in PCM  Submittals will be processed in PCM  Shop drawings will be processed in PCM  Samples (color boards, brick, etc.) will be processed outside PCM, but will be tracked by a transmittal inside PCM  Invoices will be processed in PCM

VI.

PROPOSAL SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. All Offerors must attend the mandatory pre-submittal conference and site visit scheduled by DeKalb County School District as described in this RFP. B. All Proposals shall be signed by an authorized principal of the A/E Firm. By submitting a proposal, the Offeror certifies that all information provided in response to this RFP is true and accurate. Failure to provide information required by this RFP could result in rejection of the proposal. C. Proposals should be prepared simply and economically, providing a straightforward, concise description of the A/E’s capabilities for satisfying the requirements of the RFP. Emphasis should be on completeness and clarity of content. D. The Respondent’s proposal to DeKalb County School District shall include one (1) signed original, five (5) identical duplicate copies, and one (1) electronic copy. Each copy of the proposal shall be bound in a separate binder where practical. E. One original of “Attachment C: Design Fee Form” shall be submitted in one separate sealed envelope. Included with the Design Fee Form will be one copy of the firm’s Financial Statements as described in Section VI Item G 5.a. on page 17. Clearly label this envelope: “Design Fee Form and Financial Statements.” F. A Delivery Label (Appendix F) is provided. Cut this label as indicated and affix it to the outside of your sealed RFP package. Be sure to include the name and address of the firm submitting the RFP where requested. The package must be sealed and opaque. G. The Respondent’s sealed proposal shall be submitted in the following format: 0. Cover Letter

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 14 of 20

1. Firm Overview (5 points): a.

Firm name, address of Firm headquarters and branch office handling this Project as well as related telephone and fax numbers. Respondent’s branch office and sub-consultants offices must be within a 150 mile radius of the Sam Moss Center, located at 1780 Montreal Road, Tucker, GA 30084.

b.

Include the number of years in business under the name stated above. Describe Firm ownership, structure and history. Include type of legal entity (e.g., corporation, limited liability company, etc.), state or commonwealth of formation (i.e., where incorporated) and year of formation or organization. In the case of a joint venture, provide the same information for each partner in the joint venture.

c.

Provide information on depth of resources both locally and nationally. Include the same information for major consultants on your team.

d.

Provide an organization chart of your company.

e.

Provide other pertinent information about your firm.

2. Project Specific Approach (15 points): a.

Describe your Firm’s specific design approach for this project and how you propose to implement the design process based on the attached design schedule.

b.

Describe your approach to involve the community, its stakeholders and school representatives throughout the design process for this project.

c.

Describe your Firm’s approach to working with a General Contracting firm and with phased construction (as appropriate) for this project.

d.

Provide a detailed design schedule incorporating the activities and durations provided in the Owner’s Master Schedule (Appendix G).

3. Project Resources (20 points): a.

For each employee or consultant you intend to assign to the Project, include a paragraph which outlines their role and responsibility, past relevant Georgia K-12 experience with similar middle school projects, and their availability (percentage of time) for this Project. Include the names of the principal and project architect to serve as direct point of contacts for the Architect team. It shall be understood that it is the intent of the Owner to insist that those key personnel indicated as the project team in the proposal response actually execute this Project.

b.

Provide a separate organizational chart of the proposed Project team and resumes of your key employees and consultants you intend to assign to this Project.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 15 of 20

4. Firm’s Relevant Project Experience (30 points): a.

Provide a list of current projects for which your Firm is currently responsible, percent of design completion, and/or construction completed and the total value of work under each contract (and, in the case of a joint venture, for each partner or entity in the joint venture). Please limit the list of projects to those that are being managed out of the same office that will be responsible for this project. Please list the principals, project manager, and project architect(s) for each project. This will help determine availability of resources of your firm to complete this project per the attached schedule.

b.

Provide a project listing of your educational projects completed over the past ten (10) years by your Firm. List the projects relevant to this RFP first (i.e. high schools). Include in the listing, for each project, the following information:            

c.

Name of School System or District Project Name and Address School System’s Representative and Telephone Number Project Delivery Method Original and Actual Design Schedule Start & Completion Dates Actual Construction Start and Finish Dates Original construction budget and final construction cost Role and Responsibility (Scope) Your Firm had on Project General Contractor’s Name and Telephone Number Principals, Project Manager and Project Architect (s) for each project- (particular attention will be paid to those Team Members being proposed for this Project). Pictures of each school Relevance of the project to this RFP

Identify the projects which were completed with unusual schedule or budget constraints, with a brief explanation of the constraints.

5. Financial and Litigation Information (20 points): a. The Respondent’s financial capability is to be expressed in the financial statement (audited financial information current within the past twelve months, such as a balance sheet and statement of operations) and should indicate the resources and the necessary working capital to assure financial stability through the completion of the project. A certified audit is preferred; however, the Respondent’s most recent tax return and balance sheet will be accepted. The statement can be labeled Confidential. Disclose any material changes in the business operations of the Firm, including without limitation any pending bankruptcy proceedings, bankruptcies, receiverships, mergers, acquisitions, stock acquisitions or spin-offs which have occurred within the last three (3) years and any material pending or threatened litigation. If appropriate, discuss the impact of these changes on the Firm’s financial or managerial ability to perform the noted tasks under this Contract. Provide the name, title, address and phone number of the financial officer of the Firm responsible for providing this information. RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 16 of 20

All Respondents shall certify and provide a statement that they are financially stable and have the necessary resources, human and financial, to provide the services at the level required by the DeKalb County School District. Include this in the separate sealed envelope with the Appendix C: Design Fee Form. b. Describe any claims, mediation, litigation, arbitration or other form of dispute resolution filed by or against your company (and, in the case of a joint venture, by or against any partner in the joint venture) in the past five (5) years, including case name, number, location of court or arbitration, and, if an arbitration, the name and telephone number of at least one arbiter. If there are no claims, mediation, litigation, arbitration or other form of dispute resolution filed by or against your company (and, in the case of a joint venture, by or against any partner in the joint venture) in the past five (5) years, please include a statement that the Architect has no claims, mediation, litigation, arbitration or other form of dispute resolution. This list shall also disclose any failure or failures to complete a contract, or contracts, and any instances of having defaulted or having been declared to be in default, on any contract or contracts, and any penalties imposed by reason of any contract undertaken and determined to be in noncompliance with pertinent statutes within the past five (5) years, and all such items shall be explained in detail, including without limitation, identification of the project by name and the name, address and telephone number of the owner of each such project. If there is no failure or failures to complete a contract, please include a statement that the Architect has never failed to complete a contract or contracts or have defaulted or have been declared in default on any contract. c. Identify and briefly discuss any claims made against your E/O Insurance in the past five (5) years, for joint ventures, include individual entity claims and those against a responding joint venture. If there are no claims against your E/O Insurance in the past five (5) years, please include a statement that the Architect has no claims against its E/O Insurance in the past five (5) years. d. Include a statement as to whether or not the Architect (and in the case of a joint venture, each of the partners in the joint venture) or any of its officers has been convicted or entered a guilty plea (or plea of nolo contendere) in any court within the two (2) years prior to the date of application of a violation of any state or federal statute concerning competitive bidding or competitive proposals or the restraint of trade. e. Identify and briefly discuss any instances in the past five (5) years where your contract was terminated, with or without cause. Provide Owner name, project name and Owner Project Representative Name and Number. For joint ventures responding to this RFP, provide the above information as it pertains, to the joint venture and for each partner or entity creating said joint venture. f.

Provide two bank references including bank names, addresses, bank contacts and telephone numbers. Two references from a single bank shall be sufficient.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 17 of 20

6. Acceptance of Owner’s Form of Agreement (10 points): It is the Owner’s expectation that the Architect will fully comply with the attached Standard Form of Agreement for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013 (“Agreement”)(Appendix . Provide a declarative statement to attest your willingness and capacity to execute the Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013 without exceptions, modifications, or revisions. The Owner reserves the right to modify or revise Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013 if it is determined to be in the best interests of the District. See Section III General Requirement, Item I. Contract Terms of this RFP for further information relating to the Standard Form of Agreement and required Exhibits. 7. Owner’s Standard Forms required to accompany Proposal Failure to include these forms may serve as grounds for non-consideration of the entire RFP response. Attachment B: Attachment C: Attachment D: Attachment E: Attachment F

VII.

Architect’s RFP Checklist (1 page) Design Fee Form (6 pages) – SEPARATE SEALED ENVELOPE Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form (1 page) Form of Consent to Release Information (1 page) Proposal Delivery Label (1 page)

EVALUATION AND AWARD OF CONTRACT A. Evaluation of Proposals The selection criteria points associated with each of the required proposal sections are indicated below. 1. Firm Overview (5 Points) 2. Project Specific Approach (15 Points) 3. Project Resources (20 Points) Project Key Staff, Experience, Resumes, Availability, Commitment 20 Project Organizational Chart

Y/N

4. Firm’s Relevant Project Experience (30 Points) 5. Financial and Litigation Information (20 Points)

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 18 of 20

Financial Statements

10

Litigation

5

Convictions

5

6. Acceptance of Owner’s Form of Agreement (10 Points) For your proposal to be considered, all information listed above must be included in your proposal. With 100 total points available, the points to the right of the item indicate the percentage weight that line item carries. The point value listed to the right of the item is the percentage of selection criteria value that line item carries. The items that have “Y/N” to the right will be judged as “Y” Yes it’s present in the proposal or “N” it’s not present in the proposal. “N/A” means that line item may not be applicable to the proposal. B. Award of Contract After evaluation of the Proposals received in response to the RFP, DeKalb County School District may interview two or more proposers deemed fully qualified, responsive, responsible and suitable on the basis of initial responses, and with professional competence to provide the required services. DCSD is under no obligation to perform interviews for this RFP. At the conclusion of the interviews, if they are held, and on the basis of evaluation factors set forth in Section III and the information provided and developed in the selection process to this point, DeKalb County School District Selection Committee shall rank, in the order of preference and begin negotiations with the firm considered to the most qualified. If a contract satisfactory and advantageous to DeKalb County School District cannot be negotiated, then the Owner reserves the right to automatically, without notification, terminate such negotiations and enter into negotiations with the second most qualified firm. Failing accord with the second most qualified firm, DCSD shall terminate negotiations and enter into negotiations with the third most qualified firm. Should DCSD be unable to negotiate a contract at a fair and reasonable price with any of the top three selected firms, the selection committee shall select additional firms in order of their rankings, and DCSD shall continue negotiations until an agreement is reached. VIII.

DESIGN FEE Design fee is NOT included in the Selection Criteria. Include in a separate sealed envelope and label per Section V, Item E. a. Indicate your proposed Design Fee for the Services and Work as required by the Proposal Documents and the Owner’s Agreement. Use Owner’s Design Fee Form (Attachment C) included in this Request For Proposal. b. Indicate any breakdown of the proposed Design Fee as required by the attached form. c. Acknowledge receipt of addendum, if any.

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 19 of 20

All blanks shall be filled in, and shall be filled in by typewriter or manually and legibly, in ink. Where so indicated on the Owner’s forms, amounts and sums shall be expressed in both words and numerals, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount or sum written in words shall govern. Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Proposal. No changes to the Design Fee will be allowed by marking “Additions” or “Deductions” on the outside of the envelope/ package. Marking the outside of the envelope/ package will cause the proposal to be disqualified. IX.

CONTACT AND SUBMISSION DEADLINE The DCSD contact for all questions regarding this RFP is Stephen Wilkins, Chief Operations Officer, Sam Moss Center, 1780 Montreal Road, Tucker, Georgia 30084. Email: [email protected] One (1) signed original, five (5) identical duplicate copies, and one (1) electronic copy of the proposal must be received at the above address, addressed as stated in Section V Item F of this RFP, not later than Wednesday, January 8, 2014 at 11:00 AM. All questions about this RFP and submission requirements must be directed in writing to Stephen Wilkins, Chief Operations Officer not later than Monday, December 16, 2013 at 2:00 PM. Prospective respondents must limit their contact regarding this RFP to Stephen Wilkins. Any contact with any other DCSD personnel or representatives other that Mr. Wilkins will cause that firm to be disqualified.

(END OF RFP – SEE APPENDICES AND ATTACHMENTS)

RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013

Page 20 of 20

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)

Preliminary Consultation 1. As-built Documentation/Building Space Survey 2. MET Analysis/Investigation 3. Needs Assessment 4. Code Review 5. Utilities Review 6. Program/Planning Work Sessions 7. Preliminary Presentation 8. Final Submission 9. Owner Review & Approval 10. Notice to Proceed 11. Soil Borings 12. Survey Schematic Design - Minimum Submittal Requirements: The purpose of the Schematic Design is to confirm that the design solution meets the client’s functional needs as defined in the Program for the project. Reviewers focus on site use, layout, adjacency requirements, room sizes, and similar issues. 1.

Site plans showing: a) Adjacent building structures b) Easements and infrastructure/utilities c) Topographical features and existing plantings d) Vehicular and pedestrian site access and flow e) Landscape/ hardscape plan f) Grading plan g) Draft of storm meter management plan (as needed) h) Preliminary site logistics plan i) Tree protection plan

2. Floor plans showing: a) Double line room layouts with door swings b) Public, private and service circulation c) Vertical circulation through the facility d) Program room numbers and corresponding program areas on the plans special features e) Wall ratings and types 3. Elevations:

Page 1 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) a) Identify major elements for facility character b) Graphical identification of proposed materials with shades and shadows to illustrate depth and volume as well as the contextual relationships to the Owner’s site as appropriate. 4. Preliminary Mechanical Plans and System Diagrams a) Cut sheets for major mechanical equipment b) Provide calculated loads for MEP and FP c) Outline a commissioning strategy plan 5. Preliminary Electrical Plans and One-line Diagrams a) Cut Sheets for major electrical equipment 6. Cost information showing: a) Preliminary cost comparisons between schemes b) Cost of special features or phasing premiums 7.

A statement of probable construction cost. At a minimum, the cost estimate must address the systems shown below. A breakdown into sub-component systems is encouraged but not required. Each component or sub-component must identify the unit, unit cost, cost per square foot, and the percentage of the total construction cost: a) General conditions, profit and overhead b) Site work c) Foundations d) Superstructures e) Exterior closures f) Roofing g) Interior construction and finishes h) Conveying i) Special construction j) Fire protection k) Plumbing l) HVAC m) Electrical n) Controls o) Communications and security

8. Specifications and Other Information: a) Include the proposed table of contents b) Provide an outline specification indicating materials, types of construction, proposed mechanical systems, plumbing systems, fire protection, security systems, and proposed electrical and life cycle analysis investigations. 9. A written narrative of the energy and life cycle analysis investigation. 10. An updated project schedule

Page 2 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) 11. Any special phasing or sequencing 12. Any testing / analysis 13. Any LEED or sustainable design considerations 14. An updated Space and Functional Program specifically identifying any modifications. 15. Life Cycle Cost Analysis. Design Development - Minimum Submittal Requirements In the Design Development Phase, reviewers are looking at methods of construction, materials, building support systems, and choice of products. Design Development requirements are in addition to Schematic Design Requirements. 1.

All comments from the Schematic Design Review Process must be incorporated into the Design Development design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated must be included.

2.

Architectural and Civil Disciplines a) Site Layout and Materials Plan: Illustrate the design forms and materials to be used. Major dimensions will be indicated. All appearance-related design issues should be addressed, resolved, and shown. LEED and sustainable design and construction should be considered. b) Site Grading and Drainage Plan: Show developed drainage concepts, include existing and new contours, drainage structures (numbered for general reference), and spot grade elevations. c) Site Utilities Plan: Indicate the plan relationships of existing and proposed utilities. Vertical relationship of the utilities will be noted by plan notations and profiles. Site plan including grading and site utilities, utility connection points, and a storm water management design. d) Planting Plan: Illustrate the center points at desired spacing of major plantings. A key will explain the proposed form and design characteristics of the plants (large shade tree, flowering ornamental tree, low evergreen shrub, etc.). An existing tree to remain will have an “o” for its center point. A proposed tree will have an “x” for its center point or appropriate legend indicators. e) Design Details: Show the design or detailing to be used in the site development. These details will clarify the relationship of vertical and horizontal surfaces, steps, walls, and pavements, etc., including edge conditions at adjacent surfaces. f) Dimensioned floor plans indicating structural bay sizes and overall building dimensions. Floor Plan should show dimensions of major elements and final partition locations, including all openings. g) Exterior and core wall sections showing final dimensional relationships, materials, and component relationships. h) Floor Plan showing all fixed and loose equipment i) Large-scale plans and sections j) Room finish schedule identifying all finishes. k) Building sections. l) Door and hardware schedule showing door, frame and hardware type, and fire ratings, if any. m) Window schedule showing types and sizes. n) Preliminary development of details. o) Reflected ceiling plan including ceiling grid, light fixtures, and all devices that penetrate or are mounted upon finished ceiling. p) Interior movable furniture, office equipment, demountable partitions and system furniture, layouts for all departments and floors, including proposed building signage system.

Page 3 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) q) Gross and net area calculations by department to determine compliance with Program of Requirements. r) A thorough outline technical specification, including selected acceptable manufacturers. 3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Structural Discipline a) Foundation drawings. b)

Floor plan with all structural members located and sized.

c)

Footing, beam, column, and connection schedules.

d)

Final floor elevations.

Plumbing and Mechanical Disciplines a) Heating and cooling load calculations for each individual space, including cooling requirements for heat loads generated by office equipment, personal computers, etc. b)

Mechanical equipment schedule indicating size and capacity.

c)

Plumbing Fixtures Schedule.

d)

Floor plans showing mechanical equipment and plumbing fixtures. All equipment and fixtures should be shown and located.

e)

Floor plans that show main ductwork distribution, branch ductwork, and plumbing piping. All ductwork and piping should be located and sized to coordinate with structural framing system.

f)

All ceiling-mounted devices should be located.

g)

Legend showing all symbols used on drawings.

Electrical Disciplines a) Floor plans locating all power-consuming equipment with a description of the equipment load characteristics. b)

Estimate total electric load, confirm Design Manual required excess capacity.

c)

Floor plans showing all major electrical equipment (switchgear, distribution panels, emergency generator, transfer switches, UPS system, etc.), which will be dimensioned and drawn to scale.

d)

Site plan showing preliminary site lighting design with pole and fixture type designations.

e)

Floor plans showing lighting layout, power, telecommunications, and office automation devices and switches with preliminary circuiting.

f)

Light fixture schedules should be finalized.

g)

Estimate interior electrical loads for systems furniture, receptacles, lighting, food service equipment and any other special use areas, etc.

h)

Preliminary Distribution Panel Schedules.

Cost Information Showing: a) Relocation costs (temporary and permanent) b)

Contingencies

c)

Temporary services

d)

Confirm scope and budget

e)

Proposed V/E items

Other Deliverables a) Schedule of Spaces: Provide a comparative schedule of spaces arranged in tabular form, listing the building’s various spaces and showing the original square footage allotted in the approved Program for each space. Any

Page 4 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) deviations from the approved Space and Functional Program, involving square footage or otherwise, must be clearly indicated. b)

Survey and geotechnical information are required as part of the Design Development Documents.

c)

Project Specification Manual complete with all Division 01: “General Requirements” sections and technical sections. General Requirements sections unique to the project, such as including temporary facilities and Supplementary Conditions, must be fully developed. With each technical specification section, for each product or material specified, include a photocopy of a cut sheet of the basis of design components and at least two acceptable components specified.

d)

Final Life Cycle Cost Analysis.

e)

Detailed Cost Estimate building on the estimate previously developed in Schematic Design

f)

Information provided outside the initial scope of services and based on subsequent written authorization must be clearly noted.

g)

Final site logistics plan showing access, laydown area, traffic re-routing, pedestrian access and flow, fencing, construction parking, etc.

30% Construction Document – Minimal Submittal Requirements 30% Percent Completed Construction Documents deliverables are to include, at a minimum, all Design Development information plus the following: 1. 2.

3.

All comments from the Design Development review process must be incorporated into the 30% Construction Document design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated must be included. Cover Sheet(s) a) Name and address of Owner, Architect b)

Vicinity map

c)

Location map

d)

Index to all drawings

Site Plan e) Abbreviation and symbol glossary f)

A certified plot plan (sealed by a licensed land surveyor)

g)

A grading plan 1’-0” or 2’-0” increments with appropriate sections

h)

Sediment control and storm water management plans and profiles

i)

Local governing utility standards included in all utility details

j)

Standard details must be modified to suit project conditions. All non-applicable information must be deleted.

k)

Existing and proposed electrical, gas, sewer, water, storm drainage, telephone and TV cable utilities must be identified.

l)

Utility designs must show plan, profile, and all fittings and details required by code and local government standards.

4.

Landscape a) An overall site plan showing plantings, irrigation and drainage system, site lighting, and all site development features

5.

Architectural a) A basic floor plan of the entire facility showing minimal detail with a grid or column reference system showing overall building layout dimensions, core spaces, Owner-numbered or named rooms, room square footage, floor opening penetrations, etc. Fire ratings of all partitions, fire doors, etc., should be clearly denoted.

Page 5 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) b)

A dimensioned floor plan locating all interior partitions and exterior wall partitions from the grid or column reference system. Floor plan should include room workstation designations, interior and exterior door and window designations.

c)

Room wall elevations for all non-typical walls.

d)

Casework floor plan complete with schedule, details, and elevations.

e)

Interior and exterior window, door and frame schedule, complete with elevations and details for all head, jamb, and sill conditions.

f)

Interior and exterior finish and color schedule (exposed finished mechanical and electrical items will be clearly addressed).

g)

A reflected ceiling plan showing all grid, access doors, drapery tracks, light fixtures, grills, diffusers, sprinkler heads, security devices, fire alarm devices, intercom system, exit devices and acoustic treatment. Ceiling heights and type should be indicated on the reflected ceiling plan.

h)

Details to illustrate transitions between finish materials and construction types. Major building sections in at least two directions. A sufficient number of details to clearly indicate the method of construction for all building components and include, but not be limited to: walls, floors, roofing assemblies, waterproofing systems, insulating systems, interior and exterior finishes, architectural details, interior stairs and elevators.

i)

Final locations of major equipment must be shown on the floor plan with associated floor loadings being shown on the structural drawings.

j)

Partition-type schedule and section details for all interior, exterior, and floor wall conditions.

k)

Roof plan showing all roofing material, roof drains, overflows, access hatches, roof walk pads, roof drainage slopes and elevations, scuppers, skylights, and mechanical and plumbing penetrations. Details must be provided for all edge, parapet, and flashing conditions.

l)

All exterior building elevations showing finish materials, exterior door and window openings and designations, lights, louvers, grilles, signage, speakers, and other devices.

m) All structural members included in, or enclosed by the architectural details must be closely coordinated and the size verified by the structural engineer. Details must indicate the framing and furring method wherever appropriate.

6.

n)

All mechanical/electrical elements included in or enclosed by the architectural details must be closely coordinated and the size verified by the design engineer. Details must indicate the framing and furring method wherever appropriate.

o)

Code Analysis Information such as: fire resistance plans and building code construction type and occupancy information I would require separate plans and not make them part of the site plans

Structural a) A dimensioned foundation plan showing and locating in plan and in elevation all footing, foundations, foundation piers, caissons, grade beams, reinforcement with all layouts for masonry, and anchor bolts. b)

A dimensioned floor plan for each floor, showing all beams, beam sizes, duct and piping penetrations, construction joints, expansion joints, edge conditions, imbedded anchors and frames thickened slabs, recessed slabs stair penetrations, elevator shafts, floor loading, top of structure elevation and reinforcement.

c)

Footing, column, grade beam, caissons, piers, reinforcement, and beam schedules.

d)

Dimensioned to scale details showing all conditions, connections, and structural sizes.

e)

Shear walls clearly shown on plan and schedule if symbol code is used.

f)

Abbreviation and symbol glossary.

g)

Fastener/connection schedule.

h)

Elevations of all footings, elevations to top of all beams, columns, recesses, and floors.

i)

Roof beam plan, elevator hoist beams.

Page 6 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) 7.

8.

9.

Mechanical a) Abbreviation and symbol glossary. b)

Mechanical equipment schedule.

c)

Exterior louver schedule, as coordinated with architectural louvers.

d)

Floor plans indicating ductwork with sizes, ductwork mechanical devices, beams for floor above with ductwork penetrations.

e)

Reflected ceiling plan showing final location of all ceiling-mounted mechanical devices, which include but are not limited to: diffusers, return air grilles, and thermostats.

f)

Floor plans should indicate housekeeping pads and weight of concentrated loads.

Plumbing a) Fixture/connection schedule b)

Abbreviations/symbol glossary

c)

Floor plans indicating domestic hot and cold water, storm, waste, vent, and gas piping plans, including all valves, unions, fixtures, pipe sizes, and riser diagrams, etc.

d)

Areas of concentrated plumbing equipment (hot water heaters, circulating pumps, etc.) must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0” detail in both plan and section views.

Electrical a) Lighting fixture schedule started b)

Lighting control schedule, switches, emergency lighting

c)

Power riser diagram for interior lighting systems

d)

Abbreviations and symbol glossary

e)

Panel schedules with panel locations shown on the floor plan started

f)

Fan/motor control schedule/diagram

g)

Power riser diagram and main distribution panel layout in large enough scale so each run can be clearly seen.

h)

Floor plan indicating wire management wiring for power, receptacles, voice, video and data communications, including circuiting and connections to systems furniture, etc. started

i)

Separate plans for power, voice, and data must be provided

j)

Reflected ceiling plan indicating above-ceiling wiring and circuits for lighting/electrical switches, security, fire alarm, emergency exit lighting and intercom controls, etc. started

k)

Main service entrance connection diagram as verified and coordinated with the governing power utility; locations of services entrances and transformers must be verified with the Architect

10. Statement of Probable Construction Cost a) The cost information reported at the conclusion of the 80% Completed Construction Document Stage must be based upon supportive cost information from the updated detailed cost estimate prepared from the 30% Completed Documents Stage. The detailed estimate must account for the refined information of quantity or product information adjustments required in the development of the details to construct the design and incorporate the Constructability Review comments. 11. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Coordination a) All drawing submittal packages are expected to be thoroughly reviewed and coordinated between disciplines utilizing a structured review process in an attempt to minimize changes during construction due to the errors and omissions of the design team. If, during construction, excessive changes due to errors and omissions of the design team are required, the Owner reserves the right to seek reparation for said changes.

Page 7 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) 80% Complete Construction Documents - Minimum Submittal Requirements 80% Percent Completed Construction Documents deliverables are to include, at a minimum, all 30% Submittal information plus the following: 1. 2.

3.

4.

All comments from the 30% Construction Document Review Process must be incorporated into the 80% Construction Document design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated. Landscape a) Details and sections of all site development features, sidewalks, curbs, paving stones, bollards, ramps, exterior stairs, lawn areas showing seeding methods, etc. b)

All landscape conditions should be thoroughly detailed.

c)

A symbol glossary

d)

Planting schedule

e)

Seeding schedule

f)

Modify standard details to suit project conditions and delete all non-applicable information

Architectural a) Interior signage locations must be shown on the floor plan complete with details and schedules. b)

Casework floor plan complete with schedule, details, and elevations

c)

Interior and exterior window, door and frame schedule, complete with elevations and details for all head, jamb, and sill conditions.

d)

Interior and exterior finish and color schedule (exposed finished mechanical and electrical items will be clearly addressed).

e)

A reflected ceiling plan showing all grid, access doors, drapery tracks, light fixtures, grills, diffusers, sprinkler heads, security devices, fire alarm devices, intercom system, exit devices and acoustic treatment. Ceiling heights and type should be indicated on the reflected ceiling plan.

Mechanical a) Floor plan indicating the sprinkler and standpipe riser systems, including all required pumps and control devices. b)

Fire damper schedule and location of dampers on each floor.

c)

Ductwork sound attenuation schedule.

d)

Vibration isolation schedule.

e)

Terminal control box schedule with electrical and air volume requirements.

f)

Chilled water, condenser, refrigerant, fuel oil, steam and gas riser piping floor plans and riser diagrams, and schematics, including pipe sizes. Piping schematics must be in large enough scale to clearly indicate all control devices, valves, unions, and miscellaneous appurtenances.

g)

Areas of concentrated mechanical equipment must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0”, illustrating detailed ductwork and equipment within the mechanical room in both plan and section views; coil access and filter access are to be shown to scale as verification of clearance.

h)

Access doors – both wall and ceiling, must be called out at each applicable location as coordinated with the architectural drawings (rated where applicable).

i)

Duct/piping penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.

Page 8 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) j) 5.

6.

Locate on the floor plans all controls system equipment and provide a panel and device schedule, indicator and panel graphics complete with sequence of operation and control system program diagram.

Plumbing a) Piping and insulation jacket dimensions are to be coordinated with architectural finishes and casework; all exposed piping is to be verified with the Architect. b)

Plan drawing of all water and sanitary branch piping for installation of interior equipment and fixtures.

c)

Typical piping riser schematics for all gravity flow piping systems.

d)

Access panels, doors, and provisions in both walls and ceilings are to be shown on floor plans for all valves, cleanouts, and caps, etc.

e)

Connections to existing and new building utilities must be clearly shown. Requirements of governing utilities must be determined and clearly detailed and shown. Connection details and elevations must be checked and coordinated with applicable civil drawings.

f)

Design details

g)

Piping penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.

Electrical a) Lighting fixture schedule completed b)

Lighting control schedule, switches, emergency lighting completed

c)

Panel schedules with panel locations shown on the floor plan completed

d)

Floor plan showing location of all fire alarm device/panel schedule, indicator graphics, riser diagram including activated hardware and pull stations. Confirm activated hardware with hardware schedule.

e)

Floor plan showing location of all intercom devices, panel schedule and location, and program riser diagram.

f)

Floor plan showing location of all security devices, panel schedule and locations, and riser diagram.

g)

Floor plan showing location of all intercom and TV outlets and devices.

h)

Telephone board schedule and riser diagram coordinated to equipment size requirements and connection provisions with the governing telephone utility and Owner requirements.

i)

TV terminal/splitter and riser diagram coordinated as to equipment size requirements and connection provisions to antenna and cable TV system.

j)

Floor plan indicating wire management wiring for power, receptacles, voice, video and data communications, including circuiting and connections to systems furniture, etc. completed

k)

Floor plan indicating power connections to all mechanical equipment.

l)

Reflected ceiling plan indicating above-ceiling wiring and circuits for lighting/electrical switches, security, fire alarm, emergency exit lighting and intercom controls, etc. completed

m) Areas of concentrated electrical equipment, and electric vault rooms in particular, must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0” and must be shown in plan and elevation. n)

Sheet notes must be applicable to each sheet. Standard notes and details must be modified to specific conditions.

o)

Access to systems must be verified. Doors, panels or other provisions must be called out in all wall and ceiling locations for junction boxes, controls, or any other device requiring access.

p)

Raceway penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.

Page 9 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) q)

A dimensioned floor plan showing wire management system with openings located for voice data, video and electrical and outlet locations. This is more typically done by the electrical engineer

7.

Statement of Probable Construction Cost a) The cost information reported at the conclusion of the 80% Completed Construction Document Stage must be based upon supportive cost information from the updated detailed cost estimate prepared from the 30% Completed Documents Stage. The detailed estimate must account for the refined information of quantity or product information adjustments required in the development of the details to construct the design and incorporate the Constructability Review comments.

8.

Quality Assurance/Quality Control Coordination a) All drawing submittal packages are expected to be thoroughly reviewed and coordinated between disciplines utilizing a structured review process in an attempt to minimize changes during construction due to the errors and omissions of the design team. If, during construction, excessive changes due to errors and omissions of the design team are required, the Owner reserves the right to seek reparation for said changes.

9.

Other Deliverables a)

Commissioning final plan

b)

Updated project schedule

100% Complete Construction Documents - Minimum Submittal Requirements 1. 2.

Submittal for 100% complete documents will be the same as the 80% submittal requirements with all appropriate 80% review comments from the Owner incorporated within the drawings and specifications. All comments from the 80% Construction Document Review Process must be incorporated into the 100% Construction Document design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated.

Review, Comment and Approval Submissions to DCSD and GaDOE at: 1.

Schematic Design Phase

2.

Design Development Phase

3.

30% Construction Documents Phase

4.

80% Construction Documents Phase

5.

100% Construction Documents Phase

Building Permit 1.

Submit for Building Permit

2.

Submit for L.D. Permit

3.

Incorporate Permit Review Comments

Bid Negotiations 1.

Bid Period

2.

Pre-Bid Conference

3.

Negotiations & Award

4.

Begin Construction

Page 10 of 11

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) Phasing (as appropriate) (List Phasing as appropriate

Page 11 of 11

MIDDLE SCHOOL DESIGN PROGRAM

MIDDLE

DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT ‐ FEBRUARY 15, 2013

DCSD 2020 VISION ‐ DESIGN PROGRAM AND GUIDELINES

VERSION 1.1

MIDDLE SCHOOL DESIGN PROGRAM INDEX Section No.

Educational Area

Pg. No.

INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS Section 01

CLASSROOM TYPE I

2

Classrooms: ( English, Foreign Lang, Math, SS, ISS, CT) Section 02

SCIENCE CLASSROOM

Section 03

MEDIA CENTER

7

Section 04

ART

11

Section 05

MUSIC

14

4

Instrumental (Band / Orchestra) Choral (Choral / Keyboarding) Section 06

SHARED LABS

17

(Computer Writing, Math, Reading ) Section 07

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

19

(Playfields - Ref. Section 14.2) Section 08

SPECIAL EDUCATION

24

Section 09

AUDITORIUM (Refer to Cafetorium - Section 12)

27

SUPPORT AREAS Section 10

ADMINISTRATION

28

Main Administration Suite Faculty Workroom Satellite Administration Suite Section 11

COUNSELING

33

Section 12

NUTRITION

35

Kitchen Cafetorium Section 13

BUILDING SERVICES

39

Section 14

OUTDOOR AREAS

43

14.1 Outdoor Spaces (Educational) 14.2 Site Facilities (Playfields: Softball, Football/Soccer, Tennis, ) OTHER PROGRAMS Section 15

47

BASIC CAREER TECHNOLOGY 15.1 Business & Computer Science 15.2 Engineering & Technology 15.3 Family & Consumer Science

APPENDIXES Appendix A - Square Footage Summary

55

Appendix B - Furnishings & Equipment

66

DeKalb County School District

1 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 01 - CLASSROOM TYPE 1 General Description Classroom Type 1 is comprised of the middle school interdisciplinary classrooms: English/Language Arts, Mathematics, Social Studies, World Language, and In School Suspension. The manner of grouping middle school students for instruction is determined by the faculty and administrative staff of each school. The classrooms are often grouped or organized, so that all classrooms of one grade level are together in a single area or part of the school. Classrooms are used for large and small group activities including group projects, demonstrations, teacher presentations, student presentations, research, individualized and small group computer assisted instruction. Key Adjacency: Locate classrooms in close proximity to the Media Center.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

CR1 1 Classrooms (6th-8th)* Room sized for 34(+3) students. Minimum required area for students = 740-sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 160-sf for Teacher's desk, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc.

Qty 900

TSF

44

Adjacency

39,600

Total Area SF

39,600

* Includes English, Math, Social Studies, World Language, In School Suspension

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

MB

CR1 1

Size (wxh) 4' x 4'

#/RM 2

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

IB

CR1 1

8' x 4'

1

OP - Center on teaching wall.

TB

CR1 1

4' x 4'

1

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

TB

CR1 1

12' x 4'

1

Locate at back of classroom.

MB

CR1 1

4' x 4'

1

Locate adj. to Tack Board at back of classroom.

TB

CR1 1

12' x 4'

1

Locate above computer stations.

PSH

CR1 1

1

OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.

C/BKT

CR1 1

1

OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.

CMP

CR1 1

4

OP - Locate on 2 6-ft computer tables.

WHS

CR1 1 (World Language) - New

CLK

CR1 1

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology Plan 1

Locate at teaching wall.

MB - Marker Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (Student)

WHS - Wireless Headphone System

C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd.)

Finishes Walls:

a CR1 1

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b CR1 1

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Floors:

a CR1 1

Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings:

a CR1 1

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b CR1 1

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

c CR1 1

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

Casework Space No.

Room Name

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

CR1 1

Classroom

Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

CR1 1

Classroom

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

CR1 1

Classroom

Shelving Unit (open front)

1

4'x1'x7'

DeKalb County School District

2 of 83

Notes

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Utilities Utility Electrical:

Location

1

CR1 1

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

2

Teaching Wall

Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.

3

Computer Area

Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.

4

CR1 1

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

5

CR1 1

Refer to Design Guideline Division 16 for lighting and other electrical system requirements.

6

CR1 1

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

1

CR1 1

None.

1

CR1 1

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

CR1 1

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

Plumbing: HVAC:

Acoustics 1

CR1 1

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

General Notes 1

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

2

Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

3

Interactive Board/Components (shelf, projectors etc.) are provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of Interactive Board per Instructional Technology requirements.

DeKalb County School District

3 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 02 - SCIENCE CLASSROOM General Description Classroom Type 2, Science Classroom, provides students the opportunity to become active participants of scientific processes through a variety of "hands-on" experiences. Students participate in large and small group activities (discussion, lab demonstrations, field experiences etc.), conduct experiments, utilize computer technology, and listen to and observe demonstrations by instructors. Key Adjacency: Science Lab Prep/Storage rooms are shared between two Science Classrooms. Locate Science Classrooms together in close proximity to general classrooms.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

SC 1

Science Classroom

SC 2

Prep / Storage Room

NSF

Room sized for 34(+2) students. Minimum required area for students = 720-sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 280-sf for Teacher's demo table/desk, science casework along walls, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc.

Qty

TSF

1,000

13

13,000

250

6.5

1,625

Total Area SF

Adjacency SC 1

14,625

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

#/RM

MB

SC 1

4' x 4'

2

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

IB

SC 1

8' x 4'

1

OP - Center on teaching wall.

TB

SC 1

4' x 4'

1

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

TB

SC 1

12' x 4'

1

Locate above computer stations.

CMP

SC 1

4

OP - Locate on 2 6-ft computer tables. Locate on teaching wall.

CLK

SC 1

1

SG

SC 1

1

EW

SC 1

1

Integrated into the Teachers Demo Table counter top.

ES

SC 1

1

Adjacent to the Teacher's Demo Table.

EW/DH

SC 2

1

FH

SC 2

SD

SC 2

1

Locate at sink area.

SD

SC 1

4

Locate at sink area. Locate at sink area.

4" W

1

PTD

SC 1, SC 2

1

MFC

SC 2

1

AC

SC 2

1

FEC

SC 2

1

PSH

SC 1

1

OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.

MB - Marker Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (Student)

MFC - Metal Flammable Cabinet

FB - Fire Blanker Cabinet

FH - Fume Hood

SD - Soap Dispenser

AC - Acid Cabinet

FEC - Fire Extinguisher Cabinet

SG - Safety Goggle Cabinet

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

EW - Eye Wash

ES - Emergency Shower

EW/DH - Drench Hose Type Eye Wash Mounted In Counter

Finishes Walls:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Floors:

a All Spaces

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings:

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

DeKalb County School District

4 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

c All Spaces

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

Counters: a SC 1, SC 2

Provide flat black epoxy countertops at casework.

Stations:

Provide flat black epoxy countertops at student and teacher demo station.

a SC 1

Casework Space No.

Room Name

Unit Type

Qty

Size

Notes

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

2

3'x2'x7'

Shelving Unit (open front)

4

12" Deep

4

36x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Reference Division 12 - Furnishings, in the Design Guideline. SC 2

Prep/Storage Room

Wall 1: Upper Cabinet (double door) Countertop*



Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet

1

36x24x34 1 continuous top drawer, 6 bottom dwrs.

Base Cabinet (double door)

3

36x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

30x24x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.

Drying Rack

1

-

Center on wall at sink.

Wall 2: Upper Cabinet (double door)

4

Countertop*

SC 1

Science Classroom

36x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf. ─

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (single door)

2

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

36x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

1

36x24x34 1 continuous top dwr, 6 bottom dwrs.

Student Desk

18

20x54x30 1 table to be ADA accessible.

Teacher Demo Station

1

30x96x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

4

36x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

2

30x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

48x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Wall 1:

Countertop*



Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

36x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

36x24x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

30x24x34 w/ 2 drawers and 1 adjustable shelf.

Specialty Cabinet

1

48x24x34 w/ 24 drawers.

Wall 2: Storage Cabinet (lockable)

1

Teacher Cabinet (lockable)

1

Upper Cabinet (double door)

4

36x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

2

30x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

24x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

3'x2'x7' 3'x2'x7'



Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

36x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

36x24x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

30x24x34 w/ 2 drawers and 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Wall 3: Shelving Unit (open front)

1

4'x1'x7'

Locate adj to Teaching Wall

*Provide backsplash at all countertops.

Utilities

DeKalb County School District

5 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Utilitiy

Location

Electrical: 1

SC 1, SC 2

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

2

SC 1 - Lab Casework

Provide three (3) G.F.C.I. duplex receptacles, mounted above counter, per casework wall.

3

Teaching Wall

Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.

4

Computer Area

Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.

5

SC 1, SC 2

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

6

SC 1, SC 2

Refer to Design Guideline Division 16 for lighting and other electrical system requirements.

7

SC 1, SC 2

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

1

SC 1, SC 2

Provide plumbing for eye wash and emergency shower stations. Provide floor drain at shower.

2

SC 1, SC 2

Provide gas outlets and cold/hot water at student workstations, teacher demo table, and Prep Room.

3

SC 1, SC 2

Provide acid resistant piping in classroom and prep room.

4

SC 1, SC 2

Lab sinks are to be integral with laboratory tops.

1

SC 2

Provide fume hood. See Design Guidelines for requirements.

2

SC 2

Provide exhaust fan purge button adjacent to fume hood.

3

SC 1, SC 2

Provide limited-range temperature control.

4

SC 1, SC 2

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1

SC 1, SC 2

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics General Notes 1

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

2

Provide locks on SC 1 door only. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

3

Provide classroom stations with valved gas, water and electrical supplies that are controlled through a key control with emergency stop for each work area. The gas solenoid valve for the laboratory gas system should be normally closed and interlocked with the lighting circuit.

DeKalb County School District

6 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 03 - MEDIA CENTER General Description The Media Center serves the entire school population by providing appropriate materials to support and enrich the curriculum. Media Center Activities include individual as well as large and small group instruction, reading, browsing, listening and viewing areas. Establish a prominent and visible main entrance to facilitate security and way finding for users. Provide direct line of sight from the distrubution desk to all student computer areas, for monitoring/supervision purposes. Appropriately located electrical/data outlets throughout the Reading Room to facilitate small group study in various parts of the space. The space should accommodate full class sizes of 30 - 100 students to view audio/visual presentations on screen. Natural lighting is a desired amenity; with the option of darkening the space for projection screen/ interactive board presentations. Key Adjacency: The Media Center should be located centrally within the school with ease of access from all classroom wings. Reading Room Seating Capacity: 82. Based on NFPA 101; 50-sf/person net.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

MC 1

Reading Room

MC 2 MC 3

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

4,100

1

4,100 Visual & direct access to MC 2 - MC 7.

Conference Room (6 person each)

300

2

600 Two rooms w/operable partition in place.

Office

150

2

300

MC 4

Periodical Storage

300

1

300

MC 5

Audio/Visual Equipment Storage

500

1

500

MC 6

Workroom

500

1

500

MC 3

MC 6a

Staff Toilet

0

1

0

MC 6

MC 7

Vestibule (internal circulation)

0

2

0

Total Area SF

6,300

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

#/RM

TB

MC 1, MC 3

4' x 4'

1

MB

MC 3

4' x 4'

1

IB

MC 1

8' x 4'

1

OP.

TB

MC 6

2' x 4'

1

Included w/ marker board.

MB

MC 6

3' x 4'

1

Combo MB w/ 2'x4' TB included.

MB

MC 2

6' x 4'

2

CPR

MC 1, MC 6

1

OP.

CUR

MC 7

-

See "Finishes" below.

CLK

MC 1

2

CLK

MC 6

1

SD

MC 6

1

Locate at sink area.

PTD

MC 6

1

Locate at sink area.

BD

MC 1

1

Provide one at main entry.

PSM

MC 1

1

OP - GC to provide blocking, power and data.

PS

MC 1

1

PSS

MC 1

2

Wall mounton each side of the projection screen.

C/BKT

MC 1

1

OP - GC to provide blocking. OP - GC to provide power and data.

CMPR

MC 1

1

OPP

MC 2

1

WB

MC 1

-

CMP

MC 1

23

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CMPC

MC 5

11

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

DeKalb County School District

7 of 83

Provide at each exterior window.

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

LDS

MC 1

PSH

MC 1

MB - Marker Board

2

Locate a set at each main entry to MC 1.

1

OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board (portable)

CMPR - Ceiling Mtd. Projector

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

LDS - Library Detection System

C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd.)

TS - Tack Strip

CMP - Computers (Student)

OPP - Operable Partition

PSM - Plasma Screen Monitor (wall mtd.)

CUR - Curtains/Rod

CMPC - Computer Carts*

BD - Book Drop

PS - Projection Screen (retractable)

CPR - Copier

WB - Window Blinds/Shades

SD - Soap Dispenser

PSS - Projection Screen Speakers

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

CMPC - Mobile Computer Cart Recharging Stations

Finishes Walls:

Floors:

Ceilings:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish to wall and soffit areas, and any exposed structure, structural deck, and/or exposed exposed ducts. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b MC 7

Provide curtained backdrop, or other acceptable background, for televising announcements.

c All Spaces

All walls surrounding reading rooms, offices, storage rooms, etc. shall extend to underside of deck. Walls separating the Media Center from corridors must be CMU. Wall within the Media Center may be impact resistant gypsum board.

a MC 1, 2, 3, 7

Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b MC 4, MC 5, MC 6

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

c MC 6a

Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile and 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

b All Spaces

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

c MC 1

May provide a combination of lighting solutions and ceiling plane configurations/heights if design solutions meet adequate levels of lighting for reading, audio visual, and acoustic purposes.

Casework Space No. MC 1

Room Name Reading Room

MC 4

Periodical Storage

MC 5

A/V Equip. Storage

Unit Type

Qty

Circulation Desk Book Return

1

Desk w/cash drawer

1

Cupboard (dbl. door)

1

Work Desk

1

Adjustable Shelves

(wxdxh)

Notes

17'x30"x * * Desk Ht Variable: 3'-4" to 2'-5".

17 LF

208 LF

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

48 LF

16" D

2 tier, wall mounted on standards.

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

16" D

2 tier, wall mounted on standards.

(Provide on 3 walls.) Adjustable Shelves

(Mount at ht. for computer cart storage beneath.) Adjustable Shelves MC 6

Workroom

76 LF

Wall 1: Adjustable Shelves (Mount at ht. to locate copier beneath.) Upper Cabinet (double door)

3

36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet

5

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers

Base Cabinet (single door)

2

18x24x34

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

Wall 2: Base Cabinet (double door) Wall 3:

DeKalb County School District

8 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet

4

18x24x30 w/ 2 drawers

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

36x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Work Counter (w/knee space)

1

30' H

Work Table (Stand alone)

6 LF

1

8'x4'

Countertop

1

Base Cabinets

4

Base cabinets both sides, counter 36"AFF Counter 36"AFF, 12" overhang both sides

36wx24d

Base cabinets both sides,

Notes

*Provide backsplash at all countertops.

Furniture Space No. MC 1

Room Name Reading Room

MC 2

Conference

MC 5

A/V Equip. Storage

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

Shelves (Periodicals)

4

36x12x60

Shelves (Reference)

1

36x12x60

Shelves (Reference)

6

36x24x48

Shelves (Reference)

14

36x10x60

Shelves

37

36x20x60

Circulation Desk Chairs

2

Vertical Newspaper Rack

1

Depressible Receiving Truck

2

Dictionary Stand

1

Computer Workstations Desk

15

Computer Workstations Desk Chairs

15

Computer Study Carrels

8

Rectangular Table

12

Chairs

72

Rectangular Table

36x30xX

(Modular Furniture)

36x90

6 person

1

36x60

4 person

Book Case

6

36x10x60

Chairs

14

Wood Book Trucks (mobile)

2

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: Power:

General

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

MC 1 - Motorized screen

Install outlets along walls w/casework horizontally in toe kick. Provide multiple flush floor boxes containing duplex receptacles for table areas in Reading Room. Provide floor boxes w/cover plates that can be closed when connected to device(s). Provide power rough-in for ceiling mounted projector for use w/motorized screen.

2

MC 1 - TV/Monitor

Provide one (1) double duplex receptacle and one (1) wall mounted data outlet . Mount outlets behind TV at 84" AFF.

3

MC 1 - Circulation Desk

Provide two (2) Multi-Service Assembly flush cast-in-place floor mounted outlet, containing one (1) quadraplex receptacle computer outlet; and one (1) telephone/data outlet.

4

MC 1 - Modular Furniture

Provide wall mounted junction boxes for power connection and tele/data connection to modular furniture. Coordinate modular furniture systems electrical tele/data requirements with manufacturer.

5

MC 1 - Detection System

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for Library Sensor Control Module at each entry. Provide electrical conduit w/pullstring to Library checkpoint system control module.

6

MC 2 - Conference

Provide electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall. Provide two sets of one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) per subdivided conference room.

7

MC 5 - Computer Carts

Provide one (1) wall mounted duplex receptacle per computer cart.

DeKalb County School District

9 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

8

MC 6 - Workroom

9

MC 6a

Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle wall mounted.

MC 7

Provide one (1) wall mounted duplex receptacle per vestibule.

1

MC 1

Provide media center sound system speakers, ceiling recessed.

2

MC 6

Provide one (1) sound system amplifier (microphone system).

1

MC 1

Provide two (2) microphone outlets.

1

MC 1 - Computer Area

See MC-1 Modular Furniture note above.

2

MC 1 - Circulation Desk

Provide two (2) combination voice/data outlets.

3

MC 2

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle.

4

MC 6

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each set of quadraplex receptacles at work counter.

1

MC 1

Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets for single face clock.

1

MC 1 - Main entry door

Provide electric hinge, power supply for access control, magnetic door position switches, and card reader device.

2

MC 1 - Circulation Desk

Provide high security intercom station.

1

MC 1

Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet and TV tap box (to TV headend).

2

MC 2

Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet.

1

All spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

2

All spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

All spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

1

MC 6

Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.

2

MC 6 a

Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA

10

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle (w/data) @ copier. Provide three (3) sets each containing one (1) quadraplex receptace (w/data) mounted above countertops; and one (1) additional quadraplex receptacle. Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle mtd. above counter at sink area. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for sound system amplifier.

Intercom:

Microphone: Data:

Clock: Security:

Television:

Other:

Plumbing:

compliant. HVAC: 1

All spaces

Provide limited-range individual temperature control in all areas.

2

MC 1

Provide humidity sensor(s).

3

Media Center

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements. Acoustics

1

MC 1, 2, 3, 6, 6a, 7

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools. Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements. General Notes

1

Provide exterior windows w/ ability to darken in MC 1 (Reading Room) to facilitate use of projection screen.

2

Provide interior windows w/ blinds in Media Center spaces MC 2, 3, 4 ,5, 6, 7, with view of MC 1.

3

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

4

Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Toilet room doors shall not have closers. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

DeKalb County School District

10 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 04 - ART General Description The Art classroom provides instruction for techniques and processes required to create and produce a variety of 2 and 3 dimensional media; including ceramics, sculpture, printmaking, photography, film making, computer art, fiber arts and art criticism. Art education provides students opportunities to see, analyze and research art history, as they develop and practice creative, expressive and critical thinking. Key Adjacency: The Art Lab is ideally located on the first floor w/direct access to the Art Terrace.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

ART 1

Art Lab

1,650

1

1,650

ART 2

Storage

250

1

250

ART 1

ART 3

Kiln Room (2 Kilns)

100

1

100

ART 1

Room sized for 37(+2) students. Minimum required area for students = 780-sf net based on 20-sf/person.

Total Area SF

Art Terrace, Section 14.1

2,000

Refer to Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES for Art Terrace.

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

#/RM

MB

ART 1

4' x 4'

2

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

IB

ART 1

8' x 4'

1

OP - Center on teaching wall.

TB

ART 1

4' x 4'

1

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

TB

ART 1

12' x 4'

1

Locate above computer stations.

CMP

ART 1

-

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

SK

ART 1

1

SK2

ART 1

2

SD

ART 1

3

Locate at sink area.

PTD

ART 1

3

Locate at sink area.

KN

ART 3

2

OP

TL

ART 1

2

CLK

ART 1

1

Locate at teaching wall.

PSH

ART 1

1

OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.

MB - Marker Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (Student)

SD - Soap Dispenser

TL - Track Lighting

KN - Kiln (digital)

SK - Single Bowl Sink

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

SK2 - Double Bowl Sink

Finishes Walls:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Floors:

a All Spaces

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings:

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces.

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces.

c ART 3

Provide suspended linear fluorescent fixture in ART 3, open to structure (OTS).

d ART 1

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

Casework Space No. ART 1

Room Name Art Lab

Unit Type Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

DeKalb County School District

Qty

(wxdxh)

1

3'x2'x7'

Notes

Wall 1:

11 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

2

3'x2'x7'

Upper Cabinet (double door)

4

32x12x30

w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

3

18x12x30

w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

4

32x24x30

w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

3

18x24x30

w/ 4 drawers

Upper Cabinet (double door)

3

42x12x24

w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

4

18x12x30

w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x30

w/ sink (single bowl).

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

42x24x30

w/ sink (double bowl).

Base Cabinet

4

18x24x30

w/ 4 drawers

Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Wall 2:

Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Wall 2: (alcove) ART 2

Storage Room

Adjustable Shelves

7'- 6" LF

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

Adjustable Shelves

108 LF

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

Adjustable Shelves

116 LF

12" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

Adjustable Shelves

16 LF

10" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

Art Bin (horizontal shelving)

1

4'x3'x3'-6"

Art Bin (vertical shelving)

1

2'x3'x3'-6"

*Provide backsplash at all countertops.

Furniture Space No. ART 1

Room Name Art Lab

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

Moveable Platform (model table)

1

4'x4'

Moveable Platform (cutting table)

1

4'x4'

8

3'x3'

Art Tables

Notes

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: General, ART 1

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

ART 1 - Sink Area

Provide four (4) wall mounted GFCI receptacles above countertop w/sinks.

2 3

ART 1 - Casework ART 3 - Kiln

Provide three (3) duplex receptacles at work counter area. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle and one (1) disconnect switch, per kiln. Provide one (1) general purpose duplex receptacle in kiln room. Coordinate exact connection type with kiln vendor prior to rough-in.

4

ART 1 - Ceiling

Provide power as required for ceiling mounted track lighting.

1

All spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

2 3

All spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

All spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

Plumbing: 1

ART 1

Provide one (1) single and two (2) double stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water. Two (2) sinks shall be as deep as possible w/plaster trap and strainer. One sink shall be shallow and ADA compliant.

2

ART 1

Refer to Division 15 - Design Guidelines, for plumbing fixture requirements.

1

ART 1

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

ART 3

Provide exhaust / ventilation and cooling as required for kilns.

Power:

Other:

HVAC:

DeKalb County School District

12 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

3

ART 1, 2, 3

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1

ART 1

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1

Provide access from the lab to exterior art patio. (Refer to Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES for Art Terrace.)

2

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

3

Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

4

Coordinate electrical requirements w/supplied kiln prior to installation and ordering of electrical devices. Install per manufacturers recommendations, maintain proper clearances around kiln.

Acoustics General Notes

DeKalb County School District

13 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 05 - MUSIC General Description The Music curriculum offers Exploratory Music, Band, Orchestra, Chorus and Keyboard. The music curriculum provide students opportunities to express themselves by performing, describing, creating, and responding to music. Music classes are taught in classrooms that are specifically designed for music instruction. Key Adjacency: Locate Music Suite within close proximity to the Stage Area (Cafetorium) and Toilet Facilities, on the ground level.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

Instrumental (Band / Orchestra): MUS 1

Instrumental / Band Classroom (150 max.)

2,500

1

2,500

MUS 2 MUS 3

Instrument Storage

210

1

210

Percussion Storage

150

1

150

MUS 4

School Instrument Storage

150

1

150

MUS 5

Office (Band, Orchestra)

150

2

300

MUS 6

Orchestra Classroom (100 max.)

1,750

1

1,750

MUS 7

Orchestra Storage

100

1

100

Instrument Subtotal

5,160

MUS 1, MUS 6 MUS 6

Choral (Choral / Key Boarding): MUS 8

Chorus Classroom (100 max.)

950

1

950

MUS 9

Office/Library (Chorus)

150

1

150

MUS 10

Keyboard Classroom (37 max.)

990

1

990

MUS 11

Keyboard Storage

150

1

150

Choral Subtotal MUS 12

Practice Rooms

MUS 13

Music Suite Vestibule (internal circulation)

MUS 8 MUS 10

2,240

90

3

270

MUS 1, MUS 8, MUS 10

250

1

250

MUS 12

Total Area SF

7,920

Instrumental/Band Classroom sized for 150 students. Minimum required area for students = 2,250-sf net based on 15-sf/person. Orchestra Classroom sized for 100 students. Minimum required area for students = 1,500-sf net based on 15-sf/person. Chorus Classroom sized for 100 students. Minimum required area for students = 700-sf net based on 7-sf/person. Keyboard Classroom sized for 38 students. Minimum required area for students = 760-sf net based on 20-sf/person.

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

TB

MUS 1, MUS 8

4' x 4'

2

Locate adjacent to Interactive Board.

MBL

MUS 1, MUS 8

4' x 12'

1

Locate at teaching wall.

IB

MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10

8' x 4'

1

OP - Locate at teaching wall.

MBL

MUS 1

4' x 16'

2

Locate at teaching wall.

MBL

MUS 6, MUS 8

4' x 16'

1

Locate at teaching wall.

TB

MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10

12' x 4'

1

Locate above computer stations.

ISU

MUS 1

As required

10

Locate around perimeter walls of Band Classroom.

ISU

MUS 2

As required

10

ISU

MUS 3

As required

6

ISU

MUS 10

As required

8

ISU

MUS 11

As required

-

MFU

MUS 4

6

OP.

SD

MUS 4, MUS 8

1

Locate at sink.

PTD

MUS 4, MUS 8

1

Locate at sink.

DeKalb County School District

14 of 83

#/RM

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

AP

MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10

Varies Wall and ceiling mounted.

SS

MUS 1, MUS 6

2

PR

MUS 1, MUS 8

1

CMP

MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10

-

CLK

MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10

1

PSH

MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10

1

Wall Mounted. OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements. OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.

MB - Marker Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

MBL - Marker Board w/ lines

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (Student)

MFU - Moveable File Unit*

TB - Tack Board

AP - Acoustical Panels

ISU - Instrument Storage Unit*

SD - Soap Dispenser

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

SS - Sound Speakers

PR - Performing Risers

* Manufacturer: Wenger (Coordinate requirements w/Owner.)

Finishes Walls:

Floors:

Ceilings:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

a MUS 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12

Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b MUS 2, 7, 11, 13

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

c All Spaces

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in all spaces except provide minimum 14'-0" ceiling height in MUS 1, 6, 8, and 10.

Casework Space No. MUS 1 MUS 4

Room Name Instrumental / Band School Instr. Storage

Unit Type

Qty

Chorus Classroom Chorus CR Alcove

1

3'x2'x7'

Shelving Unit (open)

1

4'x12"x7'

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

24x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf. Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

24x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

-

Base Cabinet (double door) Keyboard Storage

5 shelves, wall mounted.

3'x2'x7'

-

Countertop*

MUS 11

Notes

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

Countertop*

MUS 8

(wxdxh)

Adjustable Shelves

70 LF

(Provide on 3 walls.)

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

4 tier, wall mounted on standards. Coord. Depth w/ Owner

*Provide backsplash at all countertops.

DeKalb County School District

15 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: Power:

General

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

MUS 4, 8 - Sink Area

Provide two (2) GFCI duplex receptacles above counter.

2

MUS 2, 3, 4, 7, 11, 13

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage rooms and vestibule.

3

MUS 12

Provide one (1) above counter double duplex receptacle computer outlet (w/ data). Provide one (1) duplex receptacle, general purpose.

1

MUS 12 - Practice Rms.

Provide one (1) data outlet adj to each duplex receptacle.

1

MUS 1, 6, 8, 10

Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet.

1

All Spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

2

All Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

All Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

2

All Spaces

Locate restrooms and electric water cooler convenient to Music Classroom.

1

All Spaces

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

All Spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1

MUS 1, 6, 8, 10

Avoid parallell walls within classrooms to limit echo.

2

MUS 1, 6, 8, 10

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools. Control sound transmission between music suite and other spaces.

3

MUS 1, 6, 8, 10

Provide wall-mounted acoustical panels w/ concealed attachment.

4

MUS 1, MUS 6

Provide CMU sand filled partition between adjacent music classrooms.

5

MUS 1, 6, 8, 10

Provide doors without grilled louvers. Provide sound seals at all classroom doors.

6

MUS 1, 6, 8, 10

Extend wall acoustic treatment to top of structure.

7

MUS 1, 6, 8, 10

Provice sound batt insultation above walls and ceiling tile.

Data: TV: Other:

Plumbing: 1

Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water in MUS 4 and MUS 8.

HVAC:

Acoustics

General Notes 1

Provide exterior windows for each music classroom when feasible.

2

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

3

Refer to Design Guidelines for door width requirements.

4

Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

5

Provide interior windows between office MUS 5 (Band) and MUS 1; office MUS 5 (Orchestra) and MUS 6.

6

Provide interior windows between practice rooms and all adjacent music classrooms. Locate practice rooms to allow observation by any music teacher with direct visibility from the music classroom.

DeKalb County School District

16 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 06 - SHARED LABS General Description Shared Labs provide opportunities to focus on specific areas of study outside of the regular classroom. The Computer Reading Lab provides space where students can work independently or in small groups to improve reading comprehension. The associated Testing Room is used to administer individualized reading assessments; or to work with remedial readers in privacy. Writing Labs provides space where students can work independently or in small groups to improve writing skills. Key Adjacency: Locate shared labs within close proximity to general classrooms.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

SL 1

Computer Reading Lab

SL 1a

Testing Room

SL 2

Labs (Writing - 1 / General - 2)

Room sized for 38 students. Minimum required area for students = 760-sf based on 20-sf/person.

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

1,000

1

1,000

150

1

150

1,650

1

1,650

Total Area SF

SL 1

2,800

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

MB

SL 1, SL 2

Size (WxH) 4' x 4'

#/RM 2

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

IB

SL 1, SL 2

8' x 4'

1

OP - Center on teaching wall.

TB

SL 1, SL 2

4' x 4'

1

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

TB

SL 1, SL 2

12' x 4'

1

Locate on side wall near door.

CMP

SL 1, SL 2

38

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CLK

SL 1, SL 2

1

Locate at teaching wall.

PSH

SL 1, SL 2

1

OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

MB - Marker Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (Student)

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

Walls:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Floors:

a All Spaces

Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings:

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

c All Spaces

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

Finishes

Casework Space No.

Room Name

Unit Type

Qty 8'-6" LF

(wxdxh)

SL 1a

Testing Room

Fixed Shelving Units

SL 1

Computer Reading Lab

Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

SL 2

Writing/General Labs

Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

Notes

102x14x28 3 equal shelves

Countertop*

36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf. ─

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x30 w/ 4 drawers

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

*Provide backsplash at all countertops.

DeKalb County School District

17 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Utilities Utility Power:

Location General

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

Other: Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

1

All Spaces

2

All Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

All Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

1

All Spaces

None.

1

All Spaces

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

All Spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1

All Spaces

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

2

Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

3

Provide interior windows in SL 1a, with view of Computer Reading Lab.

Plumbing: HVAC:

Acoustics General Notes

DeKalb County School District

18 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 07 - PHYSICAL EDUCATION General Description The Physical Education curriculum provides students opportunities fo participate in PE programs geared to their needs and abilities, to develop physical fitness, sportsmanship and safe practices. Students are involved in individual, dual and team games, self-testing activities, health/wellness instruction, conditioning exercises, coeducational activities and lifetime skills. The gym is also used for intramural, extramural, school and community functions and assemblies. Key Adjacency: Separate from academic areas with access to playfields, and parking facilities. Bleacher seating capacity: 477 Max. Seats (437 Min. w/ADA spaces occupied.) Total Gymnasium seating capacity: Provide the maximum number of seats possible on the floor based on code requirements for occupant load, aisles, cross aisles, exiting, etc. and for recommendations for a stage or presentation area.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

Qty

TSF

Notes/Adjacency

Gymnasium: PE 1

Gymnasium

PE 2

Gymnasium Lobby

11,830

1

11,830

170

1

170

0

1

0

Area based on layout of required number of lockers.

35

2

70

PE 3 Occupant load to be based on the number of partcipants in the largest athletic program at each school. Max. P.E. class size is 46.

PE 1

Boy's: PE 3

P.E. Locker Room

PE 3a

Vestibule (PE Locker Room)

PE 4

Toilet

0

1

0

PE 4a

Showers

0

1

0

PE 5

Athletic Locker Room

0

1

0

Area based on layout of required number of lockers.

PE 5a

Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room)

35

2

70

PE 5

0

1

0

Area based on layout of required number of lockers.

35

2

70

PE 6 Occupant load to be based on the number of partcipants in the largest athletic program at each school. Max. P.E. class size is 46.

Girl's: PE 6

P.E. Locker Room

PE 6a

Vestibule (PE Locker Room)

PE 7

Toilet

0

1

0

PE 7a

Showers

0

1

0

PE 8

Athletic Locker Room

0

1

0

Area based on layout of required number of lockers.

PE 8a

Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room)

35

2

70

PE 8

150

2

300

20

2

40

Coach/ Support Areas: PE 9

Office (Coach)

PE 9a

Closet

PE 10

Office (P.E.)

150

2

300

PE 11

Staff Toilet

75

2

150

PE 11a

Staff Shower

0

2

0

PE 12

Concessions

200

1

200

PE 13

Concessions Closet

50

1

50

PE 14

Laundry

150

1

150

1,100

1

1,100

20

1

20

500

1

500

PE 9

To be integral with PE 11 PE 12

Wellness: PE 15

Health Classroom (sized for 46 students max.)

PE 15a

Closet

PE 16

Weight Room (10 occupants max. at 50-sf/person)

DeKalb County School District

19 of 83

PE 1 PE 1

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Storage: PE 17

Gym Storage Rooms (general)

100

2

200

PE 18

PE Storage - Girl's side

310

1

310

PE 19

PE Storage - Boy's side

310

1

310 15,910 *Does not inculde locker rooms and toilets/showers noted above.

Total Area SF *Refer to Section 14.2 - SITE FACILITIES for athletic playfields and courts

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

MB

PE 15

Size (wxh) 4' x 4'

#/RM 2

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

IB

PE 15

8' x 4'

1

OP - Center on teaching wall.

TB

PE 15

4' x 4'

1

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

TB

PE 15

12' x 4'

1

Locate above computer stations.

MB

PE 5, PE 8

8' x 4'

1

MB

PE 9, PE 10

4' x 4'

1

TB

PE 9, PE 10

4' x 4'

1

SMT

PE 1

12' x 6'

6

BL

PE 1 (motorized bleachers)

VBS

PE 1

Locate behind basketball goals. 477 Max. Seats (437 Min. w/ADA spaces occupied.)

6

Provide posts and nets for 3 volleyball courts.

BBA

PE 1

2

BG

PE 1

4

Contractor to provide/coordinate suspension structure.

SB

PE 1

1

OP

PUB

PE 1, PE 6

ATL

PE 5, PE 8

12x18Dx36

144 72 lockers, double high

1

PEL

PE 3, PE 6

12x12Dx12

486 81 lockers, six tier high

PEL

PE 3, PE 6

12x12Dx36

DDF

PE 3, PE 5, PE 6, PE 8

1 set

W/D

PE 14

1 set

CR

PE 2

1

Double door entry.

MDT

PE 2

1

Double door entry.

26

13, lockers two tier high

HSS

PE 1

8

Quantity as required.

SS

PE 1

7

Quantity as required. (Mount to ceiling structure)

SA

PE 19

1

MI

PE 16

-

Provide full length of one (1) wall.

MD

PE 12

1

For concessions window.

DFIB

PE 1

1

REF

PE 12

1

SD

PE 12

1

PTD

PE 12

1

CLK

PE 1

4

CLK

PE 9, PE 10, PE 15, PE 16

1

PSH

PE 15

1

OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

MB - Marker Board

OP - Owner Provided

VBS-Volley Ball Post Sleeves

BBA-Basketball Assembly (mobile)

TB - Tack Board

WP - Wall Pads

BL - Bleachers (Telescoping)

BG - Basketball Goal (retractable)

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

SMT-Safety Mats (wall mtd.)

ATL - Athletic Locker

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

MI - Mirrors

SB - Score Board

PEL - PE Lockers

MD - Motorized (Overhead Coiling) Door

W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual)

PUB - Pull Up Bar (wall mtd.)

DDF - Dual Drinking Fountains

HSS - High Security Intercom Stations

DeKalb County School District

20 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

CR - Card Reader

MDT - Metal Detector

DFIB - Defibrillator

SA - Sound System Amplifier

REF - Refrigerator

SD - Soap Dispenser

SS - Sound System Speaker

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

Finishes Walls:

Floors:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls separating rooms to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

c PE 4a, PE 7a, PE 11

Provide all ceramic tiled walls.

a PE 2, 9/9a, 10, PE 12-

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

15a, PE 17-19 b PE 1

Ceilings:

Provide wood athletic flooring system.

c PE 1

Provide floor striping for volleyball and basketball courts.

d PE 3/3a, PE 4/4a, PE 5/5a, PE 6/6a, PE 7/7a, PE 8/8a, PE 11/11a,

Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

e PE 16

Provide resilient floor pad/tiles.

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile w/exception of PE 1, PE 18 and PE 19.

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures w/ exception of PE 1, PE 18 and PE 19.

c All Spaces

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height w/ exception of PE 1, PE 18 and PE 19.

d PE 1

Open to Structure (OTS). Provide painted exposed truss system.

e PE 1

Provide surface mounted metal halide fixtures.

f PE 18, PE 19

Open to Structure (OTS). Provide suspended linear fluorescent fixtures.

Casework Space No.

Room Name

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

PE 3, 6

P.E. Locker Room

Benches (Locker Room)

27 LF

3

9' Long

PE 5, 8

Athletic Locker Room

Benches (Locker Room)

36 LF

4

9' Long

PE 9a

Closet

Shelf, w/ coat rod

1

PE 9

Office (Coach)

Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

PE 10

Office (P.E.)

Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

PE 12

Concessions

Notes

Wall 1: Upper Cabinet (double door)

2

30x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

2

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

4

30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

2

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers

1

84x24x34 Locate at motorized door area.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

3

36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (single door)

3

18x24x34

Base Cabinet

2

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

36x12x34

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

Countertop*

Work Counter (open beneath)

-

7' LF

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Wall 2:

Countertop*

PE 13

Concessions Closet

-

Adjustable Shelves

16" D

Continuous at all base cabinets.

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

(Provide on 3 walls.)

DeKalb County School District

21 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

PE 14

Laundry

Counter (wall mounted)

1

60"Wx36" D

PE 15

Health Classroom

Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

PE 15a

Closet (Health CR)

Adjustable Shelves

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

*Provide backsplash at all countertops.

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: Power: 1

PE 1 - Gym

Provide electrical outlets @ 40' max spacing w/ not less than one (1) duplex outlet per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to other requirements.

2

PE 1 - Scoreboards

Coordinate installation requirements of wireless remote control components w/manufacturer.

3

PE 1 - Scoreboards

Official Scoring Desk Location: Provide voice, data, audio, video connectivity devices required for application. Coordinate w/sound system, teledata etc. Provide recessed floor box.

4

PE 1 - Goals

Mount receptacle in 4" square box w/cover within 3'-0" of basketball goal electric winch. Goals controlled via key switch.

5

PE 9, 10, 15, 16

Provide one (1) quadraplex computer outlet (w/ data) for teacher workstation, one (1) duplex receptacle mtd. @ 84" AFF for wall mounted A/V equipment.

6

PE 4, PE 7 - Toilet

Provide two (2) GFCI duplex receptacles.

7

PE 11 - Toilet

Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle.

8

PE 12 - Concessions

Provide GFCI duplex receptacles @ 4' max spacing w/ not less than four (4) duplex outlets above counters. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for refrigerator. Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle (w/data) at serving window.

PE 14

Provide one (1) wall mounted single receptacle, one (1) special receptacle, one (1) duplex receptacle.

10

PE 16 - Weight Room

Provide two (2) duplex receptacles per wall.

11

PE 17, 18, 19

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage rooms.

1

PE 1 - Gym

Provide wall mounted clock outlets at each end of basketball courts, and one (1) at Gym entry.

2

PE 16

Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet.

1

PE 1 - Gym

Provide eight (8) wall mounted intercom stations (high security); or as required per layout.

2

PE 9, 10, 15, 16

Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speaker.

3

PE 3,4,5,6,7,8,15,16

Provide ceiling mounted intercom speakers in Boy's & Girl's toilet, locker areas, classroom areas.

1

PE 1 - Gym

Provide gymnasium sound system speaker assembly, with connection to gym sound system amplifier. Mount top of speaker flush w/ bottom of joist.

1

PE 1 - Gym

Provide one (1) wall mounted microphone receptacle with connection to gym sound system amplifier. Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.

9

Clock:

Intercom:

Sound:

Microphone:

Data: 1

PE 1 - Gym

See note above. Power: PE-1 Scoreboard

2

PE 12 - Concessions

Provide one (1) voice/data outlet adj. to duplex receptacle.

1

PE 9, PE 10

Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet.

2

PE 1 - Gym

Provide two (2) wall mounted television outlets at perimeter wall of gym.

1

PE 2 - Gym Lobby

Provide electric hinge, power supply for access control , magnetic door position switches, and card reader device @ entry doors.

1

PE Spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

TV:

Security:

Other:

DeKalb County School District

22 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

2

PE Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

PE Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

1

PE 11

Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.

2

PE 3, PE 5, PE 6, PE 8

Provide electric drinking fountains.

3

PE 12

Provide sink in PE 12, Concessions.

1

All Spaces

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

PE 3, PE 5, PE 6, PE 8

Provide humidity sensors in locker rooms.

3

All Spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics 1

All Spaces

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

2

All Spaces

Provide CMU walls for all PE spaces extended to structural deck above.

General Notes 1

Provide sound seals on doors in PE 1 and building corridor. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

2

Avoid specification of building materials w/ rough edges or surfaces that project into the Gymnasium area.

3

Provide wall pads (safety pads) quantity as required to achieve safe environment for gymnasium activities. Coordinate wall pad locations with placement of wall mounted receptacles.

DeKalb County School District

23 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 08 - SPECIAL EDUCATION General Description Classrooms for Special Education provide services to students with varying disabilities in the least restrictive environment. Disabilities served include Autism (AU), Behavioral Disorders (BD), Learning Disabilities (LD), Hearing Impaired (HI), Language Impaired (LI), Mild Intellectual Disabilities (MI), Visually Impaired (VI), Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) and Other Health Impairments (OI). Classrooms are configured according to standards established for regular classrooms, but for smaller numbers of students that can be self-contained (inter-related classroom.) Key Adjacency: Locate adjacent to other general classrooms, near exits.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

SPED 1

Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette)

SPED 1a

Toilet

SPED 2

Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette)

SPED 2a

Toilet (Adaptive)

Room sized for 28 students max. Minimum required area for students = 560sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 160-sf for Teacher's desk, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc.

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

720

1

720

60

2

120

720

2

1,440

250

1

Internal to SPED 1 classroom

250

Total Area SF

Shared between SPED 2 classrooms

2,530

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

MB

SPED 1, SPED 2

Size (WxH) 4' x 4'

#/RM 2

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

IB

SPED 1, SPED 2

8' x 4'

1

OP - Center on teaching wall.

TB

SPED 1, SPED 2

4' x 4'

1

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

TB

SPED 1, SPED 2

12' x 4'

1

Locate above computer stations.

MB

SPED 1, SPED 2

16' x 4'

1

Locate at wall adjacent to teaching wall.

CMP

SPED 1, SPED 2

CTBL

SPED 2a

1

GB

SPED 1a, Sped 2a

2

CLK

SPED 1, SPED 2

1

Locate at teaching wall.

PSH

SPED 1, SPED 2

1

OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

W/D

SPED 1, SPED 2

1

SD

SPED 1, SPED 2

1

Locate at sink area.

PTD

SPED 1, SPED 2

1

Locate at sink area.

REF

SPED 1, SPED 2

1

RGE

SPED 1, SPED 2

1

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements. OP. Center on teaching wall.

MB - Marker Board

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (student)

W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual)

TB - Tack Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

RGE - Electric Range

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

IB - Interactive Board

GB - Grab Bars (36" & 42")

REF - Refrigerator

SD - Soap Dispenser

CTBL - Changing Table

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

Finishes Walls:

Floors:

Ceilings:

a SPED 1, SPED 2

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

c SPED 1a, 2a

Provide all ceramic tiled walls.

a SPED 1, SPED 2

Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b SPED 1a, 2a

Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

DeKalb County School District

24 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

c SPED 1, SPED 2

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

d SPED 1a, SPED 2a

Provide minimum 9'-0" ceiling height.

Casework Space No. SPED 1, 2

Room Name Classroom

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

-

-

Built-in Storage

SPED 1

Classroom

Notes

Provide cubbies for coats, book bags/lunch boxes for number of students in room.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

* Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Upper Cabinet (single door)

2

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

30x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

-

Base Cabinet

SPED 2

Classroom

1

Continuous at all base cabinets.

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

Work Counter (open beneath)

1

42x24x34 w/ two (2) single sinks.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

30x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

* Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Upper Cabinet (single door)

2

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

1

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

-

Base Cabinet Work Counter (open beneath)

Continuous at all base cabinets.

42x24x34 w/ one (1) sink.

Base Cabinet (single door) *All cabinets to be lockable. *Provide backsplash at all countertops.

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: Power:

General

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

SPED 1, 2 - Kitchenette

Provide three (3) GFCI duplex receptacles @ 4' max spacing w/ not less than four (4) duplex outlets above counters. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for refrigerator.

2

SPED 1,2-Washer,Dryer

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle and one (1) special receptacle for washer and dryer. Coordinate NEMA type w/ equipment specified.

3

SPED 2a - Toilets

Provide one (1) GFCI receptacle.

Other:

DeKalb County School District

25 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

1

All Spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

2

All Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

All Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

Plumbing: 1

SPED 1, SPED 2

2

SPED 2a

3

Adaptive Toilet

Adaptive sink, grab bar, wheelchair accessible shower, changing station, shelves on wall.

1

SPED 1, SPED 2

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

All Spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

3

SPED 1, SPED 2

Provide exhaust hood at kitchenette range.

Provide two (2) stainless steel sinks at classroom base cabinetry w/goose neck faucet and bubbler, cold water only. Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.

HVAC:

Acoustics 1

All spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

2

Provide locks on all doors. Toilet room doors shall not have closers.

3

Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

General Notes

DeKalb County School District

26 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 09 - AUDITORIUM (See Section 12 - NUTRITION) General Description

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

Qty

TSF

Total Area SF

Adjacency

0

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

#/RM

Finishes

Casework Space No.

Room Name

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

Notes

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical:

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics General Notes

DeKalb County School District

27 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 10 - ADMINISTRATION General Description The Administrative Suite provides support to the instructional program, assistance to teachers, staff and students, and serves as an information and public relations center to the community. It is the main welcome/administrative center for parents, community, and visitors. The reception/guest waiting area is the sole sign-in security check point for all visitors. Highly accessed Administrative functions such as the Clinic and Attendance office may be located near the core Administrative Suite, with direct corridor access to assist with the control of student traffic to and from these areas. Key Adjacency: Locate adjacent to Main Entrance, with full view of the school front, in close proximity to the Counseling Suite, Media Center and Cafetorium.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

Main Administration Suite: (1st floor-Main Entry) ADM 1

Reception (Waiting / Main Office)

500

1

500

ADM 1a

Administration Corridor (internal circulation)

280

1

280

ADM 2

Office (Principal)

400

1

400

Provide 2 exit routes / ADM 4

ADM 2a

Closet

10

1

10

ADM 2

ADM 2b

Restroom

50

1

50

ADM 2

ADM 3

Offices (Bookkeeper, Secretary, Attendance)

150

3

450

See General Notes

ADM 4

Conference Room

300

1

300

ADM 2

ADM 5

Workroom/Mailroom

300

1

300

ADM 6

Records Vault

150

1

150

ADM 7

Supply Room

50

1

50

ADM 8

Teacher's Lounge

ADM 8a

Restroom (pair)

ADM 9

Clinic (2 patient cots)

ADM 9a

Restroom (1 toilet)

ADM 10

Testing Room

ADM 10a

Test Storage Data Room

ADM 10b

ADM 3 (Bookkeepers Office)

400

1

400

50

2

100

ADM 8

180

1

180

Provide direct entry off main corridor

50

1

50

385

1

385

100

1

100

145

1

145

300

3

900

50

1

50

Locate within Administrative Suite

Satellite Administration Suite: (@ CR floors) ADM 11

Office (Assistant Principal)

ADM 11a

Restroom

ADM 12

Office (Receptionist)

150

1

150

Planning Room

300

1

300

150

6

900

20

1

20

150

1

150

ADM 13

Miscellaneous: ADM 14

Offices (Transpor., SRO, Drama, Gen. (2), S. Psych.)

ADM 15

PTA Closet

ADM 16

Archive Room

Total Area SF

6,320

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

TB

ADM 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14

TB

ADM 5, ADM 8,

4' x 4'

2

TB

ADM 1, ADM 13

8' x 4'

1

MB

ADM 4, ADM 5, ADM 11

4' x 4'

1

MB

ADM 13

8' x 4'

1

DeKalb County School District

Size (wxh) 4' x 4'

28 of 83

#/RM 1

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

IB

ADM 4

8' x 4'

1

OP - Locate at presentation wall.

MB

ADM 4

6' x 4'

1

MB

ADM 13

12' x 4'

1

TB

ADM 4, ADM 8

6' x 4'

2

TB

ADM 1a, 2, 3, 5

6' x 4'

1

CPR

ADM 5

2

OP.

VM

ADM 8

2

OP.

REF

ADM 8, ADM 9

1

UREF

ADM 9

1

SD

ADM 4, ADM 8, ADM 9, ADM 13

1

PTD

ADM 4, ADM 8, ADM 9, ADM 13

1

OPP

ADM 4

1

CMP

ADM 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14

IC

ADM 1 (Alcove)

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

SC

ADM 1

1

Ceiling mounted.

SC

ADM 1a

4

Ceiling mounted.

SM

ADM 1, ADM 2

4

OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.

SM

ADM 13 (SRO Office)

4

OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.

IAS

ADM 1 (Receptionist), ADM 3 (Attendance), ADM 2

1

IVC

ADM 2, ADM 4

1

DFIB

ADM 9

1

PTC

ADM 9

2

1

PCT

ADM 9

2

FS

ADM 6

1

KC

ADM 6

1

SDR

ADM 6

1

PSH

ADM 5

1

CLK

ADM 1, ADM 4, ADM 8

1

CLK

ADM 1a

OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.

OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.

Set in concrete pedestal @ 2'-10"A.F.F.

OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

2

MB - Marker Board

KC - Key Cabinet (wall mtd.)

IB - Interactive Board

SD - Soap Dispenser

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided

SDR - Steel Door

CMP - Computers (Admin.)

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

FS - Floor Safe *

CPR - Copier

SC - Security Camera

IC - Intercom Console (Main)

VM - Vending Machines

UREF-Undercounter Refrig.

SM - Security TV Monitors (wall mtd.)

IAS - Intercom Admin Station

OPP - Operable Partition

REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

DFIB - Defibrillator

PTC - Patient Cot

IVC-Intercom Volume Control

PCT - Patient Curtain/Track

Finishes Walls:

Floors:

Ceilings:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Partitions within the Administration Suite should be gypsum board. Walls separating the Administration Suite from the corridor should be CMU.

c ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a

Provide all ceramic tiled walls.

a All Spaces

Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b ADM 5,6,7,9,12

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

c ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a

Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

DeKalb County School District

29 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

c ADM 4

Provide fluorescent downlights and decorative pendant fixtures.

d ADM 4

Provide dimmable lighting (dual switching).

Casework Space No. ADM 1

Room Name Reception

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

Notes

Reception Desk (Provide 2 knee spaces) Work Counter

14 LF

24dx30h

Transaction Top

10'-6" L

15dx42h

Provide transaction top w/dropped opening.

ADA Work Counter opening

3'-6" L

24dx30h

Provide ADA drop portion, centered.

Base Cabinet

3

ADM 2a

Closet

Shelf and Coat Rod

1

ADM 4

Conference

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

ADM 5

Workroom / Mailroom

36x24x30 w/ 2 drawers (1 file dwr, 1 dwr.)

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

36x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

2

32x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelves.

Base Cabinet (double door)

7

32x24x34 w/ 1 adj. shelf, 1 top dwr.

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

3

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

Countertop*

-

Mail Boxes (slotted upright) *

16 LF

112 1

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Width to accommodate inner office docs.

Shelf and Coat Rod

2'-6" L

ADM 6

Records Vault

Adjustable Shelves

48 LF

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

ADM 7

Supply Room

Adjustable Shelves

48 LF

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

ADM 8

Teacher's Lounge

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

ADM 9

Clinic**

Locate in alcove.

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers

Base Cabinet (single door)

2

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

Upper Cabinet (single door)

1

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

1

54x24x34

Work Counter (w/open space)

4'-6" L

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

36x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

** All Clinic cabinetry to be lockable. ADM 13

Planning Room

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

1

4'x2'x7'

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

*Provide changeable nameplates at top of each mailbox. *Provide backsplash at all countertops.

DeKalb County School District

30 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: Power:

General

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

ADM 1 - Reception Desk

Provide two (2) double duplex receptacles (w/data). Device mounted in reception desk millwork.

2

ADM 1 - Main Office

Intercom Equipment Alcove: Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle. Provide 3/4" plywood backboard.

3

ADM 1 - Main Office

Work Area: Provide two (2) sets containing: One (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) and one (1) duplex receptacle .

4

ADM 1 - Waiting Area

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle at specified height for side tables.

5

ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle mounted at non-standard height in restrooms.

6

ADM 4 - Conference

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data) distributed equally to serve both spaces if subdivided. Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles, mounted above countertop w/ sink.

7

ADM 5 - Work/Mail

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data) @ counter, three (3) duplex receptacles general purpose. Provide special receptacle for copier.

8

ADM 1a, ADM 6, ADM 7

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage, vault and corridor.

9

ADM 8 - Lounge

Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles mounted above kitchen area countertop; three (3) duplex outlets for refrigerator and vending machine(s); and one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data). Provide multiple duplex receptacles as required per layout. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle mtd. @ 84" AFF for wall mounted AV equipment.

ADM 9 - Clinic

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle mounted above countertop w/sink, and one (1) double duplex receptacle (w/data). Provide receptacle for refrigerator, as required; and one (1) GFI duplex receptacle, general purpose.

1

ADM 1 - Reception Desk

Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet

2

ADM 1a

Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets.

1

ADM 1 - Reception Desk

Provide two (2) combination voice/data outlets adj to millwork receptacle. Device mtd. In desk millwork.

2

ADM 5, ADM 8

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to quadraplex receptacle.

1

ADM 1, 2, 8, 13

Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet mounted @ 84" AFF.

2

ADM 1a

Provide four (4) television tap boxes.

1

ADM 1 - Waiting Area

Provide one (1) wall mounted telephone outlet. Stub 1" electrical conduit above accessible ceiling.

1

All Spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

2

All Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

All Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

1

ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a

Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.

2

ADM 4, 8, 9, 13

Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.

3

ADM 8

Provide cold water line for refrigerator and coffee maker appliance.

1

All Spaces

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

All Spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

10

Clock:

Data:

TV:

Telephone: Other:

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics 1

All spaces

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

General Notes

DeKalb County School District

31 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

1

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

2

Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Toilet room doors shall not have closers. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

3

Provide walls to structure at ADM 6, Records Vault.

4

Testing Closet should be visible, accessible from corridor ADM 1a, with entry in view of security camera.

5

Provide windows with blinds in ADM 11 and ADM 14, with view to main classroom corridors.

6

Provide windows with blinds in ADM 1 with view of main entrance lobby.

7

Povide counter with window at ADM 3, Attendance Office.

8

Provide direct access from ADM 3, Attendance Office, to the main corridor to facilitate student traffic and eliminate student travel through the Administrative Suite.

9

Provide an alcove to house intercom equipment adjacent to and secured behind the reception desk.

DeKalb County School District

32 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 11 - COUNSELING General Description The Counseling Suite provides guidance and counseling as an integral part of the instructional program designed to promote the social and emotional cognitive development of each student. Activities include, but are not limited to, individual, and small group counseling, crisis counseling, staff and parent conferences, staff development, and coordination of special school events. Key Adjacency: Centrally located in close proximity to the main corridor and main entrance to school. Locate adjacent to and separate from the Administrative Suite.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

CSG 1

Reception Lobby (Counseling Suite)

100

1

100

CSG 1a

Counseling Corridor (internal circulation)

165

1

165

CSG 2

Office (Counselors-3, LTSE, Registrar)

150

5

750

CSG 1a

CSG 3

Conference Room ( 6 person )

350

1

350

CSG 1

CSG 4

Storage/Copy Room

150

1

150

CSG 5

Records Room (Student)

150

1

150

Total Area SF

Main Corridor

1,665

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

#/RM

TB

CSG 1, CSG 2

4' x 4'

1

MB

CSG 3

4' x 4'

1

IB

CSG 3

8' x 4'

1

TB

CSG 1, 1a, 2, 3

6' x 4'

1

MB

CSG 3

6' x 4'

1

IVC

CSG 3

OP - Locate at presentation wall.

1

CPR

CSG 4

1

OP.

VF

CSG 4

3

OP.

VF

CSG 5

14

OP.

CMP

CSG 1, CSG 2

-

SD

CSG 3

1

PTD

CSG 3

1

CLK

CSG 1a

1

MB - Marker Board

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board

VF - Vertical File Cabinet (4 dwr.)

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (Admin.)

SD - Soap Dispenser

IVC - Intercom Volume Control

CPR - Copier

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

Finishes Walls:

Floors:

Ceilings:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Partitions within the Administration Suite should be gypsum board. Walls separating the Administration Suite from the corridor should be CMU.

a All Spaces

Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b CSG 4, CSG 5

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

c All Spaces

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

DeKalb County School District

33 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Casework Room Name CSG 3

Conference Room

Unit Type

Qty

Storage/Copy Room

Notes

1

42x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door)

4

18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

CSG 4

(wxdxh)

Upper Cabinet (double door)

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

Base Cabinet (single door)

2

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

2

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

1

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf and counter top.

Adjustable Shelves

16 LF

Base Cabinet (single door)

10" D

2 tier, wall mounted on standards.

*Provide backsplash at all countertops.

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: General

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

CSG 1 - Waiting Area

Provide three (3) duplex receptacle at specified height for side tables.

2

CSG 3 - Conference

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data). Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles, mounted above counter top.

3

CSG 4 - Stor./Copy

Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) and two (2) duplex receptacles (w/data).

1

CSG 1a - Corridor

Provide one (1) wall mounted double faced clock.

1

All Spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

2

All Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

All Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

1

CSG 3

Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/ gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.

1

All Spaces

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

All Spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1

All spaces

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

2

Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Toilet room doors shall not have closers. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

Power:

Clock: Other:

Plumbing: HVAC:

Acoustics General Notes

DeKalb County School District

34 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 12 - NUTRITION General Description The Nutrition program provides breakfast and lunch each day for students, teachers, administrators and visitors to the school. There would typically be 4 lunch periods occurring between 10:00 am and 1:00 pm to feed the school population. Lunch period length and timing will vary by school. The Cafetorium also serves as the school auditorium/multi functional space; with a stage for presentations and other large school functions. (i.e., Recognition Honors and Awards programs, school stage productions, district/community meetings, open house curriculum nights.) Key Adjacency: Within close proximity to the main entrance lobby of the school and located on a major corridor. Note: Minimum space requirements to accommodate 1200 FTE (84 IU's) enrollment. Overall cafetorium student/faculty seating capacity: 360 Overall Cafetorium seating capacity: Provide the maximum number of seats possible based on code requirements for occupant load, aisles, cross aisles, exiting, etc.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

Kitchen / Servery Area: KIT 1

Preparation Kitchen

KIT 1a

Dish Wash

KIT 2

Serving Area (2 serving lines)

KIT 3

Dry Storage

KIT 4 KIT 5

2,125

1

2,125

350

1

350

KIT 1, KIT 2

1,000

1

1,000

CAF 1, KIT 1

325

1

325

KIT 1, KIT 9

Can Wash (exterior )

20

1

20

Provide access near bldg. service entrance

Laundry Room / Locker Room

90

1

90

KIT 6

Staff Toilet

70

1

70

KIT 5

KIT 7

Office (1 person)

120

1

120

KIT 1, KIT 9

KIT 8

Mop Closet

50

1

50

KIT 9

Corridor (internal circulation) Incl. in KIT 1

0

1

0

KIT 10

Cooler (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1

0

1

0

KIT 11

Freezer (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1

0

1

0

Kitchen Subtotal

KIT 10

4,150

Cafetorium Areas: CAF 1

Cafetorium (Student Dining)

6,000

1

6,000

Bus entrance, CAF 2, KIT 2

CAF 2

Stage

1,000

1

1,000

Music Classroom, CAF 1

CAF 2a

Stage Ramp

0

1

0

CAF 2

CAF 3

Stage Storage

500

1

500

CAF 2

CAF 4

Cafeteria Storage

500

1

500

CAF 1

Cafetorium Subtotal

8,000

Total Area SF

12,150

*Cafeteria seating for 360 students. (30 12-person "fold-n-roll" tables.)

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

TB

KIT 1, KIT 7

4' x 4'

1

MB

KIT 1, KIT 7

4' x 4'

1

OPS

CAF 1

1

OP.

DB

KIT 1

1

Provide at rear door entry to Kitchen.

AKP

KIT 1

1

Provide at rear door entry to Kitchen.

DH

KIT 10, KIT 11

1

EH

KIT 1

1

HSK

KIT 2

1

DeKalb County School District

Size (wxh)

35 of 83

#/RM

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

MSK

KIT 8

1

SD

KIT 1, KIT 2, KIT 6

Varies

Locate as required.

PTD

KIT 1, KIT 2, KIT 6

Varies

Locate as required.

CSH

KIT 2

2

CLK

KIT 1

1

CLK

CAF 1

2

SL

KIT 5

10

W/D

KIT 5

1 Set

DRA

CAF 1

-

Cafetorium window treatment.

SS

CAF 1

2

Wall mounted at stage area.

SC

CAF 1

2

Or as required based on design of space.

TL

CAF 2

Varies

CMPR

CAF 1

1

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

C/BKT

CAF 1

1

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CUR

CAF 2

1

WBL

CAF 1

Varies

AP

CAF 1

Varies

PS

CAF 2

1

SA

CAF 3

1

MS

KIT 3

21

MS

KIT 8

MS

KIT 10

7

MS

KIT 11

15

CMP

KIT 7

1

MB - Marker Board

4'x2'x7'

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

Cyclorama, scrim, side stage curtains as required. Provide on cafetorium side of servery area.

1

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CMP - Computers (Admin.)

OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

W/D - Washer, Dryer

CMPR - Ceiling Mtd. Projector

AKP - Access Key Pad

SL - Staff Lockers

HSK - Hand Sink

C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd)

SC - Security Cameras

EH - Exhaust Hood

MSK - Service Sink

PS - Projection Screen (suspended)

DB - Door Bell

CH - Condensate Hood

DRA - Drapery (motorized)

TL - Theatrical Lighting

DH - Door Heater

SA - Sound System Amplifier

STG - Portable Stage (w/stair)

CUR - Stage Curtain (motorized)*

MS - Metal Shelving Units

SS - Sound Speakers

WBL - Window Blinds

SD - Soap Dispenser

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

AP - Acoustical Panels

CSH - Cash Registers

Walls:

a Cafetorium Area

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b KIT 1, KIT 2, KIT 6

Provide full height ceramic tile walls.

a CAF 1, 2, 2a, 3, 4

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b CAF 2

Provide elevated concrete stage with VCT and stairs with rubber stair tread and riser. Provide stair access at both sides of stage.

c KIT 1, 1a, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11

Provide quarry tile w/quarry tile base.

d KIT 4

Sealed Concrete.

e KIT 7

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

a All Spaces

Provide 2'x2' acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces, with the exception of CAF 2 and KIT 4. Provide appropriate ceiling tiles in kitchen and wet areas.

b CAF 2, KIT 4

Open to Structure (OTS).

c KIT 1, 1a, 2, 3, 9

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

d KIT 5, 6, 7, 8

Provide minimum 8'-0" ceiling height.

Finishes

Floors:

Ceilings:

DeKalb County School District

36 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

e CAF 1, 2a

Provide minimum 14'-0" ceiling height.

f CAF 3,4

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

g All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, with the exception of KIT 10 and KIT 11, cooler/freezer.

h CAF 2

Provide theatrical lighting as required.

i CAF 1

Provide 2x2 high absorption acoustical ceiling tile in Cafetorium.

*See Design Guidelines for additional details and requirements.

Casework Room Name KIT 6

Staff Toilet

Unit Type

Qty

Casework Closet

(wxdxh)

Notes

1

Wood Bench

1

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: Power:

General

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

KIT 2 - Serving Area

Provide multiple wall mounted GFI duplex receptacles in servery area.

2

KIT 3, KIT 6, KIT 8

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle.

3

KIT 7 - Office

Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) adj to desk area and one (1) duplex receptacle (w/data). Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) on rear wall. Provide junction box in office and in kitchen area for office phone chime capability.

4

KIIT 10, KIT 11

Provide junction boxes and motor rated toggle switches for lights, switch, and door heater.

5

KIT 5 - Laundry, Locker

Provide one (1) special purpose receptacle:and one (1) duplex receptacle for washer and dryer. Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle fror general use.

6

CAF 1 - Cashier

Provide per each serving line: One (1) duplex receptacle (w/data), two (2) special purpose receptacles. Provide multiple special purpose outlets, and GFI duplex receptacles as required per equipment layout.

7

CAF 1 - Cash Register

Provide flush recessed floor box.

8

CAF 2 - Stage

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data).

9

CAF 2 - Projection

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data) for operation of ceiling mounted projector and projector screen.

10

CAF 3, 4

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage room.

11

CAF 4

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for amplifier equipment in storage room.

1

KIT 1

Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet.

2

CAF 1

Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets, or as required per layout.

1

KIT 7

Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speaker.

2

KIT 1, CAF 1

Provide wall mounted intercom (high security) station(s); quantity as required per layout.

1

KIT 7 - Office

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle. Provide one (1) point of service (POS) data outlet adj. to duplex receptacle. Provide one inch (1") electrical conduit to POS in Cafeteria.

2

CAF 1 - Portable Sound

Provide one (1) data outlet adj to quadraplex receptacle.

3

CAF 2 - Stage

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle.

1

CAF 1, CAF 2

Provide two (2) wall mounted television outlets.

KIT 7

Office Telephone Chime: Provide and mount junction box at 72" AFF for Phone Chime outside of KIT 7 (Office), in view from kitchen area.

Clock:

Intercom:

Data:

TV: Telephone: 1

DeKalb County School District

37 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Reader: 1

KIT 1 - Entry Door

Provide one (1) card reader at main entry door to kitchen area.

1

KIT 1 - Entry Door

Provide magnetic door position switch.

2

KIT 1 - Entry Door

Provide electric strike.

3

KIT 1 - Entry Door

Provide power supply for access control.

4

CAF 1 - Exterior Doors

Provide magnetic door position switch.

1

CAF 1 - Speakers

Provide cafetorium sound system speaker(s), and sound system speaker jacks at stage end of cafetorium.

2

CAF 2 - Speakers

Provide two (2) sound system monitor speaker jacks, and two (2) sound system local intercom jacks.

3

CAF 2 - Microphone

Provide three (3) ceiling mounted microphone receptacle(s). Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.

4

CAF 5 - Microphone

Provide four (4) wall mounted microphone receptacle(s). Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.

5

CAF 1 - Portable Sound

Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) for portable sound system equipment.

6

CAF 1

Provide cafetorium sound system amplifier.

1

All Spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

2

All Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

All Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

Security:

Sound:

Other:

*Coordinate kitchen equipment power requirements w/kitchen consultant and DeKalb County School District. Plumbing: 1

KIT 6

Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.

2

KIT 1, 1a, 2

Provide sloped floor and floor drains as required for ease of cleaning floor surfaces.

1

All Spaces

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

All Spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

HVAC:

Acoustics 1

All spaces

See Finishes section above regarding ceiling tile in cafetorium and kitchen areas.

2

KIT 1, CAF 1

Extend CMU walls to structural deck around cafetorium and kitchen.

3

CAF 2

Provide acoustical treatment (i.e. suspended acoustical panels) at stage areas.

4

All Spaces

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

General Notes 1

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

2

Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

3

Provide interior windows in KIT 2 w/ view of Cafetorium CAF 1.

DeKalb County School District

38 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 13 - BUILDING SERVICES General Description Building Services (building infrastructure) spaces support the instructional programs by providing a comfortable, healthy, safe and attractive environment where students can learn and others can work with minimal distractions. These areas include essential components needed to maintain the school infrastructure and operations such as custodial, main building storage, mechanical/electrical equipment, data/telephone equipment and restroom facilities .

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

Storage: BS 1

Book Storage Rooms

200

3

600

Locate 1 per floor.

BS 1a

Laptop Cart Storage (Assumes 3 story school)

200

3

600

Locate 1 per floor (40 carts per school).

BS 2

Maintenance Equipment Storage (exterior)

175

1

175

Lawn equipment storage.

Janitor / General Building Storage

250

1

250

BS 3

Custodial: BS 4

Main Custodial Supply Room

BS 5

Branch Custodial Rooms

BS 6 BS 7

150

1

150

70

2

140

Office (Custodian)

120

1

120

Custodian Workroom

250

1

250

580

1

580

Building Mechanical & Electrical Services: BS 8

Main Mechanical Room

BS 9

Branch Mechanical Rooms

BS 10

Main Electrical Room (incl. electrical closet)

BS 11

Branch Electrical Rooms

BS 12

Main Distribution Frame Room (MDF)-incl. CTSS Office

175

1

175

Locate per cabling requirements.

BS 13

Intermediate Distribution Frame Room (IDF)

50

3

150

Locate per cabling requirements.

BS 13

Intermediate Distribution Frame Room (IDF)

30

4

120

Locate per cabling requirements.

840

1

840

Outdoor Mechanical Yard (See HVAC)

8

2,960

BS 14

Mechanical/Electrical Plant

0

0

0

230

1

230

70

3

210

Size & quantity per system design.

Restrooms: (3-story school) BS 15

Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Boy's

370

BS 15

Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Girl's

275

8

2,200

BS 16

Staff Restrooms

56

6

336

2 per floor

BS 17

Visitor Toilet

60

1

60

One (1) unisex near main entrance lobby

Total Area SF

10,146

Note: Room quantities assume 3 story structure.

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

MB

BS 6, BS 7

Size (wxh) #/RM 4' x 4'

1

TB

BS 6, BS 7

4' x 4'

1

M/B

BS 4, BS 5

4' x 4'

1

MS

BS 5

SS

BS 3, BS 4, BS 5

1

HS

BS 7

1

SD

BS 3, BS 4, BS 5, BS 7

1

1

PTD

BS 3, BS 4, BS 5, BS 7

1

CT

BS 17

1

DeKalb County School District

39 of 83

OP.

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

CLF

BS 14

8" H

-

Provide fence w/ barbed wire top.

MB - Marker Board

OP - Owner Provided

MS - Metal Shelving Units

M/B - Mop and Broom Holder

TB - Tack Board

CLF - Chain Link Fence

SD - Soap Dispenser

SS - Service Sink

CT - Changing Table

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

HS - Hand Sink

Finishes Walls:

Floors:

Ceilings:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b BS 15, 16, 17

Provide full height ceramic tile on "wet walls".

a

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces, except as noted below.

b BS 2, BS 8 - BS 13

Provide sealed concrete w/ 4 " rubber base.

c BS 15, 16, 17

Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

a

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces, except as noted below.

b BS 2, BS 8 - BS 13

Provide exposed structure.

c All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, except as noted below.

d BS 2, BS 8 - BS 13

Provide chain hung linear fluorescent fixtures.

d All Spaces

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in rooms with ACT ceilings.

Casework Room Name

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

Notes

BS 1

Book Storage

Adjustable Shelves

50 LF

12" D

5 tier, wall mounted on standards.

BS 3

Gen.Building Storage

Adjustable Shelves

290 LF

12" D

5 tier, wall mounted on standards.

BS 4

Main Custodial

Adjustable Shelves

38 LF

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

BS 7

Custodian Workroom

Adjustable Shelves

26 LF

16" D

2 tier, wall mounted on standards above casework.

Countertop* (w/2 open areas)

26 LF

24dx34h

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (single door)

2

18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

*Provide backsplash at all countertops. *BS 7 Countertop: Provide double layer 3/4" plywood w/3/4 " hardwood edge. Finish w/3 coats polyurethane. Provide 2x4 perimeter support.

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: Power:

General

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

BS 2 - Storage (exterior)

Provide motor rated toggle switch for roof exhaust fan.

2

BS 3

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle.

3

BS 4

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle.

4

BS 5

Provide motor rated toggle switch for exhaust fan, one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle, water heater and pump.

5

BS 7

Provide four (4) duplex receptacles, mounted above counter.

6

BS 8

Provide multiple panel/cabinet systems as required. Design room to accommodate future equipment. Provide multiple GFCI duplex receptacles as required by equipment specified.

7

BS 10

Provide automatic transfer switch equipment, trasnformer panels, lighting control panels, primary & secondary transformer disconnect equipment, and breaker panelboards. Design room to accommodate future panelboards and transformers. Provide within this room, another secured room containing disconnect switch equipment, fire alarm panel, and transformers as required. Provide combination of quadraplex and GFI duplex receptacle(s) as required. Provide 3/4" plywood backboard where required.

8

BS 11

Provide panelboards and transformers. Provide duplex receptacles as required (i.e. panelboards, transformer etc. equipment), and junction box for secondary clock power supply.

9

BS 12

Provide electrical conduit (i.e. security system roof antenna, condensate pump, connection ground bar) and 3/4" plywood backboard for security and telephone/data equipment backboard Provide ladder tray and rack system to support equipment

DeKalb County School District

40 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

backboard for security and telephone/data equipment backboard. Provide ladder tray, and rack system to support equipment. 10

BS 13

Provide 3/4" thick plywood backboard on wall surfaces. Provide one (1) quadraplex and two (2) double duplex receptacles, and one (1) telephone outlet; or as required. Provide ladder trays, rack system necessary to support equipment. (i.e. intercom console, TV splitter; clock system, fire alarm and security junction boxes etc..)

11

BS 15, 16, 17 - Toilet

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle.

Clock: None.

1 Intercom: 1

BS 8, 10, 12

Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speakers.

2

BS 15

Provide multiple intercom speakers, ceiling mounted.

1

BS 15, 16, 17

Provide wall mounted Fire Alarm (visual) ADA approved devices per applicable codes.

2

BS 8, 10, 11, 12, 15

Provide wall mounted Fire Alarm (audio/visual) device with wire guard, per applicable codes.

1

BS 12

Provide one (1) ceiling mounted motion sensor w/ dbl. gang junction box w/ single gang plaster ring located in accessible ceiling.

1

BS 8, 10, 11, 12, 13,

Provide one (1) fire alarm smoke detector.

2

BS 8

Provide fire alarm pull station.

1

All Spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

2

All Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

All Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

Fire Alarm:

Sensor:

Detector:

Other:

Plumbing: 1

BS 3, BS 4, BS 5

Provide floor sink (service sinks) in main and branch custodial closets with hot and cold water.

2

BS 16

Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.

3

BS 15, 16, 17

Provide number of fixtures in restrooms as required by code for population served. Provide one (1) wall hydrant in each multifixture restroom. All toilet rooms shall be ADA compliant.

4

General

Provide electric water coolers distributed throughout building as required by code for population served.

5

General

Provide proper sloping of floor and drain for ease of cleaning.

1

All Spaces

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

General

Refer to Design Guidelines for HVAC requirements.

HVAC:

3

Provide dedicated climate control.

4

BS 14

Mech./Elec. Plant - Includes power company transformer, generator, cooling tower, trash compactor. Coordinate requirements w/Owner.

1

Equipment Rooms

Provide full height CMU walls around equipment rooms and sound isolation mounts for equipment subject to vibration to achieve sound containment.

Acoustics

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

2

General Notes 1

Multi-fixture restrooms must be sized for core FTE capacity of 1,200.

2

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

3

Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

4

The Mechanical/Electrical Plant (Outdoor Mechanical Yard) includes Transformer, Generator, Cooling Tower, Sand Filter.

DeKalb County School District

41 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES General Description Outdoor Areas (Outdoor Spaces and Site Facilities) include topics such as landscaping, site circulation for cars and buses, parking accommodations, emergency access around the building, building service, the location of portable classroom units. Requirements for these areas and others are discussed in Division 2 - Site of the Design Guidelines.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

OS 1

Art Terrace

1

0 Provide direct access from Art Lab

OS 2

Trash Compactor Enclosure (Area)

1

0

OS 3

Central Court Yard

1

0

OS 4

Parent Drop Off and Main Courtyard

1

0

OS 5

Bus Courtyard

1

0

Total Area SF

0

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

#/RM

GR

OS 1

1

WR

OS 3

1

WR

OS 5

2

ELTG

OS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

-

BR

OS 3

1

BR

OS 5

3

GR - Guard Rail

WR - Waste Receptacle

BR - Bicycle Rack

ELTG - Exterior Lighting

Finishes Walls:

a OS 1

Provide low masonry enclosure and guard rail wall around perimeter of terrace.

OS 3

Provide concrete seat wall.

Floors:

a OS 3

Provide concrete (float and broom) paving finish with brick pavers.

Ceilings:

a OS 1

Provide building overhang for shading.

Casework Space No.

Room Name

Unit Type

Room Name

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

Notes

Qty

(wxdxh)

Notes

NONE

Furniture OS 3

Central Court Yard

Picnic Tables

4

Concrete Bench

6

OP

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: 1

OS 1

Provide three (3) weather proof GFI duplex receptacles.

2

OS 1 - Door to patio

Provide magnetic door position switch.

1

OS 1

Provide sloped terrace and area drain(s) as required.

2

OS 2

NONE

1

NONE

Plumbing:

HVAC:

DeKalb County School District

42 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Acoustics 1

NONE

General Notes 1

Provide direct access from Art Lab to outdoor patio areas.

2

Refer to Design Guidelines for additional site requirements.

3

Refer to Design Guidelines for exterior lighting requirements.

DeKalb County School District

43 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 14.2 - SITE FACILITIES General Description Outdoor Areas (Outdoor Spaces and Site Facilities) include topics such as landscaping, site circulation for cars and buses, parking accommodations, emergency access around the building, building service, the location of portable classroom units. Requirements for these areas and others are discussed in Division 2 - Site of the Design Guidelines.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

NSF

SF 1

Softball Field

SF 2

Team Dugout (@ softball field)

SF 3

Coaches Box (@ softball field)

SF 4

Athletic Storage Building

SF 5

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

1

0

240

2

480

2

0

672

1

672

Football / Soccer Field

1

0

SF 6

Running Track

1

0

SF 7

Play Soccer Field

1

0

SF 8

Tennis Courts

2

Softball Field Softball Field Football / Soccer Field

0

Total Area SF

1,152

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

#/RM

BPM

SF 1

CLF

SF 1

16' H

CLF/WS

SF 8

12' H

GL

SF 5

1

DF

SF 4

1

SB

SF 5

1

OP.

WH

SF 5

1

OP.

ELTG

SF 1, SF 5, SF 6, SF 7, SF 8

HB

SF 2, SF 4, SF 5

Provide bases, home plates, pitchers mound. Provide fence @ backstop. Provide fence w/ wind screens.

GL - Goals (Football, Soccer)

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

BPM - Bases, Plates, Mounds

M/B - Mop and Broom Holder

SB - Score Boards

OP - Owner Provided

CLF - Chain Link Fence

MS - Metal Shelving Units

ELTG - Exterior Lighting

DF - Drinking Fountain

HB - Hose Bibbs

CLF/WS - CLF w/ Wind Screens

WH - Water Horse

Finishes Walls:

a NA

Floors:

a NA

Ceilings:

a NA

Casework Space No.

Room Name

SF 2

Team Dugout

Utility Power:

Location SF 1 - Scoreboard

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

Notes

Benches

Utilities

DeKalb County School District

Provide weather proof junction box(es) w/electrical conduit; and weather proof duplex receptacles. Coordinate location w/owner. Install per manufacturers recommendations.

44 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1  

Plumbing: 1

Refer to Design Guidelines Division 15 - Mechanical for hose bibb requirements.

1

None.

1

None.

1

Refer to Design Guidelines Division 2 - Site for playfield and other requirements.

2

Refer to Design Guidelines Division 16 - Electrical for sports field lighting requirements.

HVAC:

Acoustics General Notes

DeKalb County School District

45 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1  

Section 15.1 - BUSINESS & COMPUTER SCIENCE General Description Business & Computer Science programs prepare students to become productive members of the business community and to enter a post high school institution after graduation. Students develop competencies in finance, legal operations of business, administrative support, information management, international business, entrepreneurship, and management. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

BCS 1

Lab

BCS 2

Office

BCS 3

Storage

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

1,000

1

1,000

120

1

120

120

1

120

Total Area SF

1,240

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

#/RM

Typical MB

BCS 1

4' x 4'

2

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

IB

BCS 1

8' x 4'

1

OP. Center on teaching wall.

TB

BCS 1

4' x 4'

1

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

TB

BCS 1

12' x 4'

1

Locate above computer stations.

MS

BCS 3

4x2x7

3

CMP

BCS 1

30

OP. Center on teaching wall.

CLK

BCS 1

1

Locate at teaching wall.

PSH

BCS 1

1

OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

MB - Marker Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (student)

MS - Metal Shelving Units

Finishes Walls:

a BCS 1

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b BCS 2

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Floors:

a All Spaces

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.

Ceilings:

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

c All Spaces

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

Casework Space No. BCS 1

Room Name Lab

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

1 Teachers Cabinet (lockable)

1

3'x2'x7'

Shelving Unit (open front)

1

4'x1'x7'

Notes

Utilities Utility

Location

Electrical: 1

All Spaces

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

2

Teaching Wall

Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.

3

Computer Area

Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.

4

BCS 1

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

DeKalb County School District

46 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

5

BCS 1

Refer to Design Guideline Division 16 for lighting and other electrical system requirements.

6

BCS 1

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

Plumbing: 1

None.

1

BCS 1

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

BCS 1

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

HVAC:

Acoustics 1

All Spaces

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

General Notes 1

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

2

Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

DeKalb County School District

47 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 15.2 - ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY General Description Engineering & Technology program provides students the opportunity to develop technological literacy through an activity-based study of past, present, and future technological systems and their resources, processes and impact on society. Technology education utilizes computer and educational technology in the delivery of content related to systems of communication, energy/power transportation, production, and bio-related technologies. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

ETECH 1

Classroom

ETECH 2

Lab

ETECH 3 ETECH 4 ETECH 5

NSF

Qty

TSF

Adjacency

800

1

800

1,700

1

1,700

Office

145

1

145

Teacher Prep/Woodworking

300

1

300

Audio/Radio Room

100

1

100

ETECH 6

Video Broadcasting Room

150

1

150

ETECH 7

Broadcast Control Room

150

1

150

ETECH 8

Storage Room

150

1

Classroom sized for 34 students. Minimum required area for students = 680sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 120-sf for Teacher's desk, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc. Lab sized for 34 students. Minimum required area for students = 1,700-sf net based on 50sf/person.

ETECH 2

ETECH 7

150

Total Area SF

3,495

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

Size (wxh)

#/RM

MB

ETECH 1

4' x 4'

2

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

IB

ETECH 1

8' x 4'

1

OP. Center on teaching wall.

TB

ETECH 1

4' x 4'

1

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

TB

ETECH 1

12' x 4'

1

Locate above computer stations.

PP

ETECH 2, ETECH 4

TVH

ETECH 6



STL

ETECH 6

Varies

VC

ETECH 5, ETECH 6

-

FE

ETECH 2

1

MR

ETECH 2

1

CMP

ETECH 2

-

Varies OP. OP.

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CLK

ETECH 2

1

Locate at teaching wall.

SC

ETECH 2

1

OP. Ceiling mounted.

PSH

ETECH 2

1

OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

MB - Marker Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (student)

SC - Surveillance Camera

MR - Microphone receptacle (duplex)

SPH - Steel Pipe Handrail

PP - Power Poles

STL - Studio Lighting

FE - Fire Extinguisher (wall mtd.)

TVH - TV Headend Equipment

VC - Volume Control Equipment

Finishes Walls:

Floors:

a All Spaces

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

a ETECH 2, 4, 8

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

DeKalb County School District

48 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Ceilings:

b ETECH 1

Provide tiered (4 level) seating area. (Light weight concrete w/metal decking.) Provide steel pipe handrail set in concrete subfloor, and rubber riser and tread.

c ETECH 1, 3, 5, 6, 7

Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

a All Spaces

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All Spaces

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

c ETECH 6

Provide studio lighting condusive to broadcasting activities.

d All Spaces

Provide minimum 10'- 0" ceiling height.

Casework Space No.

Room Name

ETECH 2

Lab

ETECH 4

TP/ Woodworking

Unit Type Teachers Cabinet (lockable) Storage Cabinet (lockable) Work Counter* (w/knee space)

18 LF

Base Cabinet

ETECH 8

Storage Room

3'x2'x7'

Notes

1

3'x2'x7'

1

24dx34h

4

24x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

w/ 5' wide knee space beneath.

2

30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

4

30x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

10' LF

Base Cabinet (double door) Broadcast Control Rm

(wxdxh)

1

Base Cabinet (double door) Countertop* ETECH 7

Qty

Continuous at all base cabinets. 4

Work Counter* (w/knee space)

8 LF

Base Cabinet

1 2

30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf. 30' H

w/ 5' wide knee space beneath.**

18x24x30 w/ 2 drawers.

Adjustable Shelves

72 LF

12" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

Adjustable Shelves

112 LF

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

*Provide backsplash at all countertops. **Provide grommets, ETECH 7 work counter.

Furniture Room Name

Unit Type

Qty

ETECH 1

Classroom

Fixed Audience Seating

34

ETECH 2

Lab

Technology Computer Lab Casework

14

ETECH 2

Lab

Workstation

5

Utility

Location

Electrical: Power:

General Lab

(wxdxh)

Notes

84x84x84 Single Workstation (2 person) 60x24

Single Workstation (1 person)

Utilities

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

ETECH 2-Sys. Furniture

Provide all power connections to modular furniture.

2

ETECH 4

Provide six (6) quadraplex receptacles @ work counter areas. Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data).

3

ETECH 5, ETECH 7

Provide two (2) double duplex receptacles (w/data) and two (2) duplex receptacles.

4

ETECH 6

Provide six (6) double duplex receptacles (w/data) and one (2) duplex receptacle, two (2) cable outlets.

5

ETECH 8

Provide two (2) duplex receptacle in storage room.

1

ETECH 1 ,3, 4

Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speakers.

1

ETECH 2, ETECH 5

Provide intercom speakers as required, ceiling mounted.

2

ETECH 8

Provide one (1) sound system amplifier.

3

ETECH 5, 6, 7

Provide power as required for wall mounted volume control equipment. (Coordinate w/Owner.)

1

ETECH 2-Sys. Furniture

Provide voice/data connections to modular furniture. Stub electrical conduit above accessible ceiling, size as required.

Intercom: Sound:

Data:

DeKalb County School District

49 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

ETECH 4

Provide one (1) data outlet.

3

ETECH 5, ETECH 7

Provide one (1) data outlet per each double duplex receptacle.

4

ETECH 6

Provide one (1) data outlet per each double duplex receptacle.

5

ETECH 6

Provide two (2) wall mounted television outlets, w/connection to TV headend located in ETECH 5.

1

All Spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

2

All Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

3

All Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

2

Other:

Plumbing: 1

None.

1

All Spaces

Provide limited-range temperature control.

2

All Spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

HVAC

Acoustics 1

All Spaces

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

General Notes 1

Provide exterior window for each classroom.

2

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

3

Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

4

Provide interior windows between ETECH 5, ETECH 7; ETECH 7, ETECH 6; and ETECH 3, ETECH 4.

5

Provide interior windows in ETECH 3 and ETECH 4 to provide view of ETECH 2 lab.

6

Provide double door access/entry to ETECH 1.

7

ETECH 7 (Video Broadcasting Room) provides the venue for broadcasting and includes filming equipment. Provide overhead lighting to facilitate the broadcast process.

DeKalb County School District

50 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Section 15.3 - FAMILY & CONSUMER SCIENCE General Description The Family & Consumer Science program offers a unique focus on the inter-relationships between families and work; and prepares students for family life, work life, and careers. The lab is organized into several kitchen areas (student demo areas) resembling and including standard appliances as provided in a home environment, for "hands on" instruction; in addition to a classroom lecture space in view of the teacher demo area. Reference Georgia Performance Standards for these programs located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.

Activity / Space Space No.

Room Name

FCS 1

Lab

FCS 2

Storage Closet

NSF

Qty

1,880

1

120

1

TSF

Adjacency

1,880 120

Total Area SF

2,000

Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item

Room Location

MB

FCS 1

Size (wxh) 4' x 4'

#/RM 2

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

IB

FCS 1

8' x 4'

1

OP. Center on teaching wall.

TB

FCS 1

4' x 4'

1

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

TB

FCS 1

12' x 4'

1

Locate above computer stations.

CMP

FCS 1

-

OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CLK

FCS 1

1

Locate at teaching wall.

PSH

FCS 1

1

OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

CT

FCS 1

1

Teacher Demo Workstation - electric cooktop

DW

FCS 1

0

W/D

FCS 1

1

REF

FCS 1

2

TC

FCS 1

1

SD

FCS 1

-

Locate at each sink.

PTD

FCS 1

-

Locate at each sink.

RGE

FCS 1

3

Student Kitchen Demo areas. (electric)

RGE

FCS 1

1

Teacher Demo Workstation. (gas)

EH

FCS 1

3

Student Kitchen Demo areas.

EH

FCS 1

1

Teacher Demo Workstation

SK2

FCS 1

2

Student Kitchen Demo areas.

SK2

FCS 1

1

Teacher Demo Workstation

SK2A

FCS 1

1

Student Kitchen Demo areas.

MI

FCS 1

1

Teacher Demo Workstation

MB - Marker Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

IB - Interactive Board

PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

TB - Tack Board

OP - Owner Provided

CMP - Computers (student)

W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual)

EH - Exhaust Hood

RGE - Electric Range, ADA

MS - Metal Shelving Units

MI - Mirror (swiveling)

CT - Demo Table w/ Cook Top (Elec.)

SK2 - Double bowl sink

REF - Refrigerator

SD - Soap Dispenser

MPS - Master Power Switch

SK2A - Dbl. bowl sink, ADA

TC - Trash Compactor

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

DW - Dishwasher

Finishes Walls:

a All spaces:

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

DeKalb County School District

51 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

Floors:

a All spaces:

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings:

a All spaces:

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All spaces:

Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

Casework Space No.

Room Name

Unit Type

Qty

(wxdxh)

Notes

Wall 1: FCS 1

Lab

(Student Kitchen Demo Areas)

Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door)

3

32x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

*Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Upper Cabinet (single door)

2

18x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x34

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (double bowl).

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

*Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

32x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

1

24x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

1

24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Wall 2: Upper Cabinet (double door) Countertop*

-

Base Cabinet (double door)

Continuous at all base cabinets.

*Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (double door)

1

42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop*

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x34

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (double bowl).

Wall 3: Countertop* (open beneath)

44 LF

Countertop*

FCS 1

Lab

(Teacher Demo Workstation)

-

Provide supports @ 5"-0" on center, max.

-

Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

42x24x34 w/ sink (double bowl).

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x34

Base Cabinet

1

18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.

Base Cabinet (double door)

1

32x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (single door)

1

18x24x34

Swiveling Mirror

1

Base Cabinet (double door)

2

Mounted above base cabinets. 32x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

*Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. FCS 2

Storage Closet

DeKalb County School District

Storage Cabinet (lockable)

2

3'x2'x7'

Adjustable Shelves

24 LF

10" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

Adjustable Shelves

60 LF

16" D

4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

52 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

*Provide backsplash at all countertops. Utilities Utility Electrical:

Location General Lab

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

1

FCS 1 - Teacher Demo

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle. Mount flush in cabinet side. Provide one (1) wall mounted special receptacle @ range.

2

FCS 1 - Washer,Dryer

Provide and coordinate NEMA special receptacle w/specified equipment. Provide one (1) double duplex receptacle, wall mounted.

3

FCS 1 - Ranges

Provide special receptacles, motor rated toggle switch(s) and junction box(es) for appliances.

4

FCS 1 - Student Demo

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle, @ 8' max spacing, mounted above counter.

5

FCS 2 - Storage

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage room.

6

All Spaces

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.

7

All Spaces

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

8

All Spaces

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

1

FCS 1

Provide three (3) double bowl sinks at Student Kitchen Demo areas at perimeter of lab.

2

FCS 1

Provide one (1) single bowl at stand alone Teacher Demo Workstation.

3

FCS 1

Provide all necessary plumbing requirements for equipment listed above.

1

FCS 1

Provide exhaust hood at each stove in lab area.

2

FCS 1

Provide dryer exhaust.

3

All Spaces

Provide limited-range temperature control.

4

All Spaces

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics 1

All Spaces

Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

General Notes 1

Provide exterior window for each classroom.

2

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

3

Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

4

Provide double door access/entry to FCS 1.

DeKalb County School District

53 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Summary

DeKalb County School District

54 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space

DOE Minumum

Space No.

Room Name

74 IU's

Proposed

TSF

NSF

1200 FTE 1200 FTE

GENERAL CLASSROOMS

A

Qty

TSF

FTE 1200 (74 IU's)

B

F

H

Classroom Type I - (Eng., Math, SS, World Lang., ISS)

CR1 1

English

14

9240

900

14

12600

CR1 1

Mathematics

14

9240

900

14

12600

CR1 1

Social Studies

13

8580

900

13

11700

CR1 1

World Language

2

1320

900

2

1800

CR1 1

In School Suspension

1

660

900

1

Total NSF

44

29040

13

13000

1000

13

0

250

6.5

Section 02

74 IU's

G

Section 01

FTE 1200 (74 IU's)

900 39600

Classroom Type II - (Science)

SC 1

Science Labs

SC 2

Prep/Storage Room Total NSF

13000

13000 1625 14625

EDUCATIONAL COMMON SPACES Section 03

MEDIA CENTER

MC 1

Reading Room

4100

1

4100

MC 2

Conference Room

300

2

600

MC 3

Office

150

2

300

MC 4

Periodical Storage

300

1

300

MC 5

A/V Equipment Storage

500

1

500

MC 6

Workroom (incl. toilet)

500

1

500

MC 6a

Staff Toilet

0

1

0

MC 7

Vestibule (internal circulation)

0

2

Total NSF

1

4800

0 6300

Section 04

ART

ART 1

Art Lab

1650

1

1650

ART 2

Storage

250

1

250

ART 3

Kiln Room ( 2 kilns Kil R kil ) Total NSF

100

1

100 2000

1

1800

Section 05

MUSIC INSTRUMENTAL (Band / Orchestra)

MUS 1

Instrumental/Band Room

2500

1

2500

MUS 2

Instrument Storage

210

1

210

MUS 3

Percussion Storage

150

1

150

MUS 4

School Instrument Storage

150

1

150

MUS 5

Office (Band)

150

1

150

MUS 5

Office (Orchestra)

150

1

150

MUS 6

Orchestra Classroom

1750

1

1750

MUS 7

Orchestra Storage

100

1

Instrumental Subtotal

1

1400

100 5160

CHORAL (Choral / Key Boarding) MUS 8

Chorus Classroom

950

1

950

MUS 9

Office (Chorus)

150

1

150

MUS 10

Keyboard Classroom

990

1

990

MUS 11

Keyboard Storage

150

1

Choral Subtotal

1

1200

150 2240

SHARED SPACE: MUS 12

Practice Room (Chorus)

90

1

90

MUS 12

Practice Rooms (Orchestra + Band)

90

2

180

MUS 13

Music Suite Corridor (internal circulation) - 10 %

250

1

250 520

Total NSF

DeKalb County School District

2

55 of 83

2600

7920

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space Space No.

DOE Minumum Room Name

74 IU's

NSF

1200 FTE 1200 FTE

GENERAL CLASSROOMS

A

DeKalb County School District

Proposed

TSF

56 of 83

B

Qty

TSF

FTE 1200 (74 IU's) F

G

H

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space

DOE Minumum

Space No.

Room Name

74 IU's A

SHARED LABS (3)

NSF

1200 FTE 1200 FTE

GENERAL CLASSROOMS Section 06

Proposed

TSF

Qty

TSF

FTE 1200 (74 IU's)

B

F

G

H

SL 1

Computer Reading Lab

0

1000

1

1000

SL 1 a

Testing Room (Computer Reading Lab)

0

150

1

150

SL 2

English Technology Lab (Writing Lab)

0

850

1

850

SL 2

Math Lab

0

800

1

Total NSF

0

0

800 2800

Section 07

HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION

PE 1

Gymnasium

11830

1

PE 2

Gym Lobby

170

1

Gymnasium: 11830 170 12000 Boy's: PE 3

P.E. Locker Room

PE 3 a

Vestibule (PE Locker Room)

0

1

0

35

2

70

PE 4 PE 4 a

Toilet

0

1

0

Showers

0

1

0

PE 5

Athletic Locker Room

0

1

0

PE 5 a

Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room)

35

2

70 140

Girls: PE 6

P.E. Locker Room

PE 6 a

Vestibule (PE Locker Room)

0

1

0

35

2

70

PE 7 PE 7 a

Toilet

0

1

0

Showers

0

1

0

PE 8

Athletic Locker Room

0

1

0

PE 8 a

Vestibule (Athletic Room)) V ib l (A hl i LLocker k R

35 3

2

700 140

PE 9

Office (Coach)

150

2

300

PE 9 a

Closet

20

2

40

PE 10

Office (P.E.)

150

2

300

PE 11

Staff Toilet ((incl. shower)

75

2

150

PE 11 a

Staff Shower

0

2

0

PE 12

Gym Concessions (Incl. 65 sf closet)

200

1

200

PE 13

Concessions Closet

PE 14

Laundry

Coach / Support Areas:

50

1

50

150

1

150 1190

Wellness: PE 15

Health Classroom

PE 15 a

Closet

PE 16

Weight Room

1100

1

20

1

1100 20

500

1

500 1620

Storage: PE 17

Gym Storage Rooms (general)

100

2

200

PE 18

PE Storage - Girl's side

310

1

310

PE 19

PE Storage - Boy's side

310

1

310 820

Total NSF

2

16000

15910

OTHER ESSENTIAL CLASSROOMS Section 08

SPECIAL EDUCATION

SPED 1

Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette)

SPED 1 a

Toilet

DeKalb County School District

57 of 83

0

720

1

720

0

60

2

120

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space

DOE Minumum

Space No.

Room Name

74 IU's

Proposed

TSF

NSF

1200 FTE 1200 FTE

GENERAL CLASSROOMS

A

Qty

B

F

G

SPED 2

Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette)

0

720

2

SPED 3

Toilet (Adaptive)

0

250

1

Total NSF

5

TSF

FTE 1200 (74 IU's)

3300

H 1440 250 2530

SUPPORT SPACES Section 09

AUDITORIUM (Ref. Cafetorium - Section 12) 0

DeKalb County School District

58 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space

DOE Minumum

Space No.

Room Name

74 IU's

NSF

1200 FTE 1200 FTE

GENERAL CLASSROOMS

A Section 10

Proposed

TSF B

Qty

TSF

FTE 1200 (74 IU's) F

G

H

ADMINISTRATION Main Administration Suite (1st floor-Main Entry)

ADM 1

Reception Lobby (Admin. Suite)

500

1

500

ADM 1 a

Corridor (internal circulation) - 10%

280

1

280

ADM 2

Office (Principals) - incl.closet and 53 sf toilet

400

1

400

ADM 2 a

Closet

10

1

10

ADM 2 b

Restroom

50

1

50

New

Shower

ADM 3

Office (Bookeeper, Secretary, Attendance)

150

0

0

3

450

ADM 4

Conference Room (Incl. operable partition)

300

1

300

ADM 5

Workroom/Mailroom

300

1

300

ADM 6

Records Vault

150

1

150

ADM 7

Supply Room

50

1

50

ADM 8

Faculty Lounge (incl. 2 restrooms @ 46 sf ea,)

400

1

400

ADM 8 a

Restroom

ADM 9

Clinic (Incl. sink area)

ADM 9 a

Clinic Toilet

50

2

100

180

1

180

50

1

50 3220

ADM 10

Testing Room

385

1

385

Test Storage

100

1

100

Data Room

145

1

145

300

3

900

50

1

50

Satellite Administration Suite: (@ classroom wing) ADM 11

Office (Assistant Principal) - Incl. Toilet sf

ADM 11a

Restroom

ADM 12

Office (Receptionist)

150

1

150

ADM 13

Planning Room ( No Pl i R N restroom))

300

1

300 2030

Miscellaneous ADM 14

Transportation Office

150

1

150

ADM 14

SRO Office

150

1

150

ADM 14

Office (General)

150

2

300

ADM 14

Drama Office

150

1

150

ADM 14

Social Psych Office

150

1

150

ADM 15

PTA Closet

20

1

20

ADM 16

Archive Room

150

1

150 1070

Total NSF

6320

Section 11

COUNSELING

CSG 1

Reception Lobby (Counseling Suite)

100

1

100

CSG 1 a

Corridor (internal circulation)- 10 %

165

1

165

CSG 2

Office (LTSE)

150

1

150

CSG 2

Office (Registrars)

150

1

150

CSG 2

Office (Counselors)

150

3

450

CSG 3

Conference Room

350

1

350

CSG 4

Storage/Copy Room

150

1

150

CSG 5

Records Room

150

1

Total NSF Section 12

SCHOOL NUTRITION

KIT 1

Kitchen

KIT 1a

Dish Wash

KIT 2

Serving Lines (2 serving lines)

150 1665

Kitchen/Servery Area:

DeKalb County School District

59 of 83

2125

1

350

1

2125 350

1000

1

1000

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space

DOE Minumum

Space No.

Room Name

74 IU's

Proposed

TSF

NSF

1200 FTE 1200 FTE

GENERAL CLASSROOMS

A

B

Qty

TSF

FTE 1200 (74 IU's) F

G

H

KIT 3

Dry Storage

325

1

325

KIT 4

Can Wash

20

1

20

KIT 5

Laundry / Locker Room

90

1

90

KIT 6

Staff Toilet

70

1

70

KIT 7

Office

120

1

120

KIT 8

Mop Closet

50

1

50

KIT 9

Corridor (internal circulation incl. in KIT 1)

0

1

0

KIT 10

Cooler (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1

0

1

0

KIT 11

Freezer (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1

0

1

3000

0 4150

Cafetorium: CAF 1

Cafetorium (Student Dining)

6000

1

6000

CAF 2

Stage (incl. ramp)

1000

1

1000

CAF 2 a

Stage Ramp

0

1

0

DeKalb County School District

60 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space

DOE Minumum

Space No.

Room Name

74 IU's

Proposed

TSF

NSF

1200 FTE 1200 FTE

GENERAL CLASSROOMS

A

B

Qty

TSF

FTE 1200 (74 IU's) F

G

H

CAF 3

Stage Storage

500

1

CAF 4

Cafeteria Storage

500

1

500

CAF 5

Portable Stage (720 sf)

1000

1

1000

Total NSF

500

4,571

9000

7571

13150

BUILDING - MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, TOILETS, STORAGE Section 13

BUILDING SERVICES Storage:

BS 1

Book Storage

200

3

600

BS 1a

Laptop Cart Storage (Assumes 3 story school)

200

3

600

BS 2

Exterior Maintenance Equipment Storage (Lawn Storage)

175

1

175

BS 3

Janitor / General Building Storage

250

1

250 1625

Custodial: BS 4

Main Custodial Supply Room

BS 5

Branch Custodial Rooms

150

1

70

2

BS 6 BS 7

150 140

Office (Custodian)

120

1

120

Custodian Workroom

250

1

250 660

Building Mechanical & Electrical Services: BS 8

Main Mechanical Room

BS 9

Branch Mechanical Rooms - See BS 14, BS 15

BS 10

Main Electrical Room

BS 11

Branch Electrical Rooms

BS 12 BS 13

Main Distribution Room - D Data H Hubb (A (Ave.)) M i Di ib i FFrame (MDF) R Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) Room - Data Closets

BS 13

Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) Room - Data Closets

BS 14

Mech./Elec. Plant: (Incl. Transformer, Generator, Cooling Tower, Sand Filter)

580

1

0

0

580 0

230

1

230

70

3

210

175 1 50

1 3

175 1 150

30

4

120

840

1

840 2305

Restrooms: BS 15

Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Boy's

370

8

2960

BS 15

Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Girl's

275

8

2200

BS 16

Staff Restrooms

56

6

336

BS 17

Visitor (unisex) Toilet

60

1

60 5556

Total NSF

10146

OTHER PROGRAMS: Section 15

BASIC CAREER TECHNOLOGY

Section 15.1

Business & Computer Science

BCS 1

Lab

1000

1

1000

BCS 2

Office

120

1

120

BCS 3

Storage

120

1

1 Section 15.2

Engineering & Technology

ETECH 1

Classroom

ETECH 2

Lab

ETECH 3 ETECH 4 ETECH 5

1170

120 1240

800

1

800

1700

1

1700

Office

145

1

145

Teacher Prep / Woodworking

300

1

300

Audio/Radio Room

100

1

100

DeKalb County School District

61 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space

DOE Minumum

Space No.

Room Name

74 IU's

Proposed

TSF

NSF

1200 FTE 1200 FTE

GENERAL CLASSROOMS

A

Qty

TSF

FTE 1200 (74 IU's)

B

F

G

H

ETECH 6

Broadcast Control Room

150

1

150

ETECH 7

Video Broadcasting Room

150

1

150

ETECH 8

Storage Room

150

1

2 Section 15.3

Family & Consumer Science

FCS 1

Lab

FCS 2

Storage Closet

IT 1

1830

1880

1

120

1

OPTIONAL PROGRAMS

Section 16.1

See Shared Labs - Section 06

A Section 16.1

120

1270

2000

1

660

720

5

4930

7455

720

Total NSF

1880

1 Career Technology Classroom

Section 16

150 3495

1

720

0

Sub-Total Basic Programs: (Net SF)

73

83041

130421

Optional Programs: Other:

0

0

0

Other:

0

0

0

1

0

0 0 0

B

Sub-Total Optional Programs: (Net SF)

1

0

0

C

Tota (A+B): Basic + Optional Programs (Net SF)

74

83041

130421

D

Public Commons: Entrance Vestibule E V ib l Main Lobby

0 0

Corridors

0

Stairs

0

Elevator

0 0

Walls and Circulation @ .345 Net Building Area E Section 14

44995

GRAND TOTAL (C x Grossing Factor 1.345%): Total Building Gross Sq. Footage

175416

OUTDOOR AREAS

Section 14.1

OUTDOOR SPACES

OS 1

Art Terrace

0

1

OS 2

Trash Compactor Enclosure (Area)

0

1

0

OS 3

Central Court Yard

0

1

0

Section 14.2

SITE FACILITIES

SF 1

Softball Field

0

1

0

SF 2

Team Dugout

240

2

480

SF 3

Athletic Storage Building

672

1

672

SF 4

Football / Soccer Field

0

1

0

SF 5

Play Soccer Field

0

1

0

SF 6

Tennis Courts

0

2

0

0

0

1152 Total NSF

DeKalb County School District

0

62 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Summary Activity / Space

DOE Minimum

Space No.

1200 FTE 74 IU's

Room Name

Proposed FTE 74

TSF

TSF

INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS Section 01

CLASSROOM TYPE I

44

29,040

39,600

English

14

9,240

12,600

Mathematics

14

9,240

12,600

Social Studies

13

8,580

11,700

World Language

2

1,320

1,800

In School Suspension

1

660

900

13

13,000

14,625

Section 02

CLASSROOM TYPE II (Science)

Section 03

MEDIA CENTER

1

4,800

6,300

Section 04

ART

1

1,800

2,000

Section 05

MUSIC

2

2,600

7,920

Instrumental (Band / Orchestra) Choral (Choral / Keyboarding) Section 06

SHARED LABS

0

0

2,800

Section 07

HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION

2

16,000

15,910

5

3,300

2,530

Health PE Section 08

SPECIAL EDUCATION (Severe and Profound)

Section 09

AUDITORIUM (Refer to Cafetorium - Section 12)

SUPPORT AREAS Section 10

ADMINISTRATION

0

0

6,320

Section 11

COUNSELING

0

0

1,665

Section 12

SCHOOL NUTRITION Kitchen

0

3,000

4,150

Cafeteria

0

4,571

9,000

0

0

10,146

BASIC CAREER TECHNOLOGY (CT)

5

4,930

7,455

15.1 Business & Computer Science

1

1,170

1,240

15.2 Engineering & Technology

1

1,830

3,495

15.3 Family & Consumer Science

1

1,270

2,000

xx.x Careeer Technology Classroom

1

660

720

A. Sub-total - Basic Programs: Activity/Space (Net SF)

73

83,041

0

130,421

OPTIONAL PROGRAMS

1

0

0

0

Section 13

BUILDING SERVICES

Section 14

OUTDOOR AREAS (See below.)

OTHER PROGRAMS Section 15

Section 16

Other: Other: B. Sub-total - Opt. Programs: Activity/Space (Net SF)

1

0

0

0

C. TOTAL: (Building Interior Net SF)

74

83,041

0

130,421

D. Public Commons Grossing Factor: Walls and Circulation @ .345 Net Building Area E. GRAND TOTAL: Total Building Gross Sq. Footage

44,995 175,416

OUTDOOR AREAS Section 14.1

Outdoor Spaces

Section 14.2

Site Facilities (Playfields, Softball, Football/Soccer, Track, Tennis)

0 1,152 0

DeKalb County School District

63 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

APPENDIX B MIDDLE SCHOOL - Furnishings, Fixtures & Equipment (Provided by DCS)

DeKalb County School District

64 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 01 CLASSROOM TYPE I (6th - 8th Grade) - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

TECHNOLOGY

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE

FURNITURE

NOTES

n eig (F or m

Cl as sr oo

DEKALB - FF&E Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair (Teacher) File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Open Front Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Rectangular Table Kidney Table Table

SIZE

La ng ua ge s)

at ics ) (M at he m

m Cl as sr oo

m Cl as sr oo

m Cl as sr oo

(S oc ial

(L an gu

ag e

St ud

ies )

Ar ts )

ROOM NAME

W L D Dimensions 1 1 1 12 34

1 1 2 4 34

1 1 1 4 34

1 1 2 4 34

1*

*Rectangular table optional.

1*

*Table optional.

Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * DEKALB - FF&E Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Microphones Headphones Microscopes LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Computer Headphones Computer Microphones Computer Station Earphones Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine

1 1

1 1

1

1

1 6*

1 2

1 2

1 2

2 - 6 Student Workstations*

1*

1*

1*

1*

Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

DeKalb County School District

65 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 02 CLASSROOM TYPE II (Science) - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE

NOTES

Sc ien

ce L

ab o

ra to r

y

ROOM NAME

TECHNOLOGY

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE

FURNITURE

DEKALB - FF&E Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair (Teacher) File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Open Front Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Rectangular Table Kidney Table Table

W L D Dimensions 1 1 1 34

Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * DEKALB - FF&E Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Microphones Headphones Microscopes LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Computer Headphones Computer Microphones Computer Station Earphones Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine

1

1 2

Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

1*

DeKalb County School District

66 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 03 MEDIA CENTER - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE

NOTES

to r tS -P ri n ro W or k

oVi su Au di

om

al No n

m

en ce Ro o

Co nf er

du Pr o Vi de o

Of fic e

Ma in

Re ad i

ng

ct io n

Ro o

m

/D ist rib u

tio n

ag e

St ud

io

ROOM NAME

STORAGE

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Copy Machine w/Stand Book Trucks TV / DVD (wall mounted) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

TECHNOLOGY

W L D Dimensions

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table Library Clerk Desk Library Clerk Chair Private Office/Reception: Guest Chairs Lounge Chair Rd. Conference Table Conference Table Conference Credenza Conference Chairs Rectangular Work Table Sq. Work Table Round Work Table Side Chairs

EQUIPMENT

FURNITURE

DEKALB - FF&E

DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine

1 1

1 1 1 2

12

4 - 12 Chairs

1 1 4 1 1* 14 3

Conference Credenza Optional * 10 - 14 Chairs 1

3

Provide work table.

4 1 1 1

1

1 X 1

Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction

1* 15

1

2

1

2

2

Provide computer at Circ. Desk*

1

1 B&W Printer, 1 Color Printer

1 1*

1*

DeKalb County School District

Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

67 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 04 ART - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE

NOTES

TECHNOLOGY

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE

FURNITURE

DEKALB - FF&E Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Art Stool or Student Chair Student Combo Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Student Art Table Teacher Work Table Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table

Vi su al

Ar ts L

ab

ROOM NAME

W L D Dimensions

1 1 32

9* 1

4 Man Student Art Table

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * Trash Receptacle Art Easel Drying Rack Clay Storage Bins Camcorder DVD/VCR Digital Video Mixer Digital Video Camera Exhaust Fan Tote Tray Cabinets Damp Cabinets Flat Work Storage Cabinet Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Computer Headphones Computer Microphones Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine

1 15 1 X

X X X X X

Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction

1 2

1

Provide Color workstation .

1*

Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

DeKalb County School District

68 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 05 MUSIC - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE

NOTES

DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine

en ta l

Mu s

Mu s In st ru m

1 1 2 100

1 1

1 1

100*

100

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 1

2

2

1 1

1

1 1 1

Ge n

In st ru m

Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Director Stand Director Chair Podium Lecturn Standing Risers (portable) Seated Risers (portable) Music Stands Acoustic Piano w/dust cover and dolly Piano VCR/Stereo w/surround sound Microphone MIDI Keyboard Special Music Equipment Sound System Digital Video Mixer Portable Music Storage Rack Portable Equipment Cabinet Overhead Projector

en ta l

Mu si c er al

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet *

TECHNOLOGY

STORAGE

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (Posture) Music Stools Student Combo Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table

EQUIPMENT

FURNITURE

DEKALB - FF&E

ic

ic

(B an d)

(O rc he s

tra )

ROOM NAME

1 X X X 2

X 2

X 2

X

X

W L D Dimensions

80 -100 Posture Chairs.*

Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction

X X X X X X X

1 2

1

Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

1*

DeKalb County School District

69 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 06 SHARED LABS - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE

NOTES

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Microphones Headphones Microscopes LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

TECHNOLOGY

STORAGE

DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine Overhead Projector

es tin g /T

La b b La Re ad

in g

Ma th

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Student Table Student Open Front Desk Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Folding Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table Conference Table Conference Chair

EQUIPMENT

FURNITURE

DEKALB - FF&E

Co mp

ut er

Co m

W

pu te r

rit in g

La b

Ro om

ROOM NAME

1 1 1 30

1 1 1 28 14

1 1

1*

W L D Dimensions

22

4

Round table optional. *

2

1

1

1

1 28

1 28*

1 6

1

1

1

1*

1*

1*

DeKalb County School District

28 Computer Workstations* w/Laptop Mobile Cart Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

70 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 07 HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE

NOTES

TECHNOLOGY

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE

FURNITURE

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Student Tables Student Open Front Desk Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Small Table Round Table

b La h

He alt

DEKALB - FF&E

PE

-T

ea c

he rs Of fic

e

ROOM NAME

1 1

1 1

W L D Dimensions

32 14*

2 1 1

14 - 16 Tables.*

1

1*

Round Table Optional *

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)

1

1

1

1 2

1 1

DeKalb County School District

1*

Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

71 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT 8/16/2011 SIZE

NOTES

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

TECHNOLOGY

STORAGE

DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Computer Headphones Computer Microphones Computer Station Earphones Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine Electric Charging Station

1 1 8*

Gi fte d

Th er ap yR

m

.

* Self Contained (Orthopedically Impaired or Intellectual Disabilities)

ch

pa ct /

2 2 2 16* 12

Im

1 1 1 4* 15

Sp ee

Co nt ain ed

Se lf *

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Student Table Student Open Front Desk Study Table Kidney Table Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table

EQUIPMENT

FURNITURE

DEKALB - FF&E

Se lf

Co nt ain ed

(I nt er re lat

ed )

ROOM NAME

W L D Dimensions

1 1 1 24

4-6 Chairs/4-16 Chairs/4-8 Chairs*

10*

9 -10 Student Tables *

1 1 3**

12 combo desks or 3 Rd. Tables.**

1 1

1

1

1

1

1

1 4

1 4

1 4

1 4

1

1

1

1*

DeKalb County School District

1*

Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

72 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 09 AUDITORIUM - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT - See Cafetorium - Section 12) ROOM NAME

STORAGE

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Solid Waste Compactor Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

TECHNOLOGY

NOTES

W L D Dimensions

Teacher: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (18") Student Combo Desk Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables

EQUIPMENT

FURNITURE

DEKALB - FF&E

SIZE

DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)

DeKalb County School District

73 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 10 ADMINISTRATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE

FURNITURE

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table Private Office/Reception: Reception Chair Guest Chairs File Cabinets End Table Magazine Table Sofa Executive Desk w/ Bridge Executive Desk Executive Credenza Hutch w/Doors Tack Board / Task Light Swivel High Back Chair Swivel Mid Back Chair Office Guest Chairs Dining Guest Chairs Guest Chairs Lounge Chair Rd. Conference Table Rd. Dining Table Conference Table Conference Credenza Conference Chairs Rectangular Work Table Sq. Work Table Round Work Table Side Chairs

Re ce

DEKALB - FF&E

NOTES

W L D Dimensions

1 1 1 6 1 X

1 1 4 - 6 Chairs

2 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 12 2 2 1 1 1

4

2-4 Tables

1

* Sofa Optional

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

1 4

4

15 24 4 1

1 3

2 - 4 Chairs 10 -15 Chairs 12 - 24 Chairs 2 - 4 Chairs For Office 2-3 Tables

1 1 15 1 4 3 4

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet*

1 1

Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine Scantron Machine

1 1

DEKALB - MIS Computer Workstation

SIZE

pt io n Pr A in cip rea als Co Of nf fic er e en ce As Ro st .P om r Bo inci p ok al' Va Kee s O ffi ul pe ce t/ r Re Of Cl co fice in r ds ic Ro om St af fW or k Ad mi room n / Su To ite SRO ile Of t R (Lea fic e Lo oom d ) un ge Ma il R oo m W or kr oo m Te (M ac ai he r W n) In or te k rc om roo Eq m ui p. Al co ve

ROOM NAME

2-4 Tables 1-3 Tables 2 - 4 Chairs

1 2 6 6 1

10

1

1 1

1

2 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof 2 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof 1

4

2

2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

DeKalb County School District

1

1

1

1

6

74 of 83

2-6 Workstations

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

TECHNOLOGY

Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Surveillane Equipment Security Cameras Telephone

1 1

DeKalb County School District

1 1*

1

1

3 Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

1* X X 1

75 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 11 COUNSELING - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

OGY

STORAGE

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Small Table Round Table Private Office/Reception: Reception Chair Guest Chairs File Cabinets End Table Display Rack Sofa Executive Desk w/ Bridge Executive Desk Executive Credenza Hutch w/Doors Tack Board / Task Light Swivel High Back Chair Swivel Mid Back Chair Office Guest Chairs Dining Guest Chairs Guest Chairs Lounge Chair Rd. Conference Table Rd. Dining Table Conference Table Conference Credenza Conference Chairs Rectangular Work Table Sq. Work Table Round Work Table Side Chairs

EQUIPMENT

FURNITURE

DEKALB - MIS Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine

Re ce

DEKALB - FF&E

pt io n At W te ai nd an ting ce Re Ar Of gi ea st fic ra (L e r ob Co Of by fic un ) e se l or Re O co ffi ce r Co ds nf Roo er e m C a n ce re Ro er Ce om nt er

ROOM NAME

1 1 1 8* 1 1 1

1

1

1 16* 2 1

1 16* 2 1

1 1* 1 4* 1 1

SIZE

NOTES

W L D Dimensions

Credenza w/Hutch. 2

12

4-8 Chairs / 4-16 Chairs/2-4 Chairs*

3

1-3 Bookcases Small Table Optional * Round Table Optional *

4

2-4 Display Racks

1*

1

1

10*

4 - 10 Side Guest Chairs Optional *

1 1 14*

8 - 14 Conference Chairs

1*

Work Table Optional * 1-3 Round or Square Tables *

3*

6 6 1

1

1

1

1 1

1 1

1 1

1 1

DeKalb County School District

3 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof 3 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof 1

1

2* 1

2-4 Computer Workstations

1 1

76 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

TECHNOLO

Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)

DeKalb County School District

Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

1* 1 1

77 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 12 SCHOOL NUTRITION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE

NOTES

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Solid Waste Compactor Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

TECHNOLOGY

STORAGE

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair, (18") Student Combo Desk Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables

EQUIPMENT

FURNITURE

DEKALB - MIS Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)

Ca fe ter ia

DEKALB - FF&E

Ca fe ter ia Ma na

ge r

ROOM NAME

W L D Dimensions

1/3 anticipated school enrollment *

X

1 1 2 1 1

1

2 - 4 Chairs 30* 10*

25-30 Roll & Fold Student Tables* 4-10 Faculty Tables *

8* 1

5-8, 55 Gallon Trash Receptacles *

1 1

DeKalb County School District

Teacher Printer Workstation

78 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 13 BUILDING SERVICES - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE

NOTES

1 2 1 1

1 2 1 1

1

1

ag e St or

1

Ge ne ra l

1

W L D Dimensions

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Trash Receptacle Encore 520 Scrubber Boost 28" Scrubber (20 gal) Fusion Battery Burnisher Battery Maintenance System Push Lawnmower Echo Back Pack Blower Echo PE 230 Comm Edger Echo 23CC Trimmer Rotary Cutter Slow Speed Buffer 3 Speed Blowers Wet/Dry Vacum (18 gallon)

TECHNOLOGY

Bu ild in g

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (18") Student Combo Desk Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables

Cu st od ian

STORAGE

FURNITURE

DEKALB - FF&E

En gin

Of fic

e

ee r

Of fic e

ROOM NAME

DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)

2 X 1 X X X X X X X X X

Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services.

1

1

Teacher

1*

1*

Teacher Printer Workstation *

DeKalb County School District

79 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 14 OUTDOOR SPACES - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT - No info available ROOM NAME

FURNITURE STORAGE

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Solid Waste Compactor Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

TECHNOLOGY

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (18") Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables

EQUIPMENT

DEKALB - FF&E

SIZE

NOTES

W L D Dimensions

DEKALB - MIS Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)

DeKalb County School District

80 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

SECTION 15.1 - 15.4 OTHER PROGRAMS - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE

NOTES

Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Solid Waste Compactor Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector

TECHNOLOGY

STORAGE

Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (18") Student Combo Desks Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables

EQUIPMENT

FURNITURE

DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)

15.2

15.3

1 1 1 32

1 1

1 1

28 28

40

ce

ne ct io

rC on Ca re e

& ily Fa m

15.1

ns (o pt io

na l)

La b Co n

su m er Sc ien

hn ol og y Te c

En gi ne er in g&

DEKALB - FF&E

Bu sin

es s

&

Co m

pu te rS cie

nc eL

ab

ROOM NAME

W L D Dimensions

15.4

1 1 1 30*

25 - 30 Student Desks.* 14 - 16 Student Tables*

16*

1 1 1 2

1

1

1 30 1

1 28

1*

1*

DeKalb County School District

1

1

1 10* 1

5 - 10 Student Workstations *

Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *

81 of 83

February 15, 2013 Version 1.1

ELEMENTARY MIDDLE

DESIGN GUIDELINES

HIGH

DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT ‐ July 22, 2013

DCSD 2020 VISION ‐ DESIGN PROGRAM AND GUIDELINES

VERSION 1.3

 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

   

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS ((Page nos. to be adjusted) DIVISION 1 – GENERAL  Introduction .............................................................. 3  DeKalb County School District Guiding Documents .. 3  DeKalb County School District Educational  Specifications ............................................................ 3  GDOE Architectural Review Items ............................ 3  Architectural/Engineering (AE) Contract .................. 4  Grades to be Housed ................................................ 4  Building Capacity ....................................................... 4  Room Numbers ......................................................... 5  GDOE Inventory Drawings ........................................ 5  Fire Evacuation Drawings .......................................... 6  Proprietary Specifications ......................................... 6  Green Considerations/ High Performance Schools ... 6  Acoustical Standards ................................................. 7  Close‐out Documents ................................................ 7  Owner Orientation and Instruction .......................... 7    DIVISION 2 – SITE  Site Design ................................................................ 8  Future Portable Classrooms ...................................... 8  Site Circulation .......................................................... 8  Auto Parking and Student Drop‐off/Pick‐up ............. 9  School Bus Parking, Drives and Loading .................... 9  Site Signage (Road, Parking and Entrance) ............... 9  Marquee Sign .......................................................... 10  Loading Docks ......................................................... 10  Paving and Surfacing ............................................... 10  Compactor / Dumpster Pads ................................... 10  Fences and Gates .................................................... 10  Trees / Plants / Ground Covers ............................... 11  Lawns and Grasses .................................................. 11  Landscaping Irrigation System ................................ 11  Site Design Notes / Athletic Facilities ..................... 12      DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE  Stadium Seating ...................................................... 15    DIVISION 4 – MASONRY  Brick Masonry ......................................................... 15  Concrete Masonry Units ......................................... 15    DIVISION 5 – METALS  Structural Metal Framing ........................................ 15  Ladders .................................................................... 15  Railings .................................................................... 16    DIVISION 6 – WOOD & PLASTICS  Plastic Laminates..................................................... 16  Casework ................................................................. 16         

DIVISION 7 – THERMAL & MOISTURE   PROTECTION  Waterproofing and Dampproofing ......................... 16  Insulation and Fire‐proofing .................................... 16  Exterior Insulation Finish Systems ........................... 16  Pre‐formed Roofing ................................................. 16  Membrane Roofing ................................................. 17  Roof Drains .............................................................. 17  Roof Hatches ........................................................... 17    DIVISION 8 – DOORS & WINDOWS  Doors ....................................................................... 17  Hardware ................................................................. 18  Windows ................................................................. 18  Glazing ..................................................................... 18    DIVISION 9 – FINISHES  Gypsum Board ......................................................... 19  Resilient Tile Flooring .............................................. 19  Carpet Tile ............................................................... 19  Wood Athletic Flooring ........................................... 19  Synthetic Athletic Flooring ...................................... 20  Indoor Track Athletic Flooring ................................. 20  Weight Room Athletic Flooring ............................... 20  Quarry Tile ............................................................... 20  Ceramic Tile ............................................................. 20  Terrazzo ................................................................... 20  Sealed Concrete ...................................................... 20  Polished Concrete ................................................... 20  Suspended Ceiling ................................................... 20  Non‐accessible Ceilings ........................................... 21  Sound Attenuation Blanket ..................................... 21  Exterior Painting ...................................................... 21  Interior Painting ...................................................... 21    DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES  Visual Display Boards .............................................. 21  Television Brackets .................................................. 22  Metal Storage Shelving ........................................... 22  Room Signage .......................................................... 22  Metal Lockers .......................................................... 22  Restroom Accessories ............................................. 24  Toilet Compartments & Urinal Screens ................... 24  Fire Extinguishers .................................................... 24  Ground Set Flagpole ................................................ 24  Canopies .................................................................. 24    DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT  Book Theft Protection Equipment ........................... 24  Theatrical / Stage Equipment .................................. 25  Projection Screens ................................................... 25  Darkroom Equipment .............................................. 25  Food Service Equipment ......................................... 25  Custodial Equipment ............................................... 26 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  Athletic Equipment ................................................. 26  Scoreboards ............................................................ 27  Play Equipment ....................................................... 28  Concession Equipment ............................................ 28    DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS  Science Casework and Equipment .......................... 28  Darkroom Casework ............................................... 29  Music Casework ...................................................... 29  Library Shelving and Casework ............................... 30  Manufactured Casework ......................................... 30  Blinds ....................................................................... 31  Auditorium Seating ................................................. 31  Telescoping Bleachers ............................................. 32  Floor Mats and Frames ........................................... 32    DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION  Portable Bleachers .................................................. 33    DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING SYSTEMS  Elevators ................................................................. 33  Electric Traction Elevators ...................................... 33  Mechanical Lifts for AIA Accessibility ...................... 34  Wheel Chair Lifts ..................................................... 34    DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL  Pipe and Fittings ...................................................... 34  Reduced Pressure Zone Assemblies ........................ 35  Grease Interceptors ................................................ 35  Trap Primers ............................................................ 35  Plumbing Fixtures ................................................... 35  Fire Protection ........................................................ 36  Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning ............... 37  Automated Temperature Controls and EMS .......... 38    DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL  Solid Front Electrical Panels .................................... 38  Future Expandability ............................................... 38  Conductors and Grounding ..................................... 39  Overload Devices for Motor Starters ...................... 39  Power Outlets ......................................................... 39  Light Fixtures ........................................................... 39  Motion Sensors ....................................................... 40  Gym Lighting ........................................................... 40  Auditorium Lighting ................................................ 40  Exit and Emergency Lighting ................................... 40  Emergency Electrical System .................................. 40  Exterior Lighting Fixtures ........................................ 41  Sports Field Lighting ................................................ 42     

  Data Cabling System ................................................ 43  Telephone Cabling System ...................................... 43  Detection Systems ................................................... 43  Master Television System ....................................... 43  Fire Alarm System ................................................... 44  Intercom System ..................................................... 44  Public Address Systems ........................................... 44  Delivery Door Bell .................................................... 45  Clocks ...................................................................... 45    APPENDIX  Proprietary Specifications ....................................... 45  Door Hardware ........................................................ 45    Data Cabling System ................................................ 49  Telephone Cabling System ...................................... 54  Intercom System  .................................................... 55  Fire Alarm System ................................................... 66    Security System Guide Specification ....................... 74    Communications ..................................................... 80  Access Control ......................................................... 84                                                               

   

 

Page 2 of 85 

 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

DIVISION 1 – GENERAL   Introduction    The Design Guideline requirements reflect DeKalb County School District’s (DCSD) experience in building and  operating schools. They are provided to assist design professionals in preparing contract documents for new  schools, additions, and renovation projects. The aim is to balance the need for instructional functionality with  aesthetics, accessibility, operability, and assurance of safety so that all students, staff, and community members  feel welcome and safe.      The Design Guideline requirements are organized in sixteen (16) divisions similar to the Pre‐2004 Master Format  industry standard specification divisions. Technical specifications for each DCSD project shall be prepared by and  be the legal responsibility of the design professional of record. The Design Requirements document illustrates  DCSD requirements. They are not intended to be complete technical specifications. The design professional shall  be responsible for incorporating these requirements into the appropriate final contract documents.    All requirements noted shall be assumed to apply to every school type, unless specifically noted. DCSD or its  designee shall be solely responsible for establishing and maintaining the DeKalb County School District Design  Guideline.    Design Professionals shall coordinate use of these Design Guidelines requirements with related documents,  including, but not limited to:  – DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Educational Specifications  – Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Architectural Review Documents  – Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Grants Administration Documents  – Architect/Engineer Contract     DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Guiding Documents    – Excellence in Education Plan  – Strategic Plan for 2012 – 2017  – 2020 Vision  – 10‐year Facility Master Plan    DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Educational Specifications    Educational Specifications provide descriptions of typical programmed spaces for each of the three main types of  schools: Elementary, Middle and High. These Design Guidelines describes construction requirements applicable to  all types of schools.     Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Architectural Review Items    GDOE requires that Construction Documents for DCSD projects comply with GDOE standards and be submitted for  formal review. These standards and review requirements are posted on the GDOE Facilities Services Resources  website.     Drawing submittals require coordination with the current GDOE “Curriculum and Space Needs” form for each  project. These forms will be provided by GDOE through the DCSD Program Manager.    At projects where GDOE will provide funding, additional documentation is required. These documents are also  posted on the GDOE Facilities Services Resources website.    

   

 

Page 3 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

Architectural/Engineering Contract    Contracts for new schools, additions and major renovations will be either “Standard Form of Contract for  Architectural Services (State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the  Architect” or “Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non‐State Capital Outlay Projects) between  The DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect” which provides a detailed description of the scope of  work and obligations of the parties to the Contract. These contracts are posted on the DCSD website:  www.dekalb.k12.ga.us. Smaller projects may utilize other forms of contract authorization to describe the scope of  work and obligations.    Applicable Codes    The current adopted versions of these codes are to be used to guide the design of DCSD facilities:  – International Building Code, with Georgia Amendments  – International Residential Code, with Georgia Amendments  – International Fire Code, with Georgia Amendments  – International Plumbing Code, with Georgia Amendments  – International Mechanical Code, with Georgia Amendments  – International Fuel Gas Code, with Georgia Amendments  – National Electrical Code, with Georgia Amendments  – International Energy Conservation Code, with Georgia Amendments  – Life Safety Code (National Fire Protection Association, 101)  – ADA Standards for Accessible Design  – Current State Fire Marshal's Office Modifications    Grades to be Housed    Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed to house the following grade levels:  – Elementary:     Kindergarten (K), First (1st), Second (2nd), Third (3rd), Fourth (4th) and Fifth (5th) grades  – Middle:  Sixth (6th), Seventh (7th) and Eighth (8th) Grades  – High:  Ninth (9th), Tenth (10th), Eleventh (11th) and Twelfth (12th) Grades      Building Capacity    Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed with the following Full Time Equivalent  (FTE) Capacity:  – Elementary:  900 FTE  – Middle:  1,200 FTE      – High:   1,600 FTE     Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed with the following core capacity:  – Elementary:  1,050 FTE    – Middle:  1,350 FTE    – High:  2,000 FTE        The “core” consists of ancillary spaces that support the classroom instructional spaces. These include the Cafeteria,  Kitchen and Media Center. The Georgia Department of Education has issued rules setting forth minimum floor  areas for such spaces, based upon FTE. Thus, provision for expansion must begin with planning for a “core” large  enough to support the largest practical FTE contemplated for a given site.     In addition, classroom areas should be configured so as to allow for expansion with a minimum amount of  alteration of the original structure or site.    

   

 

Page 4 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

Room Numbers    DeKalb County School District requires incorporation of a single room numbering system for all drawings,  schedules and signage installed on the building:   – Schematic Drawings  – Door and Finish Schedules  – Design Development Drawings  – HVAC Equipment, Automated Temperature  Controls and Energy System  – Working Drawings  – Signage on the building  – GDOE Inventory Drawings    To achieve this, the Architect shall develop a logical building and room numbering system at the Schematic  Planning stage. The sequence of room numbers shall be assigned based on ease of locating rooms in the  completed building. In order to direct students, staff and visitors, the sequence shall start at the Main Entrance  and progress in a logical sequence throughout the building. Random numbering of rooms is not acceptable.   – Room numbers shall be all numeric as required for GDOE Inventory.  – Major room numbers at multi‐story buildings shall be 4 digits starting with the floor level, and progress  around the building in sequence (# 1211 = 1st floor, 2nd wing or Corridor, 11th room). Small spaces within  major rooms or suites shall be identified with the major room number plus numeric suffix (# 1211.1).  Where possible use whole thousands for wings or corridors (1200) and use postal odd‐even progressive  numbers down corridors (odd on right (1211), even on left (1212). All spaces must be numbered including  corridors, stairs, elevators, and service rooms. Stairs, elevator and service rooms may be numbered as a  suffix of the corridor leading to them.  – One story buildings shall be similar, but may use 3 digits when identification of the story is not needed.  – Room numbers at additions shall extend existing Inventory Drawing numbers without repeats.  – Architect shall present building and room numbering system to DCSD for review and approval before  incorporating them into the construction documents. After room numbers are approved they shall not be  casually altered without specific approval of DCSD Facilities Services Department.   – See Division 10 ‐ Room Signage.    GDOE Inventory Drawings    For all new buildings and additions, the Architect shall prepare Auto CAD Inventory Drawings which the Georgia  Department of Education requires for the Local Facility Plan and DeKalb County Schools uses for convenient  reference. Inventory Drawing standards:  – Deliver the Inventory Drawings to DCSD, formatted and saved in Auto CAD 2007.  – The following layer list should be used:   

– – – – – –

Building walls shall be drawn in a simplified 2‐D drawing format using Auto CAD and show only the net  exposed surface of walls. (No hatching or interior chases)  Show windows as a single Cyan Line without spandrels or sills.  Show doors and swing as single lines similar to walls without thresholds or heads.  Eliminate unnecessary detail features which may interfere with the readability of text at the prescribed  sheet size.  Identify all spaces, including corridors, stairs, elevators, and service rooms, with room name, room  number and net area.  Standard sheet size = 11” x 17” without border 

   

 

Page 5 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines   – –

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

Do not use more than one sheet per floor level. Adjust drawing scale as necessary to fit plan on the sheet  and also retain readability.   All text must be readable without magnification when printed on 11” x 17 sheet. Use following Fonts and  colors to better distinguish room identification:  Font styles:    

Georgia

      – – – – –

 

 

 

Stylus BT

Net Room Areas shall be calculated based on the inside face of walls.  Gross building areas shall be calculated to the exterior surface of exterior walls. Do not include overhangs.   Provide separate area calculations for mechanical mezzanines and canopies.  Text shall be individually positioned for each space for best readability.  Additions shall be identified with a yellow phantom line border and a title box showing GDOE Building  Number, Year when first occupied and Gross Area.  Refer to typical existing Inventory Drawings for required Schedules, Tables and overall Format. 

–   Fire Evacuation Plans    For all new buildings and additions, the Architect shall prepare small ‐ format evacuation plans in accordance with  DeKalb County Fire Marshal regulations. Upon construction completion, these plans will be mounted on interior  walls throughout the facility to direct building occupants to exits. Plans shall show simplified floor plan in black,  with exit routes in red, on white background.  – Deliver the Fire Evacuation Plans to DCSD in .pdf format at 8 ½“ x 11”.    Proprietary Specifications    – Technical Specifications shall generally be performance based and include a minimum of 3 acceptable  manufacturers actively bidding in Georgia. These shall be reviewed by DCSD or its designee in order to  confirm acceptability.   – It is the desire of DeKalb County School District to utilize proprietary specifications for items for which  there are less than three acceptable manufacturers or for items for which new purchases must be of the  same manufacturer as existing to achieve system wide compatibility and economical use of funds in the  maintenance of the systems. The current list of approved items is in the appendix to this document.  – The DCSD designee will furnish a letter of justification for each project, which must be submitted with  final documents to the Georgia Department of Education. The design professional shall verify that the  latest and most current document is used in Contract Documents.     Green Considerations / High Performance Schools    DeKalb County School Board Policy EBL adopted in 2008, defines the District’s goal to “establish and maintain an  environmentally conscious school system.” This policy is available for viewing on our website,  www.dekalb.k12.ga.us. It is the District’s policy to promote healthy and sustainable educational environments  through the design, construction, operations, and maintenance of its facilities. Architects, engineers, and  contractors should review, discuss, and work with the District to establish the goals in this respect for each project  at the beginning of the design and construction phase. Implementation of sustainable design features found in  Sustainable Sites, Water Efficiency, Energy & Atmosphere, Materials & Resources, and Indoor Environmental  Quality, along with Innovation and Design Process are to be considered a goal of the District, for both renovation  and new construction even if certification is not pursued. All projects should strive to meet sustainable criteria.         

 

Page 6 of 85 

 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

All projects should attempt to meet the following prerequisites:  – Construction Activity Pollution Prevention  – Minimum Energy Performance  – Fundamental Refrigerant Management  – Storage & Collection of Recyclables  – Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance  – Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control    DeKalb County School District recognizes the environmental impact of its buildings and the importance of green  design and green building practices. Architects and engineers are encouraged to incorporate energy performance  in the design process and design energy efficient buildings to achieve high performance buildings that will lower  the schools overall operating and maintenance costs.    Acoustic Standards    Architect/Engineer shall be responsible for incorporating appropriate acoustic design measures into the  Construction Documents.     Building areas requiring special acoustic considerations include stage area, auditorium, gymnasium, cafeteria and  Music areas. Sound quality considerations include controlling excessive reverberation, eliminating or minimizing  echoes, and shaping rooms to create uniform sound field in audience areas.    Consideration should be given to equipment noise and vibration when locating mechanical equipment. Maximum  noise emissions of equipment shall be specified. To avoid vibration transfer, provide adequate isolation of all  equipment with moving parts from the building structure.    Building design shall address noise intrusion from plumbing and impact noise from lockers and basketball  backboards into acoustically sensitive rooms. Speech privacy shall be provided at offices, conference rooms and  speech therapy rooms.    Follow current industry standard guidelines such as ASHRAE and ANSI Standard S12.60 guidelines regarding  acoustic design of classrooms.     Close‐out Documents    – The process of closing out a project is of the utmost importance to DCSD. Close‐out procedures shall  be incorporated into the project from the start of design. The Design professional shall coordinate with  the Capital Improvements Program close ‐out manager to establish expectations regarding  documentation.  – Provide Operation and Maintenance Manual Notebooks for all systems and equipment no later than  (30) days prior to Project Substantial Completion Date.  – Provide keys, valve schedules, attic stock materials, instruction confirmations and as‐built drawings no  later than the Project Substantial Completion Date.  Deliver keys directly to Owner.   – Provide all required warranties, inspection reports, governing certificates and other remaining  required items within thirty (30) days following the project Substantial Completion Date.  – Provide itemized list of Kitchen equipment with brand, model and serial number for each piece along  with cost.    Owner Orientation and Instruction    Technical Specifications shall address requirements for training sessions for building equipment and systems.  Minimally, these shall include:   – Providing a training schedule spreadsheet for distribution to Owner one week before training.  – Providing a video record on DVD of all trainings for future reference.     

 

Page 7 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

 

DIVISION 1 ‐ GEN  DIVISION 2 ‐ SITE   Site Design    For new facilities and major renovations, the Design Professional shall develop a master plan which provides for the  programmed needs defined by DeKalb County School District including considerations for future expansion to the  core capacity. In addition, classroom areas should be configured so as to allow for expansion with a minimum  amount of alteration of the original structure or site. For additions to existing facilities, the Design Professional shall  provide DCSD with an overall as‐built site plan showing entire extent of site, including all existing and new  structures, paving, and site improvements.    Future Portable Classrooms    For new buildings, site design shall include pre‐planned level areas for the future location of portable classroom  units, in the following minimum quantities:    – Elementary:  12 classrooms  – Middle:  12 classrooms  – High:  24 classrooms    – Design of the site shall identify area(s) for placement of portable classroom units without impacting  parking, play fields and other required amenities. Portable areas shall be adjacent to classroom wings  if site constraints and conditions permit. Coordinate portable location with future building expansion  areas to avoid relocation of portables when the building is expanded. Building service utilities  (electricity, gas, water) shall not be located under the footprint of future portable locations. Avoid  locating site drainage lines and inlet structures under and within portable building sites. A fire hydrant  must be located within 400’ of all portable classroom building sites.  – Portables should be located as close to the school building as permitted by code. Architect shall verify  separation requirements with the permitting authority and with DCSD Facility Services Department  during the preliminary design phase of each school. Portables are typically located a minimum of 17’  apart, face to face to accommodate required stairs, ramps and sidewalks.  – Each typical portable is 1,750 sf. in area, 14’ wide and 45’ long. Portables are built to a Type V‐B  construction classification and are designed and approved for educational occupancy.  – Soil bearing capacity in the portable area shall be 3,000 psf minimum.  – The building electrical service shall be sized to accommodate the additional portable loads. A “spare”  breaker shall be installed to power a future distribution panel near the portable site(s) to provide  electrical service to the portables. Conduits of sufficient size, as required to serve the remote future  portable classroom distribution panel, shall be installed from the main electrical distribution panel and  capped until needed. Intercom, security and other systems shall be expandable for the number of  additional portable classrooms noted above.    Site Circulation    – Site shall be designed with a minimum of two (2) vehicular entrances in and out, preferably from two  separate streets.   – Site traffic circulation shall be designed with separate car and bus traffic routes that should not  conflict. Layout shall not require driving service vehicles through parking lots to access the service  areas; provide direct access to service area from bus loop or other main site circulation driveway.  – Provide walkway access from adjacent streets, parking, bus loading and sports facilities. Walkways at  high traffic areas shall be sized and located to avoid trampling of adjacent lawns and landscaping  especially at building entrances and at heavily traveled routes to play areas.  – Provide gates or bollards to restrict vehicular access onto entrance and other major walkways. Review  specific requirements for traffic gates with DCSD. Consider gates at drives leading to athletic areas, bus  parking, marching band practice areas and entrances.     

 

Page 8 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

      Automobile Parking and Student Drop‐off / Pick‐up    – The total number of automobile parking spaces provided shall be the number required by local zoning  code, or the following, whichever is greater:  – ES = 3 parking spaces per Instructional Unit, plus handicapped‐accessible spaces per code.  – MS = 3 parking spaces per Instructional Unit, plus handicapped‐accessible spaces per code.  – HS = 6.6 parking spaces per Instructional Unit, plus handicapped‐accessible spaces per code. Where  space permits, provide an area without intermediate curbs within the paved parking area for marching  band practice, approximately the size of a football field.   – Provide a designated separate automobile drive and drop‐off / pick‐up area with appropriate stacking  space for waiting cars. Consider using speed humps at automobile drives to reduce speeding. Review  location of proposed speed humps which may impact bus traffic with DCSD Director of Transportation.  – Consider placement of a portion of the required number of accessible (HC) parking spaces directly  adjacent to main entrance building, so that disabled do not have to traverse traffic lanes to enter  building.  – Clearly define crosswalks (painted and/or raised) from parking areas to all building entrances.     School Bus Parking, Drives and Loading / Unloading Areas    – For all new schools, provide covered main bus loading area and covered handicapped‐accessible  special education bus loading adjacent to appropriate building entrance. Consider locating special  education bus loading area as close to special education classrooms as practicable. Access to and from  the Special Education bus area shall be approximately level without extensive ramps or lifts.  – Provide curbside bus loading‐unloading adjacent to High School Stadiums with appropriate turning  radius and grades. Paint auto parking overlay at bus staging area for additional activity parking.  – Bus parking, covered loading‐unloading areas, and driveway layout shall be reviewed and approved by  DCSD Executive Director of Transportation, to ensure appropriate turn radii and grades for bus drives.     Site Signage (Road, Parking, and Drive Entrance)    Appropriate metal signage shall be included in the contract per code and local requirements.  – Parking and traffic signage shall be included in the site design and Construction Documents. Provide  way‐finding signage for major facilities such as visitor parking, building entrance, parent and bus drop‐ offs, stadium, ball fields, etc. Identify restrictions on use of parking spaces such as handicapped, staff,  visitors, students, etc. Provide signage clearance from curbs to prevent bus “tail swing” from damaging  signposts. Similar clearance needs to be maintained for bus canopy posts. Mount signage on building  walls and columns where possible.  – Provide space at entrances for standard building identification sign furnished and installed by DCSD.  – Coordinate signage design with DCSD Executive Director of Transportation.    Marquee Sign     Appropriate location for future marquee sign for each new facility shall be determined by Design Professional and  indicated on site plan. General contractor shall provide underground conduit from building to future sign location.    Loading Docks    – For new Elementary and Middle Schools, and major kitchen renovations, provide 6” curb loading areas  adjacent to Kitchen and General Storage / Receiving area with 36” curb cut and ramp to grade.  – For new High Schools, and major kitchen renovations, provide standard height raised loading dock at  adjacent to Kitchen and General Storage / Receiving area.  – See Division 16 for delivery door bell requirements at receiving areas.       

 

Page 9 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    Paving and Surfacing    – Asphalt paving shall be used in all parking and driveway areas.   – Heavy‐duty asphalt paving shall be used for bus, container truck delivery and fire lane traffic. Areas of  heavy‐duty paving shall be identified on the site, so that buses and heavy vehicles such as garbage  trucks will be directed to drive on heavier duty paving.   – Medium‐duty asphalt paving shall be used for automotive traffic.   – Asphalt and graded aggregate base thicknesses shall be standardized and so illustrated in paving cross‐ sections, detailed in civil engineering design drawings. Final asphalt top shall be in place before bus run  through.  – Concrete paving with steel reinforcing shall be used at truck loading areas and dumpster pads.  – Sidewalks and plazas shall be concrete.    Compactor / Dumpster Pads    For new buildings and major renovations to kitchens, concrete pads shall be placed in the service area to  accommodate one compactor for garbage and one dumpster for recycling. At new High Schools, these pads can be  incorporated into the concrete area at the loading dock. Drains must be provided, and shall be designed in  compliance with all applicable codes. Provide reinforced concrete slab that extends a minimum of 40′ in front of the  dumpster pad to resist wear from garbage trucks turning their wheels to maneuver for dumpster pick up.  – Dumpster and compactor areas shall be visually shielded, in a manner compatible with the  architectural design of the building.   – Dumpster and compactor areas shall be easily accessible by sidewalk so that custodial carts can be  used to transport trash to the dumpster. The top of the dumpster shall be accessible, in a location  adjacent to a loading area or dock so that trash can be thrown into the top of the dumpster. Where  the dumpster is not adjacent to a loading dock, a ramp to the back or sides of the dumpsters shall be  provided.  – Trash Compactor basis of design shall be Sturbridge, with the following minimum specifications:  – Power Unit (electrical): Operating Power Available:  110 volt A/C, 20 amp; 12 D/C current  – Overall Size: Length:  216 “  or  (18’‐ 0”); Height:  105” or   (8’‐ 9”); Width:   95”  or (8’ ‐ 0”)  – Compactor/container shall have the capability of being transported from site to site, operating from  electrical D/C current provided by a vehicle or 120 volt/30 AMP A/C current provided by a grounded 8  gauge cord no longer than 150 feet.   – Review space required for dumpsters and compactors with DCSD Facilities Services Department.    Fences and Gates    – Unless otherwise specifically approved by DCSD, all permanent fences and gates shall be black vinyl  coated chain link construction. Typical fencing shall be 11 Gauge core wire and 9 gauge finish  thickness. Provide appropriate black vinyl coated post and gates, installed in accordance with Chain  Link Fabrication Manufacturers Association criteria.   – General site fencing shall be 6’‐0” high with appropriately located gates. Storm retention areas shall be  fenced with the same material per local requirements.   – Gates shall be provided at school driveways to limit access during certain time periods.  – Perimeter and other fencing shall be installed as needed to provide safety and security of the students,  teachers and staff. Exact location of fencing will be determined on‐site by DCSD in order to preserve  natural areas and undisturbed buffers.  – Fencing and wind screens at sports fields shall be of the height and locations described in the relevant  sections of these guidelines. Fences shall be black vinyl coated chain link construction of appropriate  gauge and mesh for the height required with appropriate black vinyl coated post and gates, installed in  accordance with Chain Link Fabrication Manufacturers Association criteria. Wind Screens shall be  forest green.  – Provide security fencing around any exterior equipment that is installed at ground level. (I.e.  Freezer/Cooler, condensing units, generators, etc.)      

 

Page 10 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

      Trees/Plants/Ground Cover    – In general, use low maintenance ground cover; minimize grass/sod. Landscape designer is encouraged  to look at alternatives and use the most practical application for each area. Use mulch around  buildings. Provide raised curb or other devices to restrict washing of mulch onto adjacent paved walks  and drives. Low maintenance ground covers may be used in low‐traffic areas and on slopes as  appropriate.   – Pine straw mulch for adequate coverage, no more than 4” deep, shall be provided at all new tree and  shrub plantings.  – New landscaping shall be maintained by the Contractor for no less than 60 days, prior to a request for  inspection and acceptance by DCSD.  – Comply with tree ordinances and provide additional buffers as may be directed by the municipality or  jurisdiction. Review proposed new shrubs and trees with DCSD Facilities Services Department.    Lawns and Grasses    All general areas to be grassed shall be hydro‐seeded with Common Bermuda or Fescue depending on the planting  season. Wood fiber mulch shall be included when hydro‐seeding slopes greater than 3:1. Lawns and grass shall be  watered and maintained for a period of no less than 60 days, prior to a request for inspection and acceptance by  DCSD. Lawns and grass shall be fully established and receive a minimum of 2 cuts prior to inspection.  – Lawn specifications   – Provide adequate seedbed preparation – 4″ tilled topsoil or amended organic soil.   – Specify rock hounding in two directions to pick up stones greater than 1.5″ diameter.   – Areas to be planted with sod vs. seed need to be identified on the drawings. Typically, all areas close to  the building or inside a perimeter drive should be sod.   – Architect/Engineer shall consult with DCSD Facilities Services and obtain approval for proposed Lawn  specifications prior to issuing final Drawings.  – Consider the use of “Terra‐mat” or sod on excessive slopes.    Landscaping Irrigation System    Landscape shall be designed to eliminate the need for landscape planting irrigation. Commercial grade sprinkler  irrigation system with automatic operation shall be provided for the grass playing and practice fields at Middle and  High Schools only. Do not provide irrigation at Elementary School play fields.  – Architect/Engineer shall consult with DCSD Facilities Services and obtain approval for proposed  irrigation system prior to issuing final drawings.  – Include a drilled well in high school specifications for irrigation purposes. The well needs to have a  yield of minimum of 100 gallons per minute. If yield is less, provide water storage facility to  compensate.   See Division 15 MECHANICAL, Plumbing Fixtures, for Exterior Hose Bib requirements.  Site Design Notes for School Athletic Facilities     Stadium Synthetic Turf System  All major renovations to stadiums shall include a synthetic turf, rubber infill system. Base system will include single  letter logo at midfield; school name in one end zone and mascot name in the other; single letter color; and striping  and markings for football (white), soccer (yellow) – reference marks only the six yard end boxes; men’s and  women’s lacrosse (red) – reference marks only.     Acceptable manufacturers are Sprint Turf, Sports Turf, and Matrix Turf.             

 

Page 11 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    Stadium Track and Field  All major renovations to stadium track and field shall have layouts in accordance with competition standards of the  Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Each field shall  include the following:  – Orientation with long dimension north and south.  – Provide areas for field events including paved areas for pole vault, high jump, long jump with sand pit.   – Synthetic turf playing field.  – Polyurethane surfacing system running track (8 Lanes).  – Provide concrete pads for shot put and discus field events.  – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Athletic Equipment  – Field Lighting ‐ See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting     High School Track and Field Surfacing  High school tracks shall be a polyurethane surfacing system similar to Sports Track 300 or Beynon Sports Surfaces,  BSS‐300. The elastomeric polyurethane shall be red in color with line striping and event markings in accordance  with current National Federation of State High School Associations standards and guidelines. Provide minimum of 6  track lanes; 8 where space permits.    Middle School Track and Field   Middle school track and field areas shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but are not  required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State  High School Associations.  Each track and field shall include the following:  – Irrigated grass field inside running track.  – Slope field to area drains at corners.  – Asphalt running track with painted lanes.   – 400 meter track with 6 lanes where space permits.  – 300 meter track with 5 lanes where space is limited.  – Paved H/C access from building.  – Paved areas for high jump and long jump with sand pit.  See Division11 EQUIPMENT for Athletic Equipment.    High School Baseball Field  New High School baseball Field shall have layout in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High  School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Field shall include the following:  – Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast.  – Field size: 330’ long at R / L foul lines x 380’ deep at center of outfield, where space permits.  – Outfield and diamond of natural grass turf with irrigation system  – Warning track  – Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay  – Pitching mound raised 10” with pitching rubber  – Fencing 10’ high ; backstop located 60’ behind home plate ‐ height as required for safety  – Two concrete block dugouts  – Two bullpens (one at each side, inside fence)  – One batting cage with 110V electrical outlets for pitching machine (outside fence)  – Weather proof water spigot within ground box behind pitcher’s mound.  – 110‐volt electrical duplex outlet within weatherproof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound.  – Scoreboard located between center and left field  – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Scoreboard.  – Two sets of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads.  See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers.  – Field Lighting   See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting.   – Shared Baseball / Softball Concession / Restrooms / Storage  See Division11 EQUIPMENT for Concession Equipment.     

 

Page 12 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

      Middle School Baseball Field  New High School baseball Field shall have layout in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High  School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations, to the extent possible. Field shall  minimally include the following:  – Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast.  – Field size: 330’ long at R / L foul lines x 380’ deep at center of outfield, where space permits.  – Grass outfield with irrigation system  – Appropriate drainage towards outfield   – Skinned earth between bases   – Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay  – Pitching mound raised 10” with pitching rubber  – Fencing 10’ high ; backstop located 60’ behind home plate ‐ height as required for safety  – One set of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads.  See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers.    High School Softball Field  High School softball Field shall be designed in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School  Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Field shall include the following:  – Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast.  – Field size: 200’ long at R / L foul lines x 200’ deep at center of outfield  – Outfield of natural grass turf with irrigation system  – Warning track  – Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay  – Pitching mound level with infield with pitching rubber  – Fencing 10’ high; backstop located 25’ behind home plate‐ height as required for safety  – Double first base  – Two concrete block dugouts  – Two bullpens (One at each side, inside fence)  – One batting cage with 110V electrical outlets for pitching machine (Outside fence)  – Water spigot within weather proof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound.  – 110‐volt electrical duplex outlet within weather proof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound.  – Scoreboard located between center and left field  See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Scoreboard  – Two sets of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads:  See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers  – Field Lighting   See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting   – Shared Baseball / Softball Concession / Restrooms / Storage  See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Concession Equipment          Middle School Softball Field  Middle school softball field shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but are not required  to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High  School Associations. Field shall include the following:  – Orientation with home plate at south‐southwest and second base at north‐northeast  – Field size: 200’ long at R / L foul lines x 200’ deep at center of outfield  – Grass infield and outfield with irrigation system  – Appropriate drainage towards outfield   – Skinned earth between bases   – Pitching mound level with infield     

 

Page 13 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  –

Fencing, 8’ high; backstop located 25’ behind home plate, 20’ high 

  High School Practice Field  High school practice field is intended for physical education instruction and used for multiple sports. It shall be  constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but is not required to meet competition standards of the  Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations.  Practice field shall  include the following:  – Orientation with long dimension north and south  – 78 yards wide x 120 yards long  – Grass turf with irrigation system  – Provide netting where necessary to prevent damage from balls entering adjacent areas.   – Fixed Football goalpost and movable soccer goals  – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for goalpost and goals.    Middle School Practice Field  Middle school practice field is intended for physical education instruction and used for multiple sports. If site allows,  it shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but is not required to meet competition  standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations.   Practice field shall include the following:  – Orientation with long dimension north and south  – 78 yards wide x 120 yards long  – Grass turf with irrigation system  – Provide netting where necessary to prevent damage from balls entering adjacent areas.   – Fixed Football goalpost and movable soccer goals  – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for goalpost and goals.    Elementary School Multi‐purpose Field  Elementary School multi‐purpose field is intended for informal outdoor activities and elementary level sports. It  shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards. The multi‐purpose field shall include the  following:  – Approximately 2 acres adjacent to the gym if site configuration will allow.  – Well drained grass turf without irrigation system. Ensure that building and site drainage and/or  detention systems do not impact the play area.    High / Middle School Tennis Courts  – For new facilities, provide a minimum of two (2) tennis courts at each middle school and a minimum of  four (4) at each high school. Tennis courts shall have layouts in accordance with competition standards  of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations.  – Contrasting light and dark green surface between court and remaining play area  – Regulation size with orientation with baselines of courts perpendicular to north‐south axis.  – Fencing 10’ high, 20’ from baseline, 12’ from sidelines  – Windscreens except at bleachers  – 110v duplex electrical outlet at each end of the bank of courts.  – At high schools, provide one set of bleachers anchored to a concrete pad at west end of courts.  – See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers.    DIVISION 3   CONCRETE   Stadium Seating         Existing structure for stadium bench seating is concrete. For major stadium renovations, existing conditions shall be  fully assessed and analyzed by a structural engineer with expertise in concrete prior to design of refurbishment of  stadium.       

 

Page 14 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    Any work done to refurbish stadium seating, rest rooms, parking access, concession area, etc. shall be DA  compliant.  Consideration should be given to providing accessible viewing areas in multiple locations (“Home” and  “Visitor”) of stadium seating.     DIVISION 4   MASONRY     Brick Masonry    Brick veneer shall be used as the exterior building material of choice. Changes in brick types, sizes, color, texture  and orientation shall be kept to a minimum. Color(s) shall be recommended by the Design Professional and  approved by DeKalb County School District. Only one mortar color will be allowed at each new school.    Concrete Masonry Units    Concrete block is preferred for the interior wall material for new schools. Bull‐nosed block shall be used for all  outside corners. Split‐faced block shall not be used unless specifically requested by the DCSD.  See Division 9 FINISHES for other materials.  –  CMU partitions are required at:  – Vaults and the adjacent Office used for bookkeeping (Extend to roof or cap with concrete slab.)*  – Corridors and other high traffic areas  – Gymnasium, Auditorium, Stage, Cafeteria and Kitchen  – Main Mechanical and Electrical Rooms  – Gang restrooms and other high abuse areas   – Locker Rooms  – Mechanical and electrical closets   *Note:  Rated gypsum board partitions may be used in lieu of CMU at Vault and adjacent office area.)    DIVISION 5   METALS   Structural Metal Framing    Structural steel framing systems shall generally be used for new school construction in lieu of load‐bearing masonry  construction.    Ladders    – All low‐pitch roofs shall have a permanent means of access; stair access to roof is preferred.  – Interior ladders provided for roof or mezzanine access shall be a ship’s type ladder.   – Vertical or exterior ladders from the ground are not acceptable for required access to the roof. Limit  the use of vertical fixed ladders to small areas projecting above the main roof.  – Ladders and stairs shall be equipped with appropriate guard and handrails.    Railings    – Gates at guard rails between Interior track and bleachers in high school gyms shall be self storing.  – All interior and exterior handrails shall be of welded aluminum construction with satin finish.      DIVISION 6   WOOD & PLASTICS   Plastic Laminate    General use counter tops shall be plastic laminate material. One‐piece countertops with integral coved backsplash,  bull nosed edges and minimal number of seams shall be specified. Color(s) to be selected by the Design Professional  and approved by DeKalb County School District.     

 

Page 15 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  –

Basis of design is Wilsonart; acceptable manufacturers are Formica. 

  Casework    Custom  casework shall only be used where manufactured casework will not serve the intended use. Plastic  laminate shall be used as appropriate.    DIVISION 7   THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION   Waterproofing and Dampproofing    Appropriate waterproofing, damp‐proofing and vapor retarders shall be specified by the Design Professional.  – Avoid parapet wall penetrations.   – Use copper, stainless or rubberized asphaltic flashing with an adhesive backing for through wall  flashings at sills, beams and lintels. Avoid PVC products unless they are specifically recommended by  their manufacturers for through wall flashing applications. Metal flashing products may be laminated  with other materials such as asphalt or waterproof papers to reduce galvanic corrosion where  necessary. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations when specifying through wall flashing and  installation accessories.  – Specify manufactured mortar nets over the horizontal run of through wall flashing to catch mortar  dropping and allow water to filtrate easily downward through the net material to the flashings and out  the weeps.  – Provide weeps immediately upon the horizontal leg of the through wall flashing at the exterior wall  construction element at sills, beams and lintels.    Insulation and Fireproofing    – Appropriate insulation and fireproofing shall be specified by the Design Professional to provide a safe,  energy efficient, comfortable building, and to meet building codes.  – Enclose space under first level of all stairs to prevent misuse of space for storage or misconduct.    Pre‐formed Metal Roofing    Metal roofing shall be used on high‐slope roofs. Steel is preferred, aluminum is acceptable.    Membrane Roofing     Modified bitumen (”cool roof”) roofing shall be used for low slope roofs. The use of parapets should be minimized.  Insulation value shall be minimum R‐19.    Roof Drains    Internal roof drains should be avoided where possible. Concealed gutters will not be allowed. External gutters shall  be used where possible. Use PVC or cast iron downspouts in areas subject to abuse. If exposed, protective boots  shall be used to prevent downspout conductors from damage. Downspout transition fittings need to be seamless or  welded fittings.     Roof Hatches    Appropriately located roof hatches shall be provided as needed for access to low slope roof areas.             

 

Page 16 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  DIVISION 8   DOORS & WINDOWS

  Doors    Door Size notes  Unless otherwise specified, doors at new construction shall be 36” wide.   – Pairs of 36” doors with a removable astragal shall be provided at service entrances, throughout major  circulation corridors and for access into large rooms such as the Cafeteria, Stage, Gym and Media  Center in order to facilitate delivery of bulky objects.  – Single 42” doors shall be provided at Kitchens from the delivery corridor, for access to Bulk Storage  Room, Serving Area and Cafeteria. Single 42” doors shall be provided for access into Music Practice  and Storage Rooms to facilitate movement of large instruments. Single 42” doors shall be provided for  access to all areas with laundry equipment. Consider the use of single 42” doors to provide access into  Special Education Suite (Classrooms and Adaptive Toilet), facilitating movement of wheelchairs.   – Overhead roll‐up doors shall be provided as appropriate for access to Shops, Stage Scenery Areas,  Mechanical Rooms and Storage Rooms to facilitate movement of bulky objects.  Lock must be  accessible from both sides.  Unless otherwise specified, door height at new construction shall be 80” minimum. Door height at renovations shall  match existing. Height of doors and frames shall be selected for best value and efficiency.     Door Stiles and Rails  All aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors shall be constructed with 6” stiles, 8” top rails and 10” bottom rails.  Doors with exit devices shall have center rails.    Door Materials  Wood doors shall be specified for general interior use. No plastic shall be used. Metal doors shall be used on the  exterior and interior of the building where appropriate for greater security. Provide heavy duty door and hardware  at Vaults and Record Rooms.    Door Lights  Provide factory installed small vertical door lights at typical doors to classrooms and other frequently used doors.  Larger door lights and hollow metal sidelights may be used at the following:  – Administration  – Counseling  – Media Center   – Gymnasium  – Cafeteria  – Teacher Work Room  Provide an observation light at the Kitchen delivery door constructed of security glass designed to resist break‐ins.    Hollow Metal Frames  Hollow metal frames shall be used throughout except at primary entrances where aluminum storefront systems  shall be used.     Entrances and Storefronts  Aluminum storefront systems shall be used at primary entrances to the building. Aluminum doors shall be “wide  stile”.    Rollup Grilles and Shutters  – High School ‐  if used between Serving Lines and Cafeteria:   – Provide electrically operated roll‐up grilles in lieu of solid roll‐up doors to allow for air circulation.  – Locate key operated control on Serving Line side.  – Do NOT provide supplemental latches or dead‐bolts. Grilles shall be secured by the weight of the grille.     

 

Page 17 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  – – – –

Consider use of security grilles across corridors to separate building into zones, limiting access to  certain parts of the building after hours. If used:  Provide electrically operated roll‐up grilles at corridor separation zones. These shall be in addition to  emergency smoke doors that may be required by code.  Locate key operated control on both sides. Provide security latch operated by key, accessible from  both sides.  Where required by Educational Specifications, provide manual operated solid roll‐up shutters with  security latch operated by turn knob on room side.  

  Hardware    Appropriate finish hardware shall be specified by the Design Professional for review and approval by DeKalb County  School District.   – See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Door Hardware.    Windows    All exterior window frames shall be aluminum. Steel window frames are not acceptable at exterior walls. Current  DCSD standards do not allow for operable windows.  – Architects are encouraged to incorporate windows for natural lighting into as many building spaces as  practical. Architect shall provide a cost‐benefit analysis of cost savings provided by proposed window  lighting compared to their impact on HVAC installation and operating cost.  – Minimum Requirements:  – Elementary:  Windows are required at all general instruction classrooms.  – Middle:Windows are desired at all general instruction classrooms when feasible.    – High:Windows are required at all general instruction classrooms adjoining exterior walls.    Interior window frames shall be hollow metal and shall be provided at offices where supervision of adjacent areas is  required. Do not provide interior windows at Locker Rooms.    Provide interior windows in the Kitchen Manager’s Office to allow observation of workers in the Kitchen and  vendors during deliveries.     Glazing    General exterior glazing shall be insulated, double thickness. Provide tempered, laminated, and wired glass as  required by code. Use tinted glass for sun control in lieu of blinds at large and inaccessible windows at Clearstories,  Lobbies, Corridors, Media Centers, Cafeterias, Gymnasiums and similar spaces.  DIVISION 9   FINISHES   Gypsum Board    Gypsum Board wall systems are acceptable for interior partitions at light duty spaces such as offices and partitions  between classrooms and labs. Exposed layers shall be abusive resistant type. Use fire code type material as required  by code. Bull nose corner beads shall be used at typical outside corners. Corner guards, in lieu of bull nose corners,  may be used at the Administrative and Guidance areas. Sound batts shall be used to reduce the sound transmission  of the wall system as needed.   – Do not use gypsum board wall systems in any wet or damp locations.  – Rated gypsum board systems may also be used at firewalls starting 10’‐0” above finish floor where the  wall will not be susceptible to vandalism or abuse.  – Use concrete masonry unit walls in lieu of gypsum board walls whenever possible.  – Fiberglas reinforced (FRP) panels are unacceptable for use in kitchens.    Resilient Tile Flooring     

 

Page 18 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

      Typical floor finish, except where specialized finishes are called for, shall be Vinyl Composition Tile. Size of VCT shall  be 12” x 12” x minimum 1/8”. Basis of design is Excelon, Imperial Series by Armstrong. Color and patterns shall be  specified by the Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. Colors shall be standard  manufacturer’s colors, chosen with ease of maintenance in mind. Consider use of flexible terrazzo tile similar to  “Fritztile” in corridors, lobbies, and high traffic areas. To add aesthetic interest to the building, the Design  Professional is encouraged to use patterns and color, especially in corridors and lobbies.     Coordinate the sequence for cleaning and waxing VCT floors with DCSD Coordinator of Environmental Services and  Coordinator of Warehouse. Schedule cleaning and waxing of VCT floors at Corridors, Cafeteria and other designated  areas after furniture is delivered. Base shall be 4” black or very dark color rubber cove base. Provide matching‐color  transition strips adjacent to other floor materials.    Carpet     At locations where the Educational Specifications call for carpet, tiles are preferred over roll goods. Specify  electrostatic backing to eliminate curling of carpet tiles at the edges.  – Standard of quality, construction and appearance for carpet tiles is based on “Diffuse” and “Disperse”  by Shaw Industries.  – Standard of quality, construction and appearance for broadloom carpet is based “Expose” or “Blog” by  Shaw Industries.  – Standard of quality, construction and appearance for walk‐off mat is based on Crayon 01957 Vinyl  Cushion Tufted Textile (VCTT) by Tandus Flooring.    Wood Athletic Flooring    High School and Middle School Gym flooring shall be solid maple wood strip athletic flooring system.  – Minimum thickness shall be 7/8″, No.2 or better grade maple.   – The flooring system shall be specifically made for athletic flooring applications.  – Flooring shall include multi‐purpose court markings and custom designed school logo approved by  DCSD.  – Provide recessed supports for three volleyball nets at all middle and high school gyms.  – Provide event floor covering at wood floors which are also used for auditorium and other assembly  functions.  – Flooring for new auditorium stages, dance rooms, and drama rooms shall be wooden sprung floors.   

   

 

Page 19 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    Synthetic Athletic Flooring    Synthetic athletic flooring shall be installed in all Elementary School Gyms. Product shall be equal to Mondosport I  by Mondo USA or SportGrain Plus by Connor Sports Flooring.    Indoor Track Athletic Flooring    Indoor track flooring shall be polyurethane flooring over Rubberized Base with continuous striping for three lanes.  – Basis of design:  Robbins Sports Surfaces ‐ Pulastic ‐ 2000    Weight Room Athletic Flooring    Weight Room Athletic Flooring shall be recycled rubber material formed into squares with interlocking tabs, free‐ laid without adhesive.  – Basis of design:  Robbins Sports Surfaces ‐ Freeweight    Quarry Tile    Dark Red Quarry Tile with deep charcoal gray grout shall be used at Kitchen, Walk‐in Cooler & Freezer, Dry Storage,  Serving Courts, Custodial wet areas.  Grout joints shall not be sealed in kitchen floors.    Ceramic Tile    At rest rooms, unglazed Ceramic tile is acceptable for use as flooring. Glazed ceramic tile, minimum 54” high on all  restroom walls, is preferred for use as wainscot material. To add aesthetic interest, consider accent patterns or  strips. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. Colors of tile  and grout shall be selected with ease of maintenance and long term appearance in mind. Grout must be sealed.    Terrazzo    For new construction, terrazzo may be considered for high traffic areas such as corridors and lobbies. Consideration  must be given to slip prevention at all entrances.     Sealed Concrete    Sealed Concrete flooring is acceptable at large storage, mechanical and electrical rooms.    Polished Concrete    The district should consider the use of polished concrete in high traffic locations including corridors and cafeterias.  It has a higher first cost (VCT $1.00/sf; polished $2.20/sf) but it is easier to maintain over the building life. Polished  concrete is frequently seen in big box retail stores in the main corridors. It can be stained to make it look less  industrial, see this link for photos of applications: http://www.concretenetwork.com/photo‐gallery/ There are  drawbacks to consider: concrete does not contribute to sound reduction like carpets, it may be perceived as lesser  quality even though it costs more than VCT, concrete always cracks and control joints will be visible, and if stained –  it is always stained.    Suspended Ceilings     Unless noted otherwise, 2’ x 2’ ceiling grids with 2’ x 2’ x 5/8” suspended acoustical ceiling tiles shall be used for all  general use areas of the building.  Standard ceiling tile shall be square edge, non directional, fissured design, 5/8”.   – Basis of design: Cortega 770 by Armstrong.  – Basis of design for ceiling tile in wet areas shall be Ceramaguard 607 by Armstrong.     

 

Page 20 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     – – – – –

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  Cafeteria – hard, washable tile needs to be installed around high HVAC vents in cafeterias, similar  material to that used in the kitchen  Suspension System throughout shall be 15/16” exposed tee aluminum system. Basis of design: Prelude  XL by Armstrong.   Ceiling system furnished shall include all industry‐standard accessories required for installation.  Exposed structure and ductwork may be considered in art labs, stages, and drama rooms.  When determining ceiling heights, consider maintenance of lighting and finishes. Maximum height  must be within reach of ladders or lifts readily available to DCSD maintenance staff.  Consider using hard ceilings in student restrooms and locker rooms.  

–   Non‐accessible Ceilings    Ceiling access panels need to be installed wherever hard ceilings are installed to access valves, smoke detectors, etc.   Minimum size shall be 24” x 24”, if personnel access is required (i.e. more than hand access to reach a valve).    Sound Attenuation Blanket    Sound attenuation blankets may be used above suspended ceilings in order to obtain acceptable sound  transmission levels. See Acoustical Standards in Division 1 of these Design Guidelines.    Exterior Painting    Exterior painting shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the paint used and the  material being painted. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School  District. In general, materials with factory applied paint, coatings, or integral color should be specified in order to  reduce maintenance costs.  – Basis of Design:  Duron “Weather Shield” one coat, flat White paint for exterior painting.    Interior Painting    Interior painting shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the paint used and the  material being painted. Semi‐gloss shall be used unless otherwise approved. Color shall be selected by Design  Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. In general, materials with factory applied paint,  coatings, or integral color should be specified in order to reduce maintenance costs.   – Basis of Design:  Pittsburgh Pure Performance Interior walls – color:  Antique (Porter Paints) Zero VOC  – semi gloss. Interior metal doors and frames ‐ Advantage Hi Gloss Exterior (Porter Advantage 900 High  Gloss) Low VOC.     DIVISION 10   SPECIALTIES   Visual Display Boards    Design professional shall consider display of student work and integrate mounting methods wherever possible into  interior design. Visual Display boards and related accessories shall be included in the Construction Contract.  See Educational Specifications for location, quantity and size.  – Marker boards shall be factory laminated 3‐ply construction with porcelain‐enamel low‐gloss face  sheet, 3/8” particle board core and aluminum sheet backing.  – Provide aluminum frame with chalk tray and 1” map rail with accessory clips for flags and maps.  – Provide appropriate special graphic at math and music rooms.  – Provide manual sliding marker boards at science labs.   – Tack boards shall be 1/4” thick, plastic‐impregnated cork sheet factory laminated to ¼” thick particle board backing.  –   – Provide factory applied aluminum trim.     

 

Page 21 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  –

Basis of design – Claridge Products & Equipment, Inc. 

  Television Brackets    Furnish and install TV wall brackets including appropriate wall bracing at all rooms requiring televisions. Brackets  shall include a shelf for VCR and CD players. Coordinate size and selection of brackets with DeKalb County School  District. Television sets, VCR’s and CD players will be furnished by DeKalb County School District.     Metal Storage Shelving    Specify adjustable industrial heavy duty metal shelving in all Storage and Custodial Rooms. Typical shelving units  shall be 36” wide x 85” high x depth appropriate for the intended use (12”, 18” or 24”). Shelves for book storage  shall be 12” deep. Provide 7 shelves per unit (including base and top) to allow approximately 12” clear vertically per  shelf.     Room Signage    Appropriate signage shall be provided for in accordance with code and A.D.A. requirements.  – Typical Classrooms, Labs and Multi‐purpose rooms shall be identified by room number only.  – Permanent special purpose rooms and suites (Administration, Counseling, Media Center, Gymnasiums,  Cafeteria, Staff Dining, Kitchen, Restrooms, Electrical, Mechanical, Custodial, IDF, etc) should be  identified by name and number, but not individual rooms within suites that may be subject to re‐ assignment.  – Provide easy to read directional signage at Lobbies, Corridors, Stairways, Elevators and other special  components to aid students, staff, and visitors in navigating the building.  – Cafeteria Serving Lines shall be identified with easy to read graphics as well as functional room number  for identification. Submit graphics to Executive Director of School Nutrition for review and approval.    Metal Lockers     Student Lockers at Corridors   For new buildings and major additions, provide metal double tier lockers at middle and high schools corridors for  student use.   – Basis of design: List Industries, Republic or GSI  – Provide number of lockers equal to 110% of the “Design” FTE plus corridor space to increase the  number of lockers to the “core” capacity.   – Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier (72” total unit height)  – Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and built‐in key‐ controlled, three‐number dialing combination lock with changes made automatic with a control key.  Provide A.D.A. compliant keys locks on 1% of all lockers ordered. Provide master locks.  – Utilize welded construction with 16 gauge bodies, 14 gauge doors with stiffeners and 18 gauge backs.  – Door shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded.  – Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color.  – Locker colors may alternate or be different in different parts of the building.  – Specify manufacturers standard paint colors unless use of custom colors is requested and specifically  approved by DCSD.   – Utilize a painted metal “Z” base in lieu of raised concrete (or other material), eliminating the need for  resilient base finish.  – Extend VCT floor finish below lockers to allow for their future removal if desired.  – Enclose sides of lockers with wall piers and tops with wall furring.  – Provide additional doors of each color specified for future replacement.           

 

Page 22 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    Physical Education Lockers  Provide six–tier and double‐tier lockers for new and renovated middle and high schools PE Locker Rooms in the  quantities indicated in the DCSD Educational Specifications.  – Lockers in six‐tier units shall each be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 12” high (72” total unit  height).  – Lockers in double tier units shall each be 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high (72” total unit height).  – Sides and intermediate partitions shall be expanded metal for ventilation.  – Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and pad‐lock lug.  – Provide three‐number dialing combination pad‐locks with a master key for 110% of lockers in five tier  units.  – Utilize welded construction with 16 (13) gauge bodies, 14 (16) gauge doors with stiffeners and 18  gauge backs.  – Doors shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded.  – Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color selected from manufacturers standard  paint colors.  – Provide additional doors as attic stock for future replacement.  – Provide appropriate number of laminated maple locker room benches.    Athletic Team Lockers  Provide single‐tier lockers at each of the Boys and Girls Team Locker Rooms at new or renovated high schools.   Coordinate quantity with Principal and Athletic Staff at each school.  – Lockers shall be 15” wide x 18” deep x 72” high.  – Sides and intermediate partitions shall be expanded metal for ventilation.  – Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and pad‐lock lug.  – Provide three‐number dialing combination pad‐locks with a master key for 110% of lockers.  – Utilize welded construction with 16 gauge bodies, 14 gauge doors with stiffeners and 18 gauge backs.  – Doors shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded.  – Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color selected from manufacturers standard  paint colors.  – Provide additional doors as attic stock for future replacement.  – Provide appropriate number of laminated maple locker room benches.    Football Team Lockers  Provide athletic style metal lockers at Football Team Room.  Lockers shall be 18” wide x 22”deep x 72” high open  front with combination seat and foot locker and 12” Security box.    PE Staff Lockers   Provide lockers for PE Staff. Locker Construction shall be similar to Student Corridor Lockers with built‐in  combination locks. Provide master locks. Provide the following size lockers:  – Middle School PE Staff:  single tier lockers 12” wide x 15” deep x 72” high at each Male and Female PE  Staff Area.  – High School PE Staff:  single tier lockers 15” wide x 21” deep x 72” high at each Male and Female PE  Staff Area    Custodial Staff Lockers   Provide lockers for Custodial Staff.  Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 15” deep x 72” high single tier.  Locker Construction shall be similar to Student Corridor Lockers with built‐in combination locks. Provide master  locks.     Kitchen Staff Lockers  Provide lockers for Kitchen Staff.  Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier  (72” total unit height) similar to Student Corridor Lockers         

 

Page 23 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

      Theater Dressing Rooms  Provide lockers for new theater dressing rooms in high school auditorium areas.  Each locker shall be approximately  12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier (72” total unit height) similar to Student Corridor Lockers.    Restroom Accessories    Provide surface mounted heavy duty stainless steel commercial quality restroom and bath accessories as needed.  These accessories are Owner furnished and Contractor installed items: soap, paper towels, mirrors above lavatories.  – Locate soap dispensers over lavatories.  – Electric hand dryers can only be used in administrators and teacher’s restrooms – not student  restrooms. Architect shall specify type of Hand Dryers subject to review and approved by DCSD Facility  Services before issuing Project Manual.   – Coordinate toilet paper, paper towel, and soap dispenser requirements with DCSD Environmental  Services.  – Provide one long mirror per Restroom and one lavatory mirror per lavatory.    Toilet Compartments and Urinal Screens    Toilet partitions and urinal screens shall be provided at multi‐person restrooms in all new and renovated restrooms  at all grade levels.  – Partitions and screens shall be solid phenolic material with color impregnated through the entire  thickness of the material.   – Continuous piano hinges shall be used.  – Partitions shall be floor mounted and overhead braced.  – Hardware shall be heavy duty extruded aluminum or stainless steel.  – Wall brackets for partitions and screens shall be extruded aluminum, continuous “double T” type.   – Wall mounted screen shall be provided between urinals.  – Masonry partitions shall not be used.    Fire Extinguishers    Provide fire extinguishers in sizes and locations as required by code. Provide recessed extinguisher cabinets with  door alarms in all locations that are accessible to students.     Ground Set Flagpole    For new schools, provide 30’ high aluminum tapered flagpole, with an external halyard, in a prominent location at  the front of the building.    Canopies    Appropriate aluminum canopies shall be provided for at bus and auto drop‐off areas, and loading areas as needed.   – Drainage needs to be controlled and piped to prevent flow across sidewalks.  – Provide lighting at Canopies.  – Canopy shall be designed to ensure “tail swing” clearances. Height requirements for bus and truck  clearances shall be reviewed and approved by DCSD Executive Director of Transportation.              DIVISION 11   EQUIPMENT    

 

Page 24 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

      Book Theft Protection Equipment    At exit(s) from Library Media Center, provide a complete book theft detection system with alarm, Radio Frequency  Identification (RFID) tags, and RFID detuners/deactivators, to assist in preventing unauthorized removal of a  library’s materials. Utilize manufacturer’s specifications during installation for layout and placement of system.     RFID Solution features/requirements:  – RFID solution PROPRIETARY STANDARD OF DESIGN: (Strata EX system by Checkpoint, distributed by 3M)  that meets ADA requirements (36” corridor width) and has flexible mounting options (direct mount or  base plate)  – Integrated audio and visual alarms to alert staff when an item containing a secured tag is detected  – Integrated digital display to monitor alarm counts, ingoing and outgoing patron traffic, and diagnostics  – Option of real‐time access to statistics and aggregated customized reports  – Configurable alarm settings based on direction of travel (in/out)  – Capacity to provide self‐checkout stations, security gates, and automated check‐in  – 3M Digital Library Assistant, a handheld device that reads RFID tags on books and other materials, and  makes collection management (circulation, inventory, shelf reading, re‐shelving, sorting, searching,  weeding and exception‐finding much easier and more efficient.); RFID readers located at the  circulation desk and self‐service kiosk  – Pop‐up alarm notification     Theater/Stage Equipment    Architects shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Stage Equipment Designer to develop  appropriate Design and Construction Documents for Auditorium, Drama Labs and other performance studios.  – Provide lighting, sound systems, curtains, stage monitors, projectors and other equipment appropriate  for the specific program.  – Provide a Catwalk at High School Auditoriums for access to front overhead stage lighting. Drop lighting  access is unacceptable.  – Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DeKalb County School District Drama Coordinator  and Facilities Services for review and approval.  – See Division 16 ELECTRICAL ‐ Theatrical Lighting Systems    Projection Screens    Provide 12’ x 16’ motorized screen at new auditorium stages.  – Provide additional drop header to set bottom of screen 2’‐0” above stage floor.  – Screen shall be mounted immediately in front of the stage curtain.   – Screen shall be designed for rear projection system.  – Provide 8’ x 8’ motorized screen at new and renovated Elementary, Middle and High School Media  Centers.  – Screens shall be recessed in the ceiling suspended from structure above or mounted on CMU wall.   – Basis of design shall be Da‐Lite Screen Co. Inc.’s “Cosmopolitan Electrol”  Darkroom Equipment    Provide a darkroom for new High Schools, adjacent to art lab.  – Light blocking revolving door for primary pedestrian access is preferred, in addition to a standard  pedestrian door with light‐tight gasketing to allow service and ADA access to the area.  – Ventilation equipment needs to be designed to handle vapor emissions of the darkroom chemicals.  – Enlarger stations shall be provided, with at least one designed for ADA accessibility. Specifications shall  be submitted to DCSD Visual Art Coordinator and Facility Services for review and approval.      

 

Page 25 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    Food Service Equipment    Kitchen Equipment shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects.  – Architects shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Kitchen Designer to develop  appropriate Kitchen Design and Construction Documents.  – Drawings, Specifications, and equipment descriptions shall be submitted to DeKalb County School  Nutrition Department and DCSD Plant Services for review and approval.  – All new kitchens shall have either all natural gas or all electric equipment. Gas‐powered appliances  shall have electronic ignition only. Standing pilots are not acceptable.  – Walk‐in freezer and cooler units shall have digital temperature controls and electronically commutated  motors (ECM). Outside units shall have scroll compressor with ECM condenser fan motor.   – Kitchen Hood shall be a double shell design consisting of an inner exhaust canopy with minimum 86%  supply air ratio, constructed of heavy gauge stainless steel exterior. Hood shall be installed per NFPA  96, with 96” clearance from floor to bottom edge of hood.  Hood shall have fire suppression (“Ansul”)  system, wired to the main fire alarm panel, installed in cabinet on end of hood. Complete electrical  and gas shut‐offs shall be located at hood.   – Acceptable Manufacturers: Traulsen, Hobart, and Cleveland.  – See DIVISION 15 for further details.    Custodial Equipment    – A separate space for floor equipment recharging station/garage shall be provided to keep self‐ propelled and other custodial equipment from obstructing mechanical rooms. The designated area  shall be equipped with electrical service needed to meet the demands of the recharging equipment.  Any appropriate fire separation and ventilation shall be provided.   – Commercial duty, residential sized washer and dryer are needed in each building to wash custodial  mop heads, dust mops and cleaning cloths.     Athletic Equipment    Architect shall be responsible for developing appropriate Design and Construction Documents for Middle and High  School Athletic Equipment subject to review and approval by DCSD Coordinator of Health and PE and by the  Supervisor of Interscholastic Athletic Programs.     Provide a heavy duty commercial grade appliance suited to this application where the project scope includes a  washer/dryer for athletic uniforms.    EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT:  Bleachers‐see Division 12 FURNISHINGS and Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION.  Football Goalpost at High School Stadiums and Practice Fields:  – Basis of design, Gill model # F305, 8’ off‐set, 23’‐4” between 20’ uprights.  Track and Field Equipment at High School Stadiums:  – Long Jump / Triple Jump:  Basis of design, Gill Model # 441TS Complete System‐Synthetics  – Pole Vault Box:  Basis of design, Gill Model #500 Box, # 503 Lid  – Shot Put Circle Toe Board:  Basis of design, Gill Model #360  – Discus Circle:  Basis of design, Gill Model #367  Soccer Goal at High Schools  – Basis of design,  Gill Model # 477100, Portable Aluminum Soccer Goal with tie downs and wheels for  portability.    Exterior Basketball Goals, Backboards and supports at Middle Schools:     

 

Page 26 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  – – –

Goals:  Heavy‐duty, fixed type with nylon net.  Backboard:  Heavy‐duty rectangular steel.  Minimum 4‐1/2” diameter steel pipe with 5’‐0” gooseneck extension. 

  INTERIOR EQUIPMENT:  Gymnasium Basketball Backstops and Components at Middle and High Schools:  – Provide six electrically operated retractable basketball goals at each gymnasium as required by the  Educational Specifications.  – Frame assembly:  – Type:  Overhead supported single center post with sway bracing, forward folding type for main court  and cross courts.  – Superstructure:  Manufacturer’s standard design for attachment to building structure with precision  die‐formed fittings.  – Hoist operations:  Manufacturer’s one HP minimum electric winch; self‐locking worm‐gear type,  capable of holding backstop at any position when raising or lowering. Control by wall mounted key  switch.  – Safety Lock:  Manufacturer’s safety lock, inertia sensitive lock type, capable of locking backstop in any  position at any time in storage or during raising or lowering cycle due to sudden surge in speed.  Provide for all backstops.  – Finish on exposed metal components:  Manufacturer’s powder coat finish. Color selected by Architect  from Manufacturer’s standard colors and approved by DCSD Facilities Services Department.  – Backboards:  (Main and Cross Court):  Rectangular design, ½” thickness tempered glass panel in  gasketed extruded aluminum frame with bolt‐on padding along bottom edge and up sides 10’  minimum; fired vitreous enamel markings conforming to official requirements. 42” high by 72” wide.  – Basketball Goals:  steel rod rim welded to mounting bracket with enamel finish and nylon netting.  Provide breakaway type goals for main court backstops. All goals shall be designed to absorb shock  loads due to slam dunking or hanging on the rim.    Wrestling Equipment at Middle and High Schools  – Wrestling Mat  – Wrestling Mat Storage system    Volleyball and Badminton Equipment, all gyms:  – Nets and removable support post  – Gym Floor sleeves for Volleyball and Badminton post:  – Sleeve diameter:  3‐1/2” inside diameter.  – Cover plate:  Chrome plated cover assembly with swivel type hinge and removable key.  – Installation:  Cast into concrete footing and floor slab for flush mounting with wood floor system.    Gymnasium wall and column protection, all gyms:  – Bonded foam filled over OSB backing board with fire retardant liner and vinyl coated nylon cover.  – Panel thickness:  Minimum 2 inches.  – Wall panel size:  2’‐0” wide by 6’‐0” high.  – Column pad size:  Custom fabricated to fit around columns; height to match wall panels.  – Color:  As selected by the Architect from Manufacturer’s standard colors and approved by DCSD  Facilities Services Department.    Scoreboards    Provide complete Scoreboard systems at the following locations:  – High School Main Gym:  Provide 2 Scoreboards  – Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #2770  – Middle School Gym:  Provide 2 Scoreboards  – Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #2330     

 

Page 27 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  – – – –

High School Stadium:  Provide 1 Scoreboard  Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #3585  High School Baseball and Softball:  Provide 1 Scoreboard at Baseball and 1 at Softball  Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #1580 

  Play Equipment    Play equipment shall be provided at all new elementary schools. The basis of design is Kid Builders System by Little  Tikes Commercial, Play Power Farmington, Inc., and designed to accommodate the indicated number of students.   All new play structures shall provide accessibility to users with differing physical abilities. Where possible, this shall  include ramps to provide wheelchair access to some upper platforms. Play Equipment installer shall be approved by  the equipment manufacturer. Play equipment will be provided in two separate structures.   – Kindergarten to Second Grade area: This modular unit contains 22 active components to  accommodate approximately 33 users  – Third to Fifth Grade area: This modular unit contains 22 active components to accommodate  approximately 33 users  – Playground surfacing shall be compliant with all applicable codes, and selected for ease of  maintenance.    Concession Equipment    Concession facilities shall be provided at the following locations as identified in the Educational Specifications:  – Middle School Gym  – High School Main Gym  – High School Auditorium  – High School Stadium   – High School Baseball / Softball area    Concessions facilities shall include the following utilities and equipment.  – Lockable Serving Room with adjacent Lockable Bulk Storage Room.  – Standard overhead florescent lighting.  – Ventilation fan with thermostatic control.  – Heat at exterior locations to protect pipes from freezing.  – Counter with serving window.  – Lockable base and wall storage cabinets.  – Double sink with hot and cold running water.  – Ice machine with 75 pound capacity furnished and installed as part of the construction contract. Drain  pipe shall not be located in pathway.  – Floor drain, located near ice machine.   – 200 amp electrical service to support 110V/220V outlets for appliances furnished by others.  Appliances shall be limited to refrigerator, microwave oven, drink cooler, hot dog machine, hot dog  warmer, popcorn machine and other light duty appliances. Heavy duty appliances such as cooking  ranges and fryers which require hoods and fire protection equipment are specifically prohibited.      DIVISION 12   FURNISHINGS   Science Casework and Equipment    Science Casework and Equipment shall include modular laboratory casework, including casework, tops, ledges, filler  panels, knee space panels, supporting structures and miscellaneous items of equipment as specified or scheduled.  Casework shall minimally include:  – Demonstration tables  – Student tables     

 

Page 28 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  –

Storage cabinets 

  Science Casework and related furniture shall be of oak construction. Base cabinets and case units shall be lipped  style construction having drawer heads and hinged doors with radius edges, overlapping cabinet and case openings  on all edges. Face frame construction cabinets or cases are not acceptable.  – Cabinets shall be constructed with flush interiors having no offsets, to maximize drawer and cupboard  space and for ease of maintenance.  – Cabinets shall be assembled using blind mortised and tenoned (or rabbeted) joints, glued and screwed  together in accordance with best cabinet maker methods. Pinned or doweled construction is not  acceptable. All exposed joints shall be closely fitted and tight, showing no open joints.  – All exposed corners shall be rounded.  – Counter and table tops shall be 1” thick, chemical resistant, solid monolithic molded modified epoxy  resins with surface coating; black color.   – Hardware shall be stainless steel with satin finish.  – Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship.  – The basis of design shall be Kewaunee Scientific Corporation, Signature Series or Leonard Peterson  Company, Vanguard Series.     Acceptable Manufacturers:  – Campbell Rhea Institutional Casework, Inc.  – Collegedale Casework, LLC.  – Fisher Hamilton, LLC    Equipment shall minimally include:  – Peg boards  – Lockable storage for hazardous materials  – Safety eyewash stations  – Fume hoods, equipped with worktop, base cabinet and specified accessories.  – Utility service outlet accessory fittings, electrical receptacles and switches shall be listed in the  Specifications, equipment schedules or shown on Drawings as mounted on the laboratory furniture.  – Laboratory sinks, cup sinks or drains troughs, overflows, and sink outlets with integral tailpieces, which  occur above the floor, and where these items are part of the equipment or listed on the Specifications,  equipment schedules or shown on the Drawings.    Darkroom Casework    Provide darkroom enlarger stations with drawer dividers to provide light safe drawers. Darkroom enlarger station  countertops and table tops shall be 1” thick, chemical resistant, solid monolithic molded modified epoxy resins with  surface coating; black color.     Music Casework    Casework shall be designed for appropriate storage of music instruments, stands, sheet music and teaching aids.  Casework shall be constructed of industrial grade particle board with plastic laminate finish selected from  manufacturer’s standard finishes. Musical instrument storage cabinets and racks shall be specifically designed and  engineered for the storage and protection of the instruments stored, shall meet specified minimum performance  standards, shall be chip and abrasion resistant under normal usage, and shall protect instruments from damage  under normal school use. Each individual compartment shall have a welded steel grill door with non‐binding, 180  degree, five knuckle safety tip hinges and a one‐piece finger pull / padlock hasp with integral door stop feature and  no moving parts. Hardware finish shall be white epoxy powder coat. Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year  warranty against defects in material and workmanship.  – Basis of design: LSI Corporation of America, Inc. 8200 Series or Musical Instrument Storage System by  TMI Systems Design Corporation.       

 

Page 29 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    Acceptable Manufacturers:  – Stevens Industries  – Wenger Corporation  – Case Systems, Inc.    Library Shelving and Casework    – Layout shall be presented to the Director of Media Services with a detailed analysis of site lines for  security control. Obtain written approval before coordinating related electrical and data outlets.   – Provide steel shelving system with wood trim to match other components.  – Shelving system shall be constructed with vertical frames connected by horizontal and diagonal  supports, thus stabilizing the shelving longitudinally. Steel shelving shall be of a welded perimeter  frame design with structural nits in the form of welded rectangular columns and solid galvanized steel  members providing maximum column rigidity and minimizing stack movement. No overhead bracing  for support shall be accepted.  – Provide single and double faced shelving, with adjustable shelves. End Panels shall be constructed of  no more than 1" thick 3‐ply Beech plywood with square perforations. Panels shall be installed and  secured at the top and bottom of the vertical frame with "J" shaped fittings that are slightly extended  from the ends of the shelving, which gives the appearance of a "floating" panel.  – Include construction of sloping magazine shelves, circulation desk and miscellaneous furniture (See  Educational Media for each individual specification section as it pertains to the specific item).  – Provide canopy tops at all units 42" high or shorter. Tops shall be no more than 1" thick 3‐ply Beech  Plywood, top and bottom with 1/4" thick Beech solid wood edge.  – Tops shall be assembled in individual lengths for each section of shelving. Corner fillers shall be added  to match individual tops for continuous look.  – Basis of design:  BCI Eurobib (Solid Solutions)    Acceptable manufacturers:  – Borroughs  – Estey  – Montel   – Bretford Inc.  – Estey / Tennsco  – Library Bureau Steel  – MJ Industries  – Russwood Library Furniture    Manufactured Casework    Manufactured Casework includes but is not limited to:  – Classroom and office vertical storage cabinets, base cabinets with counter tops and wall cabinets.  – Miscellaneous specialty cabinets and shelving, such as storage for props in stage and drama areas.    Construction:  Cabinet bodies shall be standard high pressure plastic laminate finish over industrial grade particle board.  – Cabinet backs shall be minimum ¼” commercial standard CS‐251 tempered hardboard or minimum  3/8” high performance 47 lb. density particle board.  – Cabinet sub‐base shall be of a separate and continuous ladder‐type platform design, leveled and floor  mounted prior to cabinet body placement. Material shall be exterior grade plywood. No cabinet sides  to floor will be allowed. Base front shall be finished with 4” high black extruded rubber cove base with  pre‐molded corners to match room base.  – Countertops shall be 1” deeper than base cabinet and 1‐1/2” thick with high pressure plastic laminate  finish.     

 

Page 30 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     – – – – – –



July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  Countertops for computers shall be 30” deep and be equipped w/ grommets and wire management  below.  Countertops without sinks shall have particle board core and water resistive adhesive.  Countertop with sinks shall be constructed with calibrated plywood and non‐soluble glue to thickness  indicated.  Counter backsplash shall match countertop construction.  Drawer fronts and hinged doors shall be overlay style with higher pressure laminate exterior and  interior liner and matching 3mm PVC edging.  Shelving behind doors shall be high pressure plastic laminate on particle board core with matching  3mm PVC edging. Shelves behind doors up to 27” wide shall be ¾” thick and 1” thick if over 27” wide  up to 36” wide. Open shelving shall be 1” thick. No shelving shall exceed 36” unsupported width.  Shelving shall be adjustable and supported by side panels with concealed fasteners capable of  supporting the specified content. 

  Hardware:  Hinges shall be adjustable 5‐knuckle, institutional grade, 2‐3/4” overlay type with hospital tip. Anchor hinges with  engineered screws (no wood screws)   – Hinges shall be stainless steel with satin finish  – Pulls for drawers and swing doors shall be ADA compliant one piece semi‐recessed molded contour  finger pulls  – Catches shall be nylon roller or friction type.  – Drawer slides shall be heavy duty, side mounted type, equipped with heavy duty ball bearing nylon  wheels and automatic positive stops.  – Locks shall be half mortise design with only round cylinder exposed, five tumbler cylinder, keyed  separately with master key: satin finish.  – Shelf clips shall be heavy duty design to hold shelf in place.    Accessories:  Provide accessories appropriate to the cabinet’s function.    Warranty:  Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship.     Basis of Design: LSI Corporation of America, Inc., New Century Line L44 or TMI Systems Design Corporation.    Acceptable Manufacturers:  – Stevens Industries  – Case Systems, Inc.  – Cabinets by Design  – Southside Manufacturing Corporation    Blinds    Interior blinds shall be 1” aluminum horizontal slats.  Basis of design shall be Levolor Riviera.  – Provide blinds at typical classroom and Lab exterior windows.   – Use tinted glass for sun control in lieu of blinds at large and inaccessible windows at Clearstories,  Lobbies, Corridors, Media Centers, Cafeterias, Gymnasiums and similar spaces.  – Interior windows are provided by the Educational Specifications for supervision purposes and shall not  have blinds except where specifically approved by DCSD.    Auditorium Seating    For new auditoriums, seating shall be fixed upholstered multiple seating with self‐raising seat mechanisms. All  seating components shall be provided by a single manufacturer. Seating Layout shall be designed with standards  spaced laterally in rows so that end standards are in alignment from first to last row, regardless of whether aisles     

 

Page 31 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    converge or are of constant width, and so that sightlines are optimized. Seating with integral lighting shall not be  used. Provide appropriate accommodations for wheelchairs in accordance with ADA.        Basis‐of‐Design Product:  Hussey Seating Company; Quattro Chair System or comparable product by one of the  following:  – Seating Concepts  – KI, Inc.  – American Seating Company          Telescoping Bleachers    Provide telescoping bleachers at middle and high school Gymnasiums.  – The bleacher system shall consist of motor operated, multi‐tiered, closed deck seating rows operating  on the telescoping principal, and stacking vertically in minimal floor area when not in use.  – The structural system shall be engineered to withstand all applicable design loads associated with the  intended use.  – Provide non‐marring rubber tire wheels designed for wood or synthetic floors and sized appropriately  for the specific bleacher.  – Provide self storing railings at all exposed bank ends and elevated sections.  – Coordinate Bleacher layout with ADA requirements for wheelchair seating.  – Decking and steps shall be plywood.  – Provide vinyl curtains where necessary to restrict access below bleachers.  – Motor Operation:  – Provide integral automatic electro‐mechanical propulsion system engineered specifically for the  requirements of the bleacher system.  – All wiring within the seating bank, as well as all service wiring to the units shall be provided, including  remote control panel or pendent control.  – Controls:  Start, stop, forward and reverse in a single control unit together with appropriate safety  limiting features.  – Motors shall be three phase and accessible from the front of the bleachers.  – Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship.    Basis of Design:   Hussey Seating Company; Model MAXAM, Model MXM 26 Series.    Acceptable Manufacturers:  – Interkal, LLC Telescoping Seating System  – Irwin Telescoping Seating Company  – Sheridan Gymnasium Equipment Limited    Floor Mats and Frames    For new schools, main entrances shall incorporate flooring designed to increase safety and decrease dirt infiltration.  Consider floor grilles in recessed frames, walk‐off mats, and/or heavy‐duty carpeting in the vestibule and entrance  lobby.                 

 

Page 32 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

           

 

DIVISION 13   SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION   Portable Bleachers    Provide aluminum portable bleachers at high school baseball fields, softball fields and tennis courts complete with  bench seats, and all related appurtenances, fittings and accessories. Attach bleachers to a concrete slab extending  to walkway system.  – 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long   – 42” central aisle with steps  – Appropriate guardrails  – Space(s) for wheelchair provided, per ADA.    DIVISION 14   CONVEYING SYSTEMS   Elevators    Provide passenger elevator(s) as needed to comply with A.D.A. requirements. Elevators should be of minimum  practical size with basic, easily maintained finishes. Provide key controlled access, cab telephone, and tie‐in to fire  alarm system.    Acceptable manufacturers:  Montgomery Kone, Otis Elevator or Thyssen/Dover Elevator Co.  Proposed additional manufacturers must be approved by DCSD Plant Services prior to inclusion in the specifications.  Manufacturers that require proprietary tools for maintenance are not acceptable.  – Elevators in school settings are often (mis)used to carry freight, causing frequent break‐downs and  expensive maintenance. Consider upgrading capacity to account for this reality.   – All controls shall be open access, non‐proprietary controls.     Electric Traction Elevators  General  – When designing for the use of Electric Traction Elevator(s) adhere to all Federal, State, and Local  codes, regulations and installation requirements.  – Provide a gearless traction elevator with machine room‐less application.  – Provide the number of elevator with a rated capacity of 2500 and a rated speed of 200 fpm as required  for the project.  – Main power supply shall be 208, three‐Phase, with a separate equipment grounding conductor.  – Car lighting power supply shall be 120 Volts, single‐phase, 15 Amp, 60 Hz.  – Machine room‐less controller(s) shall be located adjacent to the hoist‐way at the top landing in a  controller space.    Machine and Governor  – The machine shall be AC, gearless, mounted at the top of the hoist‐way.  – Provide a tension type generator.  – In the hoist way, provide an emergency stop watch in the pit and terminal stopping switches.  – In addition, components shall include buffers, car and counter weight, positioning system, guiderails  and attachments, coated steel belts, steel governor rope, and hoist‐way entrances.    Car Components 

   

 

Page 33 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  –

– – –

Car components shall include:  Car frame, steel cab, emergency car lighting, emergency pulsating  lighting, fan, handrails, threshold, emergency exit contact, roller guides, platform, and certificate  frame.  Finishes for the car front and car door shall be stainless steel.  Provide an aluminum egg crate suspended ceiling.  Submit interior cab finishes to the DeKalb County School District for written approval. 

  Signal Devices and Fixtures  – A car operating panel shall be provided which contains all push buttons, key switches, and message  indicators for elevator operation.  – The emergency call button shall be connected to a bell that serves as an emergency signal.  – Provide buttons with raised numbers and Braille markings.  – The help button shall initiate two way communications between the car and a location inside the  building and switching over to another location if the call goes unanswered.  – Provide hall fixtures with necessary push buttons and key switches for operations.  – Provide elevator car position indicator, car lantern, and chime.     Mechanical Lifts for ADA Accessibility    New building design should avoid the need of stair lifts if possible. Vertical lifts will be considered for renovations  only, if ramps or other ADA acceptable devices are impractical. Inclined stair lifts shall not be used.    Wheel Chair Lifts    When designing for the use of a Wheel Chair Lift(s), adhere to all Federal, State, and Local codes, regulations and  installation requirements. Wheel chair lift(s) shall be used to provide interior vertical access where the design of a  ramp is not practical.   – Provide a vertical platform lift with a rated load of 750 lb. capacity, a travel speed of 9 fpm, lifting  height as required by the design condition, and a minimum platform size of 37” X 51” with a non‐skid  surface.   – Design for all electrical service requirements.   – Capacity of the motor shall be not less than 3/4 horse power with instant reversing motor.   – Colors selection(s) shall be submitted to DCSD.   – Control switches shall be provided at accessible locations on the upper and lower elevations.   – Install a runway enclosure to prevent obstructions from entering the underside of the platform lift,  when the lift is above the lowest elevation. If it is not practical to install a runway enclosure the  platform lift shall be equipped with an obstruction panel that will stop the downward travel if an  obstruction is encountered.   – Provide an illuminated emergency stop alarm switch to signal for assistance in the event of an  emergency.   – Provide a grab rail on the platform lift.   – Provide 42“high gates with a combination mechanical lock and positive opening electric contact at the  upper and lower levels. Platform panels must be 42” in height.      DIVISION 15   MECHANICAL   Pipe and Fittings    – All mechanical piping and equipment supports exposed to the elements shall be primed, painted, and  clearly labeled to mark their service.  – Victaulic piping shall be Schedule 40 only, and must be installed by factory‐trained installers. Couplings  shall have rubber stops.     

 

Page 34 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     – – – – – – – –

– – – –

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  All gas piping used in kitchen shall be hard black piping. Flexible connections are acceptable on drops;  however, no quick disconnects shall be used.  Vent stacks shall be located sufficiently far away from air intakes of HVAC equipment to prevent  drawing odors back into the building.  To prevent sewer gas odors from being pulled into roof top units a 25′ separation shall be maintained  between sewer vents and HVAC fresh air intakes.  Domestic Water pipe shall be Type L copper with lead‐free joints, chrome plated brass or copper  where exposed.  Domestic water supply lines from street main / meter to the building shall be copper with propress  fittings (preferred) or Schedule 80 ductile cast iron (no PVC) with thrust blocks and tracer wire.   No saddle tees shall be permitted.   Provide T fitting at water supply to Custodial Sinks, Kitchen dish machines, and pot sinks for  installation of sanitizing chemicals.  Drain and vent pipes from middle and high school science labs to acid dilution tanks shall be acid  resistant polypropylene or CPVC. All other drain pipes shall be cast or ductile iron to resist mechanical  cleaning.  In all science lab prep rooms, water taps and electrical service shall be installed for distilled / ionized  water production equipment.     A grate with a funnel to prevent splashing shall be provided at floor drains that receive discharge  water from sinks that require an air gap, such as food handling sink in the kitchen.   Provide barrier to rodent infiltration where pipes penetrate from the exterior.  Provide pressure reducing valve (PRV) in boiler room. 

  Reduced Pressure Zone Assemblies    Reduced Pressure Zone assemblies for back‐flow prevention shall be installed as required by code for all new  facilities and major renovations. Pressure reducing valve and backflow preventer shall be located in the main meter  vault.     Grease Interceptors    For all new or renovated kitchens, grease interceptors shall be installed on the exterior of the building in a readily‐ accessible location. Minimum acceptable size is 3000 gallon.     Trap Primers    Trap primers shall be solenoid type, with direct digital control by the energy management system. Do NOT use  pressure drop primers.   – PROPRIETARY Standard of Design:  ASCO RedHat Valve 24 / 60, 8210G094.    Plumbing Fixtures    The following is a list of fixtures currently in use at DeKalb County School District facilities, and kept in warehouse  stock by DCSD maintenance. These fixtures should serve as the basis of design for plumbing fixtures at all new  facilities and renovations. Proposed additional manufacturers must be approved by DCSD Facilities Services prior to  inclusion in the specifications.     Prefer American Standard toilets, urinals, and lavatories (no china lavatories‐must be cast iron).    – 2234.015  American Standard  ”Madera” Elongated Flush Valve Toilet  – 3043.102  American Standard  ”Madera” 17” ht. Elongated Flush Valve Toilet   – C106C             Comfort Seats (JSC)  Commercial Elongated Open Front Toilet Seat  – 6541132.020  American Standard  Allbrook Urinal (Waterless urinals shall not be used)  – 111‐XL              Sloan  Regal Flushometer (New and retrofit toilets)     

 

Page 35 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     – – – – – – – – – –

186XL  186XL  V‐500‐AA  0355.012  629203C  B‐0871    B‐0890  aerators)  102EZ  EZS8  EZSTL8C 

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                                Sloan  Flushometer – 1” Stop urinal (Retrofit urinals)  Sloan  Flushometer – 3/4” Stop urinal (New urinals)  Sloan  3/4” x 15” Vacuum Breaker (Retrofit urinals)  American Standard  ”Lucerne” Wall‐hung Lavatory  Watts  Grid Drains  T & S  Cast Brass Centerset 4” Faucet (Low flow aerators)   T & S  Cast Brass Centerset 4” Faucet, HC Handles (Low flow  Lav Guard 2  Elkay  Elkay 

Under Sink Pipe Covers  Water Cooler – Lt. Granite (Retrofit)  Bi‐level Water Cooler – Lt. Granite (New)  

    Sinks:  Prefer T&S Brass Kitchen faucets. Prefer Gerber lavatory faucets with 2 handles. Prefer Bradley Co foot‐operated  faucets for ½ moon type wash stations in restrooms.  – Custodial Sinks shall be floor type with hot and cold water and hose connection on mixing valve.  – Wash fountains / stations    Basis of design: Bradley Co.  – Kitchen hand wash sink shall have touchless, low voltage or foot operated faucet controls.    Basis of design: T&S Brass  – Art Room Sinks shall be shall be stainless steel, deep and wide without dividers, equipped with  gooseneck faucets, equipped with plaster traps.   Basis of design for trap:  Zurn solid interceptor Z‐1181.    Hose Bibs:  – Interior:  Provide a key operated hose bib at each multi stall restroom.  Mount on wall below a  lavatory.  – Exterior:  Provide freeze protected hose bibs in key access wall boxes spaced approximately 200’  around the building perimeter. Provide one bib at each outdoor art lab space.  – Exterior Play Fields:  Provide freeze protected hose bibs in key access ground boxes adjacent to all play  fields.    Water Heaters:  Provide hot and cold water at Adult Restrooms, Kitchens, Custodial sinks, Work Room sinks, Gym, “Lab” (Science,  Career Tech, and Art) demonstration and clean‐up sinks, and showers. Provide hot and cold water in all clinic areas  and at any sinks where adults are providing diapering and/or toileting assistance for special needs students. Provide  anti‐scalding devices on all sinks in areas accessible to children. Provide cold water only at student lavatories and  Classroom sinks.  – Preferred manufacturers are Rheem and Rudd. 

Water Fountains:   Provide in locations, quantities and design in compliance with currently adopted accessibility code. Provide water  fountains attached to sinks in duplex restrooms in new kindergarten and first grade elementary school classrooms.  Water fountains attached to sinks do NOT count towards Georgia Department of Education minimum drinking  fountain requirements.   – Provide bubbler fountains at sinks in Kindergarten and 1st Grade rest rooms.           

 

Page 36 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    Fire Protection    All new school facilities and large additions constructed for DCSD shall be protected with an automatic fire sprinkler  system, per currently adopted Life Safety Code, NFPA 13 and Georgia state modifications. Sprinkler system and  other fire protection equipment shall be provided in accordance with building codes and local requirements.  – Coordinate design of sprinkler system with design of built‐in furniture and storage units such as music  instrument storage units.  – Install pressure reducing stations as required if main water pressure fluctuates and exceeds fire  protection system working pressure.   – Smoke detector devices need to be installed in a manner that preserves accessibility for maintenance.    – For additions, consideration should be given to retrofitting a fire suppression system in the existing  structure to integrate protection of the entire facility.  – Require in the specifications for the suncontractor to program systems a minimum of two times in  coordination with the Owner’s direction.  Prior to each programming, the subcontractor is to prepare a  draft outline of the program for the Owner’s review.    Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning    Due to their ever‐increasing complexity, it is imperative that building mechanical systems interface correctly to  provide safe and efficient operations for the life of the building. All building mechanical and electrical system  construction shall be thoroughly checked for proper operation. Full commissioning is recommended.     Architect and engineers shall design HVAC system with total life cycle costs in mind, using most practical approach  for each project. Submit calculations for sizing HVAC units to DCSD for review and approval. DCSD maintenance staff  shall fully approve all mechanical components.     HVAC shall be provided in classroom areas by water source heat pumps or self‐contained wall mounted units (basis  of design: Bard Manufacturing).   – Water source heat pumps units shall be resettable from temperature sensor or thermostat, not from  disconnects.  – Water source heat pumps shall be extended range type with expansion valves. Cap tubes are not  acceptable.   Separate packaged units shall provide HVAC at the following spaces:   – Auditorium  – Administrative Offices   – Counseling Offices  – Media Center  – Cafeteria  – Kitchen  – Dry Storage  – Gyms and P.E. Areas, including coaches offices  – Cafeteria manager’s office    – Network Server Rooms  – Security Camera End Equipment Room  – Other rooms with temperature sensitive equipment (i.e., telephone equipment, Stadium Press Box)    Areas Requiring Special Considerations for HVAC  – Locker room air conditioning and ventilation shall be designed to address the special conditions in  these spaces.   – Media Center HVAC:    – Office and work room and conference rooms shall be placed on independently controlled, separate  zones.   – Active humidity control shall be included in the media center HVAC design. A “moisture miser” or ERU  shall be installed in Media Center RTU.      

 

Page 37 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     – –







– –

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  All corridor, stair and elevator HVAC units shall have ducted return air, taking care to pressurize space.  Do not locate telephone, MDF, IDF equipment or security camera head‐end racks in Mechanical or  Electrical Rooms. Telephone equipment is computer based electronic equipment that should be  located in an air conditioned space. Locate telephone equipment in a separate room or in a  combination room with MDF, IDF equipment and security camera head‐end racks, all of which require  similar constant year‐round temperature control.  Heating and cooling for these rooms must be capable of maintaining ambient temperatures as  required, independently of the operation of the main building HVAC systems. Consider designing this  system to accommodate additional heat load (30% more than current load) created by equipment that  may be added to these rooms in the future.  Independently controlled, ductless split cooling systems shall be supplied for main server rooms to  provide cooling separate from the building system. Power for this system shall be tied to emergency  panel for generator back up.   Art Suite Kiln and Dark Room ventilation shall be designed to address the special conditions in these  spaces. Where possible, locate these spaces on exterior walls for convenient venting. Art Suite air shall  exhaust directly to the exterior and shall not re‐circulate into the building return air system.  Acceptable manufacturers:  Vent‐A‐Kiln; Barry Blower; ILG  HVAC Ionization: DCSD preference is for Global Plasma Systems due to past experience with system  parts. 

  EQUIPMENT  – Exhaust fans shall be provided per code.  – Acceptable manufacturers:  Greenheck, Cook, Jennaire, Gaylord, Halton, CaptiveAire  – Kitchen Hood shall be a double shell design, constructed of stainless steel, consisting of an inner  exhaust canopy with minimum 86% supply air ratio. (See Division 11)  – Cooling Towers must include basin heater; open loop tower with heat exchanger, stainless steel. No  sand filters are allowed. Heat tape shall be provided on all make‐up water lines.  – PROPRIETARY  manufacturer: Evapco   – Preferred vendor for water treatment is Superior Water Services, Inc. (include 2 year service  agreement)  – All boilers shall be hot water tube type with factory start‐up. Three‐way mixing valve must be installed  on all boiler loops with the actuator supplied by CCI.  – Acceptable manufacturers:  Ajax; Rite; Apac    – Chillers shall be air‐cooled, with factory start‐up and 5‐year service plan included.   – PROPRIETARY  manufacturer:  Carrier Corporation  – Water loop pumps shall be installed in a manner that preserves service access.   – Acceptable manufacturers:  Bell & Gossett, Flo‐Fab, Patterson, Taco, Inc. and Armstrong   – The preferred manufacturer for dehumidification units is Munters Corporation.   – Energy recovery units shall be provided.   – PROPRIETARY  manufacturer: Munters Corporation.  – Heat Exchanger shall be plate and frame type and must be located in a mechanical room; no exterior  installation is allowed.  – PROPRIETARY  manufacturer: Sondex Inc.  – Flow Controls and Balancing Valves for Supply and Return Line Assemblies   – Acceptable manufacturers: Flow Design, Inc., Griswold, Bell & Gossett      Automated Temperature Controls and Energy Management System    Proprietary Product: Direct digital control system sole source is STAEFA TALON. Submit listing of control points for approval by DeKalb County School District. – Building automation system controls shall be Web Control by CCI only.   – Media Center shall be equipped with humidity sensors.   – See DIVISION 16   ELECTRICAL for non‐revenue metering connected to building automation system.      

 

Page 38 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

           

 

DIVISION 16   ELECTRICAL   Solid Front Electrical Panels    Placement of electrical panels in areas normally accessible to students, particularly corridors, is to be avoided  whenever possible. Electrical panels and other devices located at areas normally accessible to students shall have  solid front panels without louvers. If ventilation is required by the code, it shall be provided in such a manner as to  prevent students from inserting small objects into the electrical panel or device. Such panels or devices shall be  located in special purpose locked rooms if possible. Architect/Engineer shall incorporate this requirement into the  Construction Documents and submittal review process.    Future Expandability    The electrical service for the building and overall site shall be designed to accommodate future loads for building  expansion and future portable classrooms. (See DIVISION 1 – Core Capacity and DIVISION 2 – Future Portable  Classrooms) A “spare” breaker shall be installed to power a future distribution panel near the portable site(s), to  provide electrical service to the portables. Conduits of sufficient size, as required to serve the remote future  portable classroom distribution panel shall be installed from the main electrical distribution panel and capped until  needed. Intercom, security and other systems shall be expandable for the number of additional portable classrooms  noted above.    Conductors and Grounding    Aluminum wiring shall not be used on the building side of the meter. Plenum‐rated low‐voltage cabling may be used  in lieu of conduit, if cost effective. Provide cable tray or hooks at hallways for low voltage cabling.  – Low voltage cable shall be properly suspended throughout with “J” hooks, not allowed to rest on  ceiling tile or grid.   – Conduit shall be run in a manner that preserves service access to all adjacent equipment.   – Provide junction box at center of room with service loop.  – Engineered cable management systems such as Reloc are acceptable.   Overload Devices for Motor Starters    Motors shall be equipped with a solid state overload protection device with an adjustable trip point rather than  thermal overloads. When properly rated, this type of overload provides almost instantaneous trip of the safety  during a single‐phase condition. Phase protection devices shall be provided on all HVAC equipment.     Power Outlets    – Provide at least one 110 volt duplex outlet on each wall and an average of one per eight feet of wall.  – Provide at least one 110 volt dedicated duplex outlet for each designated computer outlet. (One 4‐plex  outlet for each pair of computer outlets)  – Provide one 110 volt, 20 AMP GFI duplex outlet adjacent to each sink counter.  – Provide special voltage outlets for designated equipment such as large printer/copy machines and  other special equipment.  – Coordinate power connections of appropriate voltage and phase to all electrical equipment.  – Provide master power switch at Science, Computer, Business and Career Technology Education Labs.  – Provide power outlets in ceiling for drop down lighting in art lab for still life and figure drawing and for  small power tools in Engineering Technology lab.     

 

Page 39 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  –

Provide Darkroom outlets at each enlarger station for enlarger and timers. 

  Light Fixtures    – The interior lighting design shall minimize fixture types and incorporate standardized lamp inventory  to the extent practicable. DCSD mainly stocks T‐8 bulbs.   – Light levels shall comply with Georgia Department of Education standards.  – General interior lighting shall be provided by recessed 2’ x 4’ fluorescent fixtures with T‐8 lamps and  electronic ballasts, unless noted otherwise. A safety cable should be attached to the fixture, cover  reflector and lens.  – Provide standard acrylic lenses, unless noted otherwise.  – Polycarbonate lens are recommended for low ceilings in corridors, stairs and locker rooms.   – Lighting in gymnasiums, storage areas, mechanical and electrical rooms should have metal cage  protection.   – Locker rooms near showers and kitchens should have vapor retardant gasket lenses.  – “No hold,” 6 hour mechanical timers shall be used for mechanical space lighting control.   – The use of incandescent fixtures or dimming electronic ballasted fixtures shall be limited to special  situations, such as theatrical lighting.   – Typical classrooms, labs, Media Centers, other Instructional spaces and Cafeterias shall have standard  three‐tube fixtures with multilevel switching to allow one, two or three lamps per fixture to be turned  on by two switches (not by dimmers) to produce 33%, 66% and 100% lighting levels.   – In halls and cafeterias, lighting shall be controlled by key switches (Leviton Key #555‐000) not toggle  switches.  – Tandem wiring of fixtures is encouraged to reduce the number of ballasts.   – Avoid light fixtures in hard ceilings.   – If project includes new lighting mounted at high ceilings such as in gymnasiums and cafeterias, a  mobile lift shall be provided.     Motion Sensors    Hallways, classrooms, labs and other instructional spaces shall be equipped with motion sensors that will  automatically turn the lights off and place the switches in the off position when a hallway or room is not occupied.  Connect motion sensors to HVAC control system. Review characteristics of system and possible additional rooms to  be included with DCSD Facility Services for review and approval prior to incorporation into the construction  documents.    Gym Lighting    – Gym lighting fixtures shall be standardized for cost efficiency to the extent possible.   – Provide multi‐level lighting at all gyms by means of switching, not dimming. High school and middle  school gyms shall have multi level lighting for recreational use and competition use at 60 fc, per  athletic association requirements.   – Gym lighting fixtures shall be T‐5 High Output (HO) or induction type with instant‐on feature.  – Gym lighting fixtures shall have fixture, lens and guard safety chains to prevent these components  from falling when damaged by impact.     Auditorium Lighting    Stage, Drama and Broadcast Video Labs shall be equipped with performance lighting which shall be incorporated  into the Scope of Work for all new school projects. Architects shall be responsible for employing a qualified  professional Lighting Designer to develop appropriate Design and Construction Documents. General lighting in  auditorium shall not be positioned over seats; consider wall sconces, or ceiling mounted fixtures positioned over  aisles. Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DeKalb County School District Drama Coordinator and  Facilities Services for review and approval.     

 

Page 40 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  – – – – –

Scope of work shall include overhead pipe grid, dimmable theatrical light fixtures, wiring and control  system.  Provide separate fluorescent work light system.  High School Auditorium front overhead stage lighting shall be accessible from  a catwalk;  drop light  mounting is unacceptable.  Provide aisle lighting at floor level.  See Division 11 EQUIPMENT‐ Theatrical/Stage Equipment for Catwalk access for stage lighting. 

   Exit and Emergency Lighting    Provide exit lights and emergency lighting fixtures required by code. Connect all emergency and exit lighting fixtures  to the generator. In large areas without exterior windows, such as an auditorium, consider adding a small number  of emergency lights on battery back‐up, to provide light during generator start‐up time. Provide L.E.D. exit lights on  emergency circuits in quantities and locations in compliance with all applicable codes.     Emergency Electrical System    All new DeKalb County Schools shall be equipped with an automatic emergency electrical generation system. New  Generator systems shall be included in major renovation projects at school sites that do not have generators. Any  existing generators older than 15 years shall be replaced during major renovation projects. The system shall include,  but shall not be limited to, a natural gas engine and electrical generator with vibration control, automatic engine  starting system with batteries, instrument panel, weather‐protective housing, enunciator panel, exhaust silencer  and accessories. The generator shall be pad‐mounted on the exterior of the building, protected by chain link fence.  For elementary schools, the minimum size generator shall be 60 KW, 480/277 volts. For middle and high schools,  the minimum size generator shall be 80 KW, 480/277 volts. The system shall be adequately sized for and be  connected to the following:  – Emergency exit and emergency lighting fixtures (battery pack fixtures shall not be used unless noted  otherwise)    – Minimum of one light fixture in each classroom  – Fire alarm system   – Intercom system   – Telephone system   – Security System  including cameras, Intrusion alarm ,access control, and door power supplies  – Main server (MDF) room:  All outlets; Air conditioning package unit   – Walk – in freezer/cooler (usually 208 volt, 3 phase)  – One outlet in principal’s office to maintain phone and computer    Some of the electronic loads listed above also need to have a small UPS/surge protector to carry the electrical loads  from the point of power interruption through start‐up of the generator. Specifically, the intercom system, the  telephone system switch, and energy management system main panel need to be served in this manner. Normal /  Emergency Generator outlets shall be color coded / placarded in accordance with NEC.   Acceptable manufacturers:  – Cummings  – Kohler   – Generac  – Detroit Diesel    Two‐year total service warranty contract shall be standard, with three‐year extension included.     For generators with KVA loads equal to or greater than 100 KVA, Georgia Power requires the Automatic Transfer  Switch (ATS) open transition transfer to have a mechanical interlock; reference Georgia Power’s Distribution  Bulletin No. 18 – 23, Section 4.2. The following actions are required:  –  DCSD Project Manager shall prepare following Georgia Power documents, and secure signature of  DCSD Executive Director of Facilities:     

 

Page 41 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     – – – – – –

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  “Application for Emergency and Standby Generation Installation & Operation”   “Statement of Responsibility for Operation of Emergency or Standby Generation on the Georgia Power  Company Distribution System”     DCSD Project Manager shall forward signed forms to the attention of Georgia Power representative,  Keith Harley at [email protected]  DCSD Project Manager shall notify Georgia Power when ATS is installed.   DCSD Project Manager shall schedule Georgia Power to inspect and photograph the mechanical  interlock installation.   Georgia Power representative shall forward both documents (items 1 and 2) along with photographs,  to the DCSD Project Manager.  

  Exterior Lighting Fixtures    Provide adequate exterior lighting at building parking and walkway areas for security to employees and building.  Fixtures shall be energy efficient, vandal resistant, 277 volt metal halide. Building wall packs shall be 250 watt or  LED or compact fluorescent; parking lot lights shall be 400 watt. Exterior fixtures shall be controlled by building  automation system with local override and photocells.  – All exterior lighting shall be controlled by EMS astrological clock with local override switch.   – Divide controls for site lighting into zones that can be operated independently. Submit design for  zones to DCSD for review and approval.   – Local override shall be momentary contact switch tied to building automation system.  – Consider outside lighting at Art Patio for evening events.    Sports Field Lighting    The Design Professional shall develop complete drawings and specifications to describe sports field lighting similar  to those currently installed at existing DeKalb County High Schools. Specifications shall be equal or above GHSA spec  lighting manual, available at www.ghsa.net.    Sports lighting shall be provided at the following fields:  – Football / Track Stadium: 360’x 160’  – Baseball Field: 330’ x 380” x 330’ plus batting cage area  – Softball Field: 200’ x 200’ x 200’ plus batting cage area    Sports lighting shall provide environmental light control, with the primary goal to not negatively impact the adjacent  community with excessive spill light and glare. Design lighting system to provide maximum spill and glare control.  The specifications shall require a photometric report from an independent or certified testing lab certifying that the  luminous intensity from any one fixture does not exceed the following criteria:   Football / Track Stadium:  12,000 candelas at 84 degrees above nadir.  – Baseball Field:12,000 candelas at 83 degrees above nadir.  – Softball Field:12,000 candelas at 83 degrees above nadir.    Lighting system shall be designed with life cycle costs in mind. It shall be energy efficient and cost effective to  operate. Maximum energy consumption based on 5,000 hour operating cycle:  – Football / Track Stadium:  105.0 kWh or less.  – Baseball Field:  77.0 kWh or less.  – Softball Field:  33.0 kWh or less.    The lighting system shall be designed such that the light levels are guaranteed for a period of 25 years. Each  manufacturer shall provide, along with bid, a recommended lamp maintenance schedule required to provide  guaranteed light levels for 25 years:    – Football / Track Stadium:  50 foot candles.  50 foot candles.  – Baseball Field (Infield):  – Baseball Field (Outfield):  30 foot candles     

 

Page 42 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  – –

Softball Field (Infield):  Softball Field (Outfield): 

50 foot candles.  30 foot candles. 

  Architect shall develop detailed specifications for measuring the uniformity of these basic standards.    Lighting system must be designed to comply with current applicable building codes and minimum 100 mph wind  speed. Cross arms shall be designed to withstand minimum 150 mph winds and maintain luminaire aiming  alignment.    – All components shall be designed as a system and shall include, but not be limited to:  – Provide galvanized steel poles with climbing steps and safety harness. Poles shall have pre‐cast  concrete foundation with concrete backfill or concrete anchor bolt type foundation. Exposed steel  shall be a minimum of 18” above grade; direct buried steel poles will not be permitted. Concrete or  other single piece poles requiring use of heavy equipment that may damage the site will not be  permitted.  – All exposed components shall be designed of appropriate corrosion resistant materials.  – Die‐cast aluminum housing shall be used for luminaire reflector system.  – Remote ballast, capacitors, fusing and safety disconnects for luminaries shall be located in an  aluminum enclosure on each pole approximately 10’ above grade.  – Wire harness system shall be designed for trouble‐free installation.  – System shall include lightning protection.  – All components shall be UL listed.  – Momentary power interruption illumination system shall be provided to provide coverage during  failure of primary system.  – Specifications shall describe an appropriate standard for measuring compliance of the installed system  and requirements for correcting non‐compliance.  – Include in the bid one set of replacement lamps rated at 5,000 hours or two sets if rated at 3,000  hours. Also include preventative and spot maintenance (parts and labor) for 25 years. Coordinate  details of DeKalb County School District requirements for remote controls and incorporate those  requirements into the specifications.    Data Cabling System    Provide Data Cabling System for computer network and equipment in accordance with the current DeKalb County  School’s Technology Plan.  See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Data Cabling System.    Telephone Cabling System    DeKalb County School District will provide the telephone switch and individual phones for each required location.  Construction contract shall provide telephone cabling and equipment. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines –  Telephone Cabling System.    Detection Systems    Security alarm and Security Surveillance Camera Systems will be furnished by DeKalb County School District under  contracts separate from building contracts for new schools and additions.   – Coordination between the separate contractors will be required to maintain occupancy schedules.  – Designer for Security Surveillance System shall coordinate design of security systems with DCSD  Director of Safety / Security.  – Front desk design at Elementary Schools shall allow 2 Monitors to be mounted out of view of visitors.   See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Security System for general requirements of Security System and the specific  Video Surveillance Specification prepared for each project.    Master Television Systems     

 

Page 43 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

      Scope of Work:  – Media centers shall have broadcast capabilities to provide video programming throughout the  building.  – Provide drops in all spaces except storage mechanical, custodial and kitchen areas. Coordinate Master  TV Systems with DCSD MIS. (Comment: not sure cable needs to be in each classroom. TV is now  transmitted over the network to smart boards).   – Cable TV signal shall be provided to the media center distribution center from the local cable TV  vendor.   – Provide a complete Master Television Cable System for distribution of “In‐House” and local “Cable”  channels. Provide two sets of audio / video jacks on front panel for direct insertion of customer  equipment. The system shall be wired to allow tuning selected “cable” channels through VCRs for  recording or distribution throughout the system and direct distribution of cable channels through  system demodulators. Receiver / monitors shall be furnished to provide direct monitoring of  programs.  – A one line drawing of the entire Television System shall be included in the submittal showing the signal  levels in dBmV at the input and output of each device at the head end, tap‐off, splitters, and room  outlets. The model numbers of all components shall be included in the one line drawing. A detailed  drawing of the equipment cabinets, their components, special panels and equipment layout must be  furnished for approval (no exceptions).  – The television Contractor shall be an authorized distributor for the equipment supplied and maintain  his own service organization capable of furnishing all warranty service. A letter shall be included in the  submittal stating the above is valid.  – The system shall be designed for 50 db signal‐to‐noise ratio and shall provide a signal level of a  minimal of +6dbmv and a maximum of +12dbmv at each outlet.  – The system shall be designed to allow program originating and distribution from outlets throughout  the system by the addition of proper equipment.  The Design Professional shall be responsible for specifying appropriate equipment, testing and certification.    Acceptable manufacturers:  – Blonder Tongue  – Drake / Dracom  – Scientific Atlanta  – Jerald    Fire Alarm System      See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Fire Alarm System.    Intercom System    Proprietary PRODUCT: Central Control Center:  Rauland Telecenter VoIP System   Intercom system shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects, and shall include a master  clock to control bells.   – Provide intercom call‐back system with master station in administrative office and call stations in each  normally occupied space. Design Professional to submit detailed catalog information to DeKalb County  School District for approval.     See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Intercom System    Public Address System    Sound systems shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects.     

 

Page 44 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     – – – – – – –



July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  Provide public address systems at the following locations:  Cafeterias   Gymnasiums   Auditoriums   Drama Labs   Football Stadiums   Architects shall be responsible for employing qualified professionals to design and develop  Construction Documents for public address systems. Design of public address systems shall be  appropriate for the acoustical conditions and volume of each space.  Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DCSD Facilities Services Department; the Supervisor  of Interscholastic Athletic Programs, and to the Coordinators of Health and PE,  Music and Drama for  review and approval. 

  Features and functions shall include:  – Solid state in‐wall type amplifier   – Built‐in speakers  – Microphones designed especially for music pickup, recording and excellent speech reproduction  – Remote microphone outlets appropriate for the type of space  – Auxiliary input for future program sources  – Input for school wide intercom program and system announcements  – Fire alarm override if required.    Delivery Door Bell    Provide a door bell system at the exterior delivery door(s) to alert kitchen and/or custodial staff when deliveries  have arrived. The appropriate location for the bell will be a function of the service area layout. The Design  Professional shall propose and obtain approval for the bell location(s).    Clocks    – Centrally controlled digital clocks and bell system shall be provided in halls (except for Elementary  Schools), Cafeteria, Media Center, main Office, and Gym.  – Provide electrical connection in each classroom and other instructional areas for DeKalb County School  District  provided electrically operated wall mounted clocks where required.     APPENDIX   Proprietary Specifications    The following items were approved by DeKalb County Board of Education, as of 11/29/11 (refer to specific divisions  within these Design Guidelines for manufacturers):    – Book Theft Book Security  – Plumbing:   – Trap Primers   – HVAC:  – Cooling Towers  – Chillers  – Energy Recovery  – Heat Exchanger  – Automated Temperature Controls/Energy Management System    Door Hardware       

 

Page 45 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    PROPRIETARY Standard of Design:  – Exit Devices: Von Duprin 98/99 Series:  – Dummy Trim 98DT, 99DT  – Night Latch 98NL, 99NL  – Lever 98L, 99L  – Lever Blank Escutcheon 98L‐BE, 99L‐BE  – Heavy Duty Lock – Levers: Best Access Systems, 93K – 7 – (AB, D, R) – 14‐C‐STK  – Rim Cylinders: Best Access Systems, 1E – 7 – 2 ‐ C4 ‐ RP3    Cylinders: Hardware must be heavy duty type and accept the proprietary “Best” removable core system. Mortise  locksets are not acceptable.    Fire and Smoke Doors: All fire and smoke doors shall have magnetic hold‐open devices interfaced with the fire  alarm system. BASIS OF DESIGN: Glynn Johnson, Rixson Firemark (Assa Abloy)    Overhead Fire and Smoke Doors: Doors shall be equipped with easily tested and re‐set mechanisms.    Power Assisted Door Openers: Power assisted door openers shall be Dormer or approved equal. The use of Power  assisted door openers shall be avoided and shall not be used on interior doors of new facilities, unless approved by  DCSD.    Note:  The following manufacturers are not acceptable:  – Sargent  – Yale  – Monarch    PART 1: GENERAL    1.01 Section Includes  A. Provide  and  install  all  items  known  commercially  as  builder’s  hardware  or  door  hardware.    This  shall include, but is not limited to, hinges, pivots, locks, latches, exit devices, cylinders, cores, keys,  automatic or manual flush or surface bolts, door closers, overhead door stops/holders, floor stops  and holders, wall stops, thresholds, weather stripping, door coordinators and silencers.    1.02 Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section  A. Permanent cores shall be installed by Best for the Owner.  Refer to Article 2.01C. Keying.    1.03 Coordination    A. Coordinate work in this Section with other directly affected Sections involving the manufacture of  any internal reinforcement for hardware.    1.04 Qualifications  A. Hardware  Supplier:    A  recognized  firm  specializing  in  the  supply  of  commercial  door  hardware  with warehousing facilities and documented experience in a fifty mile radius from DeKalb County  for a period of three (3) years and an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to properly handle,  detail and service hardware in a satisfactory manner.  B. Manufacturer:    Companies  specializing  in  manufacturing  door  hardware  with  a  minimum  of  ten  (10) years’ experience.     1.05 Certifications  A. Prior to building occupancy an Architectural Hardware Consultant shall inspect and certify that all  hardware has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and is  functioning properly.  Results of said inspection should be reported in writing to the Architect.     

 

Page 46 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines       1.06

  1.07

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                               

Submittals  A. Submit hardware schedule, product data, shop drawings, and keying schedule in accordance with  Section 01300.  Include product data on each type of hardware listed in hardware schedule.  1. Upon  return  of  the  reviewed  finish  hardware  schedule,  arrange  for  a  meeting  with  the  Owner and representatives of Best Access Systems of Georgia.  A keying schedule will be  established and submitted to the DeKalb County Board of Education.  After review, the  keying  schedule  will  be  returned  to  representatives  of  Best  Access  Systems  so  that  permanent  cores  and  keys  can  be  prepared  on  a  timely  basis.    The  master  key  system  shall  be  a  factory‐registered  system  to  assure  the  propriety  of  the  codes  and  avoid  duplication or crosskeying.  Warranty  A. Provide three (3) year warranty for all hardware items with the exception of door closers.  Include  coverage of door closers for ten (10) year period. 

    PART 2:  PRODUCTS    2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers    A. Hinges & Pivots:  Hager, Stanley, Lawrence, McKinney, Bommer  1. Provide only template produced units.  2. Provide  Phillips  flat  head  or  machine  screws  for  installation  of  units,  except  furnish  Phillips flat‐head wood screws for installation of units into wood.  Finish screw heads to  match surface of hinges or pivots.  3. Hinge pins, except as noted, are to be provided as follows:  Steel Hinges:  Steel pins  Non‐ferrous Hinges:  Stainless steel pins  Exterior Doors:  Use continuous hinges  Interior Doors:  Non‐rising pins  Electric Hinges:  Non‐removable pins  4. Tips shall be flat button and matching plug, finished to match leaves.  5. Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than three (3) hinges for door leaf of 90”  or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30” of additional height.  6. Utilize  hinge‐reinforcing  plates  when  half‐surface  hinges  are  used  in  conjunction  with  kalmein filled wood doors.  7. Provide ball bearing hinges of the type and weight suggested by the hinge manufacturer  for each type of door application.    B. Continuous Hinges:  Hager Roton, Markar, Select, Zero  1. Provide heavy‐duty continuous hinges for exterior doors, high traffic cross‐corridor doors  and other applications where the doors might be susceptible to abuse.  2. Provide only concealed leaf continuous hinges for applications involving new doors.  3. Use  of  full  surface  or  half‐surface  continuous  hinges  will  be  acceptable  for  applications  involving existing doors and/or frames.    C. Lock Cylinders & Keying:  Best (No Substitution)  1. Best Access Systems of Georgia will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and  obtain final instructions in writing, as per 1.09.A.1 of this section.  2. Best interchangeable core keying system shall be used throughout.  Furnish the standard  temporary  construction  core  system  for  the  construction  period,  and  remove  when  permanent  cores  arrive.    Construction  cores  are  the  property  of  the  manufacturer  and  are to be returned when permanent cores are installed.     

 

Page 47 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     3. 4. 5. 6.

7.

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  Construct  lock  cylinder  and  interchangeable  cores  from brass,  bronze, stainless  steel  or  nickel silver.  Permanent cores and cylinders shall match the lock set finish.  Provide keys of nickel silver material only.  All  interchangeable  cores  shall  be  sever  (7)  pin,  interchangeable  among  all  locks  in  this  section, without modification, and keyed into a Grand Master Key System capable of over  16,000 change combinations.  Provide four (4) change keys per keyed lock set.  *Additional keys:  4 for each individual classroom  6 each sub master keys 

  D.

Locksets Latchsets:  Best, Schlage, Corbin/Russwin  Base  specifications:    Best  Access  Systems  components  as  listed  in  Schedule  per  Article  1. 3.05.  2. Lock  sets  and  latch  sets  of  other  manufacturers  must  conform  to  the  requirements  of  Subparagraphs 3 and 4, and be approved by the DeKalb County Board of Education.  3. Cylindrical Type:  a. Lock sets and latch sets must be extra‐heavy duty cylindrical type with 2 ¾ inch  backset, or greater as specified, with a 9/16 inch throw latchbolt.  b. Provide lock sets with Best 7 – pin interchangeable core.  c. Lock sets and latch sets must conform to ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, and  be UL listed.  d. Trim is to be Best Access System’s 14C with 626 (US26D) satin chrome finish.  e. Use  of  this  type  lock  is  permitted  in  office  suites  where  office  doors  are  protected from public corridors by a locking door with mortise lock set. 

E.

Exit Devices:  Von Duprin, Precision  ‐ Apex Series 1100.  1. All exit devices to be of one manufacturer.  2. Provide sex nuts and bolts for attachment of surface applied items to doors.  3. Devices  shall  be  UL  listed.    Devices  for  fire  openings  shall  bear  factory  installed  UL  markings that indicate approval for fire rated openings.  All  exit  devices  shall  be  touch‐bar  type  design  and  manufactured  of  stainless  steel.   4. Grooved aluminum extrusions are not allowed.  Extrusions shall be smooth.  5. All exit devices shall comply with ANSI A156.3, Grade 1. 

F.

Closers:  LCN – 4040/1, Fire Mark/Rixson, Ryobi – 4550/1  1. Size of units:  Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer’s  recommendations for size of door control unit, depending upon size of door, exposure to  weather and anticipated frequency of use.  a. Where parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide closer unit one size larger  than recommended for use with standard arms.  2. Where manual closers are indicated for doors required being accessible to the physically  handicapped, providing adjustable units, ANSI opening force and delayed action closing.  3. Provide  concealed  closers  that  are  fully  concealed  when  doors  are  closed.    Concealed  closers  are  to  have  full  rack  and  pinion  hydraulic  operation  with  separate  controls  for  closing  and  latching  speeds.    Closer  to  have  high  strength  cast  cylinder  and  all  temperature fluid.  4. Provide  manual  closers  (using  sex  bolts)  that  are  certified  to  exceed  one  million  (1,000,000)  full  load‐operating  cycles  by  a  recognized  independent  testing  laboratory.   Closers are to be fully hydraulic, rack and pinion action with high strength cast cylinders  and one piece forged steel pistons.  Hydraulic fluid to be of a type requiring no seasonal  adjustments  for  temperature.    Hydraulic  regulation  to  be  controlled  by  tamper‐proof,  non‐critical screw valves, adjustable with a hex wrench.  Separate adjustments for back 

 

 

   

 

Page 48 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

5. 6.

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  check,  general  speed,  and  latch  speed.    Where  detailed  on  double  lever  arm  closers,  provide a delayed action feature to delay closing up to one minute for maximum opening  to  approximately  75°.    Back  check  shall  be  properly  located  for  protection  of  the  door,  frame and applied hardware.  Use of closers with built‐in spring or cushion stops will be allowed in lieu of overhead  stops.  All door closers shall comply with ANSI A156.4, Grade 1 and meet the standards of ANSI  A117.1 for barrier‐free accessibility. 

  G.

Push/Pulls, Protection Plates:  Ives VR910 X TB Exterior Pull, Quality, Burns, Trimco  1. Provide  manufacturers  standard  exposed  fasteners  for  installation,  through  bolted  for  matched pairs, but not single units.  2. Provide 16 gauge minimum thickness for plates.  3. Bevel protection plates on four (4) sides.  4. Provide offset pulls on exterior doors with exit devices of the following design:   Rockwood 159  5. Provide push plates, where door stiles permit, of 8” x 16”.  6. In locations where locks are used with cylinder but no outside trim and door is reverse  bevel, provide cylinder pull similar to Rockwood 90. 

H.

Threshold, Weather Stripping & Gasketing:  Zero, Pemko, National Guard, Reese  1. Provide continuous weather stripping at each edge of every exterior door leaf, except as  otherwise indicated.  2. Provide type, size and profile shown as scheduled.  3. Provide non‐corrosive fasteners as recommended by manufacturer for application  indicated.  Do not specify adhesive backed weather strip of gasket material.  4. Where replaceable seal strips are scheduled, provide only those units where resilient of  flexible seal strip is easily replaceable from stocks maintained by manufacturer.  5. Provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size and profile shown as scheduled.  6. Provide bottom door sweep at all exterior doors. 

 

  I.    2.02

Mullion:  VonDuprin 4954 

Finishes  A. Finish  of  all  hardware  shall  be  consistent  throughout  project,  selected  from  manufacturer’s  standard finishes and approved by DCSD. 

  Note:  Key setup shall be cross referenced by Door Number and Room Number in Key Box.    Contractor to furnish, install & set up Key Box.    Data Cabling System    NOTE:  This specification will be revised from time to time as the technology evolves. It was last Modified November  1, 2009. Design Professional shall obtain confirmation from DCSD representative that Structural Cabling Guidelines  is current.    1. Horizontal Cable – Balanced twisted‐pair also referred to as unshielded twisted‐pair (UTP)  (a) 23 AWG/4 pair – UTP  (b) Cable must be manufactured by CommScope  (c) Jacket color – Pink  (d) Category 6  (e) CMP or CMR flammability rating as determined by local codes  (f) Cable must be factory certified to 400 MHz minimum and include test report which meets or exceeds the  performance specifications set for CommScope 7504 UltraMedia Category 6 cable     

 

Page 49 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

  2.

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  (g) The  manufacturers  channel  warranty  shall  support  a  4‐connector  channel  that  covers  all  category  6  balanced twisted‐pair applications approved by the Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers (IEEE),  The  ATM  Forum,  the  American  National  Standards  Institute  (ANSI)  and  the  International  Organization  of  Standardization  (ISO)  that  specify  compatibility  with  the  cabling  referenced  herein.    Examples  of  applications  that  are  covered  by  the  vendor  warranty  include  Gigabit  Ethernet  (IEEE  802.3ab)  and  155  Mb/s ATM.  (h) Meet North American Standards – ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.2‐1 and all applicable addenda.  Fiber backbone – main distribution frame (MDF) to horizontal and or intermediate distribution frame (IDF)  (a) Minimum – 12 fibers between distribution frames – adhere to manufacturer’s installation procedures. All  12 fibers must be terminated.  (b) Star configuration  (c) Fiber cable must be manufactured by CommScope  (d) Routed through Trade size 1 inner duct. CommScope Fiber Guard interlocking armored fiber cable may be  used instead of inner duct.  (e) Below grade runs must use indoor/outdoor rated or outdoor rated water blocking fiber cable.  (f) 50/125 μm LOMMF – OM3 laser certified multimode fiber  (g) Transmission  performance  –  Fiber  cable  must  be  DMD  (Differential  Mode  Delay)  tested  and  meet  or  exceed the performance specifications set for CommScope Laser Core 300™ Type 5L multimode fiber:  (h) Cables must meet OFNR or OFNP determined by local code. 

       

  3.

  4.

  5.

  6.

  7.

Optical Characteristics  Maximum attenuation 

850 nm  3.0 dB/km

1300 nm  1.0 dB/km

Bandwidth OFL  Bandwidth Laser  Guaranteed 10 Gigabit  

1500 MHz *km 2000 MHz*km 300 m

500 MHz *km 500 MHz*km

Cable Supports – 3 options  (a) Wire basket cable tray above ceiling – trapeze style supported with threaded rod and associated hardware  (b) Without wire basket using threaded rod and J‐Hooks  (c) Grid wire and J‐Hooks  (i) J‐Hooks placed every 4‐5 feet. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines.  (ii) Number of cables per J‐Hook is based upon J‐Hook size. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines.  (iii) Support  method  must  not  exceed  support  or  cable  manufacturers  required  weight  and  or  cable  quantity limits.  Surface mount raceway for horizontal (station) cables  (a) Size of surface mount raceway will depend on number of cables.  (b) Surface mounted raceway to be secured neatly to all surfaces – cut to length.  (c) Must be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations.  Fire stopping  Where data cables penetrate fire rated walls, floors and ceilings fireproof the opening.  Provide conduit sleeves  for cables that penetrate fire rated walls.  After the   Cabling  installation  is  complete  install  fire  proofing  material  in  and  around  all  conduit  sleeves  and  openings.   Install fireproofing material thoroughly and neatly.  Seal all floor, wall and ceiling penetrations. When installing  in existing installations all breached fire stopped openings must be returned to original condition.  Grounding, Bonding  (a) Attach a #6 bare, solid ground wire from a local ground bar to each equipment rack/cabinet/tray using  appropriate ground lugs.  (b) Contractor to conform to NEC, EIA, ANSI, ASTM, UL, BICSI, and local regulations.  UTP Cabling Installation 

   

 

Page 50 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

   8.

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  (a) All  data  cabling  shall  be  installed  per  ANSI/BICSI/NECA‐568,  ANSI/TIA/EIA  568‐B.1,  ANSI/TIA/EIS‐568‐B.2,  ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.2‐1, ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.3 and local building codes.  (b) Leave 1.5 m to 3 m (5‐10 ft) of service loops near both workstation and data rack.  Service loops are to be  coiled neatly at both ends.  Caution: coils should be made in large loops and preferably in figure eights to  avoid transmission performance issues.  (c) Do  not  exceed  a  total  cable  length  of  90  meters  of  any  data  UTP  cable  from  outlet  to  patch  panel  termination.  Overall channel link – (cable and 2 patch cables) not to exceed 328 feet.  (d) Do not lay data cables on top of light fixtures, ceiling tiles, mechanical equipment or ductwork. Maintain at  least  0.6  m  (2ft)  clearance  from  all  shielded  apparatus.  All  cables  must  be  supported  using  approved  method from Section 3.  (e) All classrooms, offices, teacher work areas, the Media Center, and any other space that may accommodate  a  computer  will  be  wired  for  the  network.    All  network  drops  must  provide  two  (2)  network  data  connections.    Each  classroom  must  be  equipped  with  two  drops  for  the  students  and  one  drop  for  the  teacher  (a  total  of  six  connections  in  each  classroom).    For  computer  labs  and  other  multi‐drop  areas  include a data connection for each network device (computer, printer, etc.).  Placement of network drops  in these areas shall be determined by the room layout, computer furniture and other factors.  Submit floor  plans for mark‐up at the appropriate phase in design.  (f) Network  drops  to  support  ceiling  mounted  wireless  access  point  devices  shall  be  terminated  with  an  8  contact  modular  plug,  Siemon  part  number  P‐8‐8,  on  the  work  area  end  and  be  coiled  with  a  20  foot  service loop. The service loop will be supported above the ceiling by wire tie to a J hook or other structural  support.  Category 6 Connectivity  (a) Patch Panels  1) 48‐port RJ45 modular to 110 with (6) or (8) ports  2) Wired 568B   3) Standard or high density – 19” wide  4) Rack or wall mount   5) Designation strips – front and rear  6) All Patch Panels and hardware must be manufactured by the Siemon Company. 

  (b) RJ45 modular jacks 8P8C  1) Wired 568B   2) 45° exit  3) Dual Siemon CT jacks only  4) 110 type termination  5) All jacks must be manufactured by the Siemon Company.     9.

50/125 Multimode fiber connectivity  (a) Connectors  1) SC Simplex only – composite or ceramic ferrule 

  (b) Fiber patch panels  1) Rack and wall mount  2) 12 fiber adapter panels (SC Connectors only)  3) Splice trays if needed  4) All fiber patch panels and adapters must be manufactured by the Siemon Company.    10. Patch cables – Category 6  (a) Copper  1) Color‐coded – (blue)  2) 4‐pair – 24 AWG Stranded – PVC  3) Snag less Boot   4) Lengths – not to exceed 6 m (20 ft)     

 

Page 51 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  5) Every cord must be 100 % factory performance tested with a network analyzer and test reports must  be included with every shipment. 

  (b) Fiber Multimode  1) Duplex  2) Terminated with appropriate connector (to mate with fiber panels)    11. Racks and Cabinets  (a) Racks – universal self supporting  1) 7 feet tall – 19” mounting space (23” if needed)  2) Bolt racks securely to floor    12.  Wire management  (a) Horizontal – single or double space  1) 19” or 23” rack mount  2) Wire managers to be mounted between patch panels  3) Ladder‐rack from top of racks – secured to back wall in MDF and IDF’s  (b) Vertical  1) Between racks – single or double‐sided    13. Labeling  (a) Furnish and install all labels throughout the entire system.  Labels should be attached securely so that they  will not peel off.  All labels shall be machined generated or as approved.  (b) Labels should indicate telecommunications room and port number: Example IDF2‐A12 would be IDF room  number 2, patch panel “A”, port number 12.  (c) Label the following: faceplates, cable at each outlet (within 200 mm (8 in) of the termination, cable at the  rear of patch panels (within 200 mm (8 in) of the termination, front of patch panel for each termination, all  voice MDF and IDF blocks.  (d) Wireless access point drops shall be labeled as indicated in 13.b and 13.c of this document. Since wireless  access point drops do not have faceplates attach the labels with plenum rated wire‐ties or other methods  suitable for plenum spaces.   (e) Submit proposed labeling scheme to DCBOE Information Technology for approval prior to installation    14. Testing  (a) Category 6   Each cabling permanent link or channel shall be tested and certified.  Each pair of the permanent link or  channel shall be tested.  The permanent link measurement is recommended although the entire channel  may be tested.  The entire channel includes the patch cables at the workstation end of the permanent link  to the patch cables at the patch panel end. All links must be tested using test heads with Siemon Company  patch cords.  Each outlet must pass the following parameters for category 6 as described in ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.2‐1: wire  map, length, insertion loss, NEXT, Power Sum NEXT, ELFEXT, Power Sum ELFEXT, Return Loss, Propagation  Delay, Delay Skew.  ƒ All tests shall be favorable, no *PASS, *FAIL or FAIL results will be accepted.  ƒ All test results shall be turned over to the owner in both electronic files and in hard copy.  (b) Fiber Optic  1) Optical fiber (backbone) cables shall be 100% tested for attenuation and length.  2) Testing will be done with an optical power meter and light source.  3) Length shall be recorded using an OTDR, optical length test measurement device or sequential cable  measurement markings.  Attenuation  shall be  tested at  850 nm  and  at 1300 nm  for multimode  fiber  cable  4) All test results shall be turned over to the owner in both paper and electronic format.  5) Each strand shall not exceed a level of: 3.5 db/km of attenuation for 850 nm 1.5 db/km of attenuation  for 1300 nm     

 

Page 52 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  6) Each strand shall be tested and the following information be turned over to the owner  ƒ From point to point  ƒ Fiber I.D. label number  ƒ RX level  ƒ Attenuation total  ƒ Wave length  ƒ Reference level  15. MDF – Main Distribution Frame  (a) Two  dedicated  (3)  wire  208V  AC  30  ampere  rated  circuits  with  L6‐30R  Locking  Receptacles  must  be  provided in all schools to accommodate special Information Technology equipment racks. There should be  no  more  than  12  inches  distance  between  the  two  receptacles.  Location  of  the  two  receptacles  to  be  determined by Technology Services.   (b) A minimum of four duplex 20 ampere 120V AC outlets on separate dedicated circuits to support data rack  equipment. Position circuits behind the data racks.  (c) Room size should be at least 10 ft. X 16 ft  (d) Room must have a dedicated climate control system capable of maintaining a 70 degree Fahrenheit room  temperature at a minimum heat load of 20,000 BTU. An adjustable thermostat for room temperature must  be provided. The climate control system must be a continuously available system.  (e) At least one closet wall shall be lined with ¾” plywood – 8 ft. tall – painted with fire retardant paint  (f) Racks and cabinets should be placed so that there are at least 3 feet from the wall to the rear of both racks  and cabinets and at least 3 feet from any wall or obstruction to the front of racks and cabinets. Racks and  cabinets must have at least 3 feet of clearance on both sides. Only Information Technology approved items  may be mounted on the wall space behind the data racks.   (g) All equipment must be properly grounded    16. IDF – Intermediate Distribution Frame and HC/IC  (a) Minimum  of  two  duplex  20  ampere  120V  AC  electrical  outlets  on  separate  dedicated  branch  circuits  positioned behind the data racks.  (b) Closets must be climate controlled  (c) Size of closet will depend on the number of square feet that it will serve  (d) Racks  and  cabinets  should  be  placed  so  that  there  is  at  least  3  feet  from  wall  to  the  rear  of  racks  and  cabinets  and  at  least  3  feet  from  any  wall  or  obstruction  to  the  front  of  racks  and  cabinets.  Racks  and  cabinets must have at least 3 feet of clearance on both sides. Only Information Technology approved items  may be mounted on the wall space behind the data racks.    (e) There may be cases where equipment may have to be wall‐mounted  (f) All equipment must be properly grounded  (g) At least one closet wall shall be lined with ¾” plywood – 8 ft. tall – painted with fire retardant paint    17. Warranties  – The contractor shall provide a 5‐year warranty on all contractor provided material and workmanship.   Owner will also receive a 20‐year manufacturer’s warranty.  There shall be a 20‐year, 250 MHz  transmission warranty.    18. Miscellaneous  – All participants in any network‐wiring project must be Siemon certified.  In addition all patch panels,  data outlets, fiber connectors and other hardware items must be manufactured by the Siemon’s  company.   – These cabling specifications apply to all construction projects.  Where renovations are done and  existing equipment is replaced, testing of the entire network at the facility must be performed in  accordance with these specifications to ensure continuity between existing and new construction.  – A pre‐construction meeting involving the data cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology  shall be stipulated in the project manual.  – Periodic meetings and site visits should be conducted during the installation of all cabling systems.     

 

Page 53 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     –

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  A post‐construction meeting involving the data cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology  shall be stipulated in the project manual.   All products must be purchased from an authorized distributor of each manufacturer. 

–             Telephone Cabling System    NOTE: These Guidelines will be revised from time to time as the technology evolves. Design Professional shall obtain  confirmation from DCSD representative that Telephone Cabling System Guidelines is current.    DeKalb County School District will provide the telephone switch and individual phones for each required location.  Construction contract shall provide telephone cabling and equipment as noted below.    1. Telephone Equipment Room  (a) Two  4  x  8  foot  plywood  sheets  mounted  on  the  same  wall  side  by  side  for  telephone  system  and  equipment mounting. Plywood to be painted with fire retardant paint. Plywood to be mounted where two  4 inch conduits stub up from street or other telephone service provider location.  (b) Provide #6 ground wire mounted on plywood.  (c) One quad 120 volt outlet supported by the emergency generator mounted near the plywood.  (d) Lighting for this room to be on emergency power circuit.  (e) Two 4 inch conduit sleeves above the ceiling between room and hall.  (f) All cables to be terminated on Siemon Company 66M150 blocks with brackets.  (g) All station and feeder cables must feed up from the bottom of the 66 blocks.  (h) Use metal D rings.  (i) One 4 inch conduit between telephone equipment/entrance room and the data MDF room for the wide  area Ethernet fiber circuit.  (j) Two 4 inch conduits to the street for telephone service provider’s connection. These conduits usually stub  up  by  a  utility  pole  but  this  requirement  must  be  verified  by  the  building  contractor  and  the  telephone  service provider. Pull boxes required for long runs. AT&T specifications for conduits provided by area AT&T  BIC engineer.    2. Feeder Cables  (a) One  50  pair  plenum  rated  feed  cable  will  run  from  the  telephone  equipment  room  to  each  IDF  closet.  Terminate feed cable on Siemon Company 66M150 blocks. All cable to be manufactured by CommScope.  (b) Two 4 inch sleeves between IDF and hall above the ceiling for feeder and station cables.    3. Station Cables  (a) Use CommScope 7504 Ultra Media Category 6 plenum rated gray jacketed cable for all station cables.   (b) Terminate all station cables with Siemon Company CT‐C5‐C5‐02 jacks.   (c) Sleeve through walls for station cable runs using ¾ inch conduit above the ceiling.  (d) Telephone  station  cables  to  be  provided  for  all  offices  and  other  work  areas  where  telephone  service  is  required.    4. Cable Supports – 3 options  (a) Wire basket cable tray above ceiling – trapeze style supported with threaded rod and associated hardware  (b) Without wire basket using threaded rod and J‐Hooks  (c) Grid wire and J‐Hooks  1) J‐Hooks placed every 4‐5 feet. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines  2) Number of cables per J‐Hook is based upon J‐Hook size. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines.     

 

Page 54 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

  5.

  6.

  7.

  8.

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  3) Support  method  must  not  exceed  support  or  cable  manufacturers  required  weight  and  or  cable  quantity limits.  Other Telephone Locations  (a) High  Schools  require  25  pair  feed  cable  from  the  telephone  entrance/equipment  room  to  the  stadium  home field side electrical room to support telephones. Terminate on Siemon Company 66M150 blocks.  Labeling  (a) Furnish and install all labels throughout the entire system.  Labels should be attached securely so that they  will not peel off.  All labels shall be machine generated or as approved.  (b) Labels  should  indicate  telecommunications  room  and  position  number:  Example  IDF2‐V12  would  be  IDF  room number 2, 66Block position 12.  (c) Submit proposed labeling scheme to DCBOE Information Technology for approval prior to installation  Miscellaneous  (a) All cabling must be manufactured by the CommScope Company.  (b) All participants in any telephone‐wiring project must be Siemon certified.  In addition all jacks, faceplates,  66blocks and other connectivity items must be manufactured by the Siemon Company.  (c) A pre‐construction meeting involving the telephone cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology  shall be stipulated in the project manual.  (d) A  post‐construction  meeting  involving  the  telephone  cabling  contractor  and  DCBOE  Information  Technology shall be stipulated in the project manual.  (e) Periodic meetings and site visits should be conducted during the installation of all cabling systems.  (f) All products must be purchased from an authorized distributor of each manufacturer.  (g) Contractor to conform to NEC, EIA, ANSI, ASTM, UL, BICSI, and local regulations.  Warranties  (a) The  contractor  shall  provide  a  5‐year  warranty  on  all  contractor  provided  material  and  workmanship.   Owner will also receive a 20‐year manufacturer’s warranty 

  Intercom System    PART 1: GENERAL    1. RELATED DOCUMENTS  (a) Drawings  and  general  provisions  of  the  Contract,  including  General  and  Supplementary  Conditions  and  Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.    2. SUMMARY  (a) Select type of system from two paragraphs below.  (b) This  Section  includes  the  Central  Sound/Communications  Control  Center  which  shall  be  a  Rauland  Telecenter Five/Director System, offering the combined features and functions of both systems. Systems  not  providing  these  specified  features  will  not  be  considered.    Furnish  all  labor,  materials,  tools  and  equipment  necessary  for  complete  installation  and  checkout  of  the  system  as  outlined  in  these  specifications.  The  equipment  shall  be  Rauland  equipment  (NO  EXCEPTIONS)  as  furnished  by  SWC‐ Richardson Technology Systems.   (c) The administrative telephone communication system shall be a Rauland  Telecenter V providing at least the  following features and functions:  1) The  Administrative  Control  Center  shall  be  a  standard  pushbutton  dialing  telephone  complete  with  solid‐state pre‐tuned tone oscillators identical to those employed by the public telephone companies.  2) The Central Switching Exchange shall be a Global Switching System, that is, there shall be no linking  within the system that would restrict or block telephone communications.   3) Direct  dialing  private  two‐way  telephone  communications  between  all  locations  equipped  with  administrative telephone and staff telephone shall also be provided.     

 

Page 55 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  4) The Central Switching Exchange shall have facilities for 32 full duplex unrestricted simultaneous private  telephone conversations between administrative telephones and between administrative telephones  and staff telephones.   5) Facilities for automatically sounding a warning tone signal over any loudspeaker selected for two‐way  "amplified  voice"  communication.    The  warning  tone  signal  shall  sound  as  soon  as  the  station  is  selected, and shall be automatically repeated at regular intervals.  6) Direct‐dialing,  two‐way  "amplified  voice"  communications  between  all  locations  equipped  with  administrative  telephones  and  staff  (classroom)  loudspeakers  without  the  use  of  a  press‐to‐talk  or  talk‐listen switch.  a) The  Central  Switching  Exchange  shall  have  facilities  for  multiple  (12)  watt  two‐way  "amplified  voice" communication channel(s), providing simultaneous communication on each channel from  administrative telephones. Provide one channel under this contract.  b) Automatic Queuing shall be provided for the two‐way amplified voice communication channels.  A  call  waiting  shall  be  automatically  connected  when  a  channel  becomes  available.  The  amplified  voice  communication  channel  shall  have  automatic  level  control  on  return  speech  to  assure  a  constant return speech level.  7) Capacity to call staff (classroom) stations having both telephones and loudspeakers, either by ringing  the telephone or by a loudspeaker for two‐way amplified voice communications.  It shall be possible to  program each staff location to be called either by speaker first or by ringing the telephone first. Only  one station number to be used for the loud speaker and telephone. (Systems requiring a number for  telephone and separate number for the speaker are not acceptable).  a) Ability  to  change  the  mode  of  communication  during  a  call,  i.e.,  change  from  amplified  voice  communications to phone‐to‐phone communications.  b) During the course of a call, the conversation may be continued over the telephone by lifting the  telephone  handset.  The  conversation  shall  automatically  be  switched  from  the  speaker  the  handset.   8) Capability for any administrative telephone to transfer a "call" from another administrative telephone  or any staff (classroom) telephone to any other telephone.  9) Facilities  for  conference  calls  between  administrative  telephones  and  between  administrative  telephones  and  staff  (classroom)  telephone  or  loudspeaker  stations.  Facilities  for  two‐way  communications between any staff (classroom) telephone and any classroom loudspeaker station.  10) Provide  the  capability  of  assigning  speaker  locations  to  any  one  or  more  of  eight  (8)  software  programmable  zones  for  zone  paging  or  time  signal  reception.    Through  programming,  it  shall  be  possible to exclude selected speakers from the reception of paging announcements.  11) Provisions for restricting access to the Emergency Announcements, paging or tone signal origination to  certain  administrative  telephones.    This  shall  be  accomplished  by  the  use  of  an  authorized  administrative telephone.  a) The  system  shall  provide  Personal  Identification  Numbers  (PIN)  for  selected  administrators.  By  dialing their PIN from any telephone, regardless of that phone's restrictions, they shall have all the  capabilities of their office telephone.  b) If  a  telephone  which  is  associated  with  a  speaker  originates  a  "paging  announcement",  the  speaker shall automatically be muted to prevent feedback.   12) Facilities  to  easily  change  the  dial  code  number  of  any  circuit.    The  assignment  of  the  architectural  numbers shall be accomplished by the use of any authorized administrative telephone.  13) The  system  shall  provide  facilities  for  up  to  twelve  (12)  independent  digital  readout  displays  upon  which incoming calls are identified by their designated numbers. The display shall show visually, in the  order  received,  three  (3)  calls  at  a  time.  Emergency  calls  shall  override  normal  calls  and  shall  be  identified as "EMER" and the station number.  a) Originating  calls  from  any  staff/classroom  location  may  be  directed  to  any  or  all  of  the  twelve  independent displays via programming from a designated administrative phone.  14) Provide  a  minimum  of  four  (4)  independent  program  memory  sets.  The  choice  of  time  of  service  change  and  active  memory  set  selected  shall  be  completely  programmable.  This  feature  shall  allow  selected stations to operate with different functions depending on the time of day.  

   

 

Page 56 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  15) The  system  shall  be  expandable  up  to  500  telephone  and/or  speaker  circuits.  Combining  separate  systems is not acceptable.  16) It shall be possible to review all calls stored, in groups of three in order received.  17) Facilities for answering calls registered in the readout merely by pressing a single "response" button.  18) Provide an All‐Cancel function from an administrative telephone to cancel all classroom annunciated  calls.  19) The system should have complete interconnect capabilities to central office lines.  It shall be possible  to transfer central office lines to any station in the system.  Access to outside lines can be limited to  certain authorized administrative telephones.  Provide space for five CO modules.  20) Diagnostic functions shall be provided to simplify maintenance.  An RS‐232C serial data port shall be  provided for connection to a computer for "on site" or via a modem for to remote computer diagnostic  functions by distributor or maintenance personnel. Provide modem with system.  21) The system shall provide standard classroom communication and emergency capabilities independent  of  the  microprocessor  equipment.  Should  the  microprocessor  fail  communication  functions  shall  be  accomplished from the main console?   (No Exceptions)  22) The  entire  equipment  cabinet  with  its  electronics  shall  be  factory  wired  and  tested  in  the  United  States. (No Exceptions)  23) The system shall be equipped with one  (1) telephone intercom channel,  32 communication links, (1)  "manual"  console  intercom  channel  (capable  of  communicating  with  any  classroom  simultaneously  with  the  telephone  intercom  channel),  1  program  channel,  1  channel  for  zone  functions,    sufficient  classroom speaker lines with twenty spare circuits and administrative lines as shown on the drawings.   Furnish  the  quantity  of  administrative  stations,  administrative  stations  with  digital  readouts  as  indicated. Provide connection for customer’s telephone system.  24) Common corridor or area circuits of multiple speakers shall be limited to twelve speakers per circuit.  25) Exterior speaker circuits shall be limited to six speakers.  (d) The Emergency Sound/Communications system shall provide at least the following features and functions:  1) Direct  2‐way  voice  communications  between  the  Control  Center  and  any  classroom  or  any  other  speaker‐equipped location.  2) Adequate  power  (15  watts  minimum)  to  over‐ride  high  noise  levels  in  such  areas  as  shops,  gymnasiums, natatoriums, bus loading points and playing fields.  3) Facilities for automatically sounding a warning tone signal (beep) over any loudspeakers selected for 2‐ way  communications,  to  prevent  unauthorized  monitoring.    The  warning  tone  signal  shall  sound  whenever the classroom is being monitored, and shall automatically repeat at regular intervals.  4) Selective distribution of program material to any or all classrooms.  5) Ability to transmit a program or announcement simultaneously to all classrooms and locations by the  simple operation of a single color‐coded     All‐Call pushbutton switch.  6) Built‐in  facilities  for  the  following  provided  they  have  been  described  in  other  sections  of  this  specification or indicated on plans:  a) Reception  of  AM  and  FM  broadcasts  from  built‐in  tuner,  and  their  distribution  to  any  or  all  speakers.  b) Reproduction  of  recorded  music  and  other  program  material  from  built‐in  CD  player  and  its  distribution to any or all speakers.  c) Distribution of programs originating at remotely located microphones with provisions for volume  control at the remote location.  d) Pickup and broadcast of live programs from remote locations.  Program selection shall be easily  accomplished by simply pressing the appropriately labeled pushbutton.  7) Distribution of announcements from the Control Center microphone to any   or all speakers.  8) Provisions  for  the  instantaneous  distribution  from  the  Control  Center  of  emergency  messages  to  all  locations  equipped  with  loudspeakers,  simply  by  pressing  a  single  red  pushbutton.    This  action  shall  bypass  all  other  controls,  over‐ride  all  other  programs,  and  transmit  the  emergency  message  at  a  preset volume level.  9) Input facilities for 2 low‐impedance microphones and 3 auxiliary program sources.  10) Distribution of a tone‐signal (pushbutton activated) to any or all classrooms as a pre‐announcement  alert signal or, for other signaling purposes. 

   

 

Page 57 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  Aural and visual monitoring facilities for each program channel.  Distribution of repeating chime signal (activated by master clock) through system.  Distribution of emergency, alert and clear signals through system   (manually).  Facilities  for  emergency  call  switches  in  specified  locations  to  originate  an  emergency  call  to  the  Control Center.  15) The system shall provide standard classroom communication and emergency capabilities independent  of  the  microprocessor  equipment.  Should  the  microprocessor  fail  communication  functions  shall  be  accomplished from the main console?   16) Provide interconnection from the fire alarm system to the communication system for alarm tones.  17) Color‐keyed pushbuttons and colored guidelines shall be provided for each of the system's functions.   The communications channel shall be identified by orange guidelines.  The program channel shall be  identified by green pushbuttons and guidelines on the Master Program panel 

11) 12) 13) 14)

  3.

SUBMITTALS  (a) Product Data:  For the following:  1) Adjust list below to suit Project.  2) Master stations.  3) Speaker‐microphone stations.  4) Call‐switch units.  5) All‐call amplifier.  6) Intercommunication amplifier.  7) Paging amplifier.  8) Loudspeakers/speaker microphones.  9) All items listed under section 2, Products  (b) Retain paragraph and subparagraphs below if products are required to withstand specific design loads and  Architect  either  has  delegated  design  responsibility  to  Contractor  or  wants  to  review  structural  data  as  another  way  to  verify  products'  compliance  with  performance  requirements.    Professional  engineer  qualifications are specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."  (c) Shop Drawings:  Shall be prepared under supervision of a qualified Professional Engineer, and submitted to  Architect for review.  1) Design  Calculations:    Calculate  requirements  for  selecting  seismic  restraints  for  central  control  cabinets.  2) Equipment  Details:    Detail  equipment  assemblies  and  indicate  dimensions,  weights,  required  clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location of each field connection.  3) Delete subparagraphs and associated subparagraphs below if not required.  Delete first subparagraph  for systems with no built‐in equipment.  4) Master‐Station Details:  Scaled drawings for built‐in equipment.  5) Wiring Diagrams:  Power, signal, and control wiring.  Include the following:  a) Identify terminals to facilitate installation, operation, and maintenance.  b) Single‐line diagram showing interconnection of components.  c) Cabling diagram showing cable routing.  (d) Retain paragraph and subparagraph below if Drawings do not include detailed plans or if Project involves  unusual coordination requirements.  (e) Coordination Drawings:  Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown  and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved:  1) Edit subparagraph below to suit Project.  2) Ceiling‐mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels,  and special moldings.  (f) Retain paragraph and subparagraphs below if required by seismic criteria applicable to Project.  Coordinate  with Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints."  (g) Manufacturer  Seismic  Qualification  Certification:    Submit  certification  that  central  control  cabinets,  accessories,  and  components  will  withstand  seismic  forces  defined  in  Division 16  Section  "Electrical  Supports and Seismic Restraints."  Include the following: 

   

 

Page 58 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

(h) (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n)

  4.

5.

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  1) Basis for Certification:  Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled  components or on calculation.  a) Retain one of first two subparagraphs below to define the term "withstand" as it applies to this  Project.  Definition varies with type of building and occupancy and is critical to valid certification.   Second definition is used for essential facilities where equipment must operate immediately after  an earthquake.  b) The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from  the  device  when  subjected  to  the  seismic  forces  specified  and  the  unit  will  be  fully  operational  after the seismic event."  2) Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit:  Identify center of gravity and locate and describe  mounting and anchorage provisions.  3) Detailed  description  of  equipment  anchorage  devices  on  which  the  certification  is  based  and  their  installation requirements.  Coordinate paragraph below with qualification requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements"  and as supplemented in "Quality Assurance" Article.  Qualification Data:  For Installer and testing agency.  Retain first paragraph below if Contractor is responsible for field quality‐control testing.  Field quality‐control test reports.  Factory Training:  Provide factory certification for personnel  Service  facilities:    Available  to  owner/using  agency  of  a  duly  authorized  distributor  of  the  equipment  manufacturer, which shall stock the manufacturer’s standard parts.  Operation and Maintenance Data:  For intercommunication equipment to include in emergency, operation,  and maintenance manuals.  1) Delete below for manually switched equipment.  2) In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include a record  of Owner's equipment‐programming option decisions.  3) (3) Copies as minimal.  4) Shall include internal schematics and wiring diagrams, detailed to allow a technician to install, operate,  maintain, calibrate and repair equipment. 

QUALITY ASSURANCE  (a) Installer  Qualifications:    Manufacturer's  authorized  representative  who  is  trained  and  approved  for  installation of units required for this Project.  1) Revise subparagraph below to suit Project location.  2) Maintenance Proximity:  Not more than 4 hours' normal travel time from Installer's place of business  to Project site.  (b) If  an  independent  testing  agency  is  required,  see  Division 1  Section  "Quality  Requirements"  for  general  testing  and  inspecting  agency  qualification  requirements.    If  additional  control  is  needed,  use  first  paragraph  below  to  specify  29 CFR 1910.7  or  other  more  specific  criteria  (e.g.,  NETA).    29 CFR 1910.7  defines a nationally recognized testing laboratory as it applies to testing and inspecting for safety, and lists,  labels, or accepts equipment and materials that meet certain OSHA criteria.  (c) Retain first paragraph and subparagraph below if Contractor selects testing agency.  (d) Testing Agency Qualifications:  An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the  testing  indicated,  that  is  a  member  company  of  the  International  Electrical  Testing  Association  or  is  a  nationally  recognized  testing  laboratory  (NRTL)  as  defined  by  OSHA  in  29 CFR 1910.7,  and  that  is  acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.  1) Testing  Agency's  Field  Supervisor:    Person  currently  certified  by  the  International  Electrical  Testing  Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on‐site  testing specified in Part 3.  (e) Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories:  Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by  a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.  (f) Comply with NFPA 70.  (g) Comply with UL 50.  COORDINATION 

   

 

Page 59 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  (h) Edit this Article to delete or add types of construction that penetrate or are supported by ceilings.  (i) Coordinate  layout  and  installation  of  ceiling‐mounted  speaker  microphones  with  other  construction  that  penetrates  ceilings  or  is  supported  by  them,  including  light  fixtures,  HVAC  equipment,  fire‐suppression  system, and partition assemblies. 

        PART 2: PRODUCTS    1. MANUFACTURERS  (a) See Editing Instruction No. 1 in the Evaluations for cautions about naming manufacturers and products.  (b) Available  Manufacturers:    The  equipment  shall  be  Rauland  equipment  as  furnished  by  SWC‐Richardson  Technology Systems who shall perform the warranty as herein specified.      2. EQUIPMENT CABINET  (a) Rauland Model RP1103B equipment shall be contained in an upright rack of modern design, constructed of  at least 16 gauge cold‐rolled steel, heavily re‐enforced for maximum strength and durability.  It shall have a  hinged and key‐locking rear door providing authorized personnel with easy access to components.  It shall  be  no  more  than  65  7/16"  high,  22  3/8"  wide,  and  18  1/2"  deep,  with  61"  total  panel  mounting  space,  designed  for  the  installation  of  standard  19"  professional  equipment,  finished  in  ebony  black  baked  enamel.  Provide two cabinets with three inch casters and frame for the cabinets.    3. CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT  (a) Rauland  Model  TC4002  specifically  designed  for  use  with  modern  dual‐tone  telephones  and  switching  networks.  It shall provide two‐wire balanced transmission complete with dial tone, automatic ringing and  busy  signal.    It  shall  be  of  advanced  microcomputer  design,  modular  plug‐in  construction,  non‐volatile  software, and user‐programmable.  (b) The TC4002 Central Control shall provide telephone circuits as shown on the drawings and thirty‐two (32)  links for thirty‐two unrestricted simultaneous conversations.  It shall be possible to expand the system up  to  500  telephones  and/or  speaker  lines  without  modification  of  the  Central  Control.    A  12  watt  voice‐ controlled amplifier shall be included to permit hands‐free conversation with staff stations and provisions  shall be available for additional voice‐controlled amplifiers so that simultaneous multi‐ channel hands‐free  conversation may be accommodated. Provide one (1) amplifier.  (c) It shall incorporate dual crystal‐controlled receivers to provide maximum accessibility to the system with  maximum reliability.  (d) The  TC4002  Central  Control  shall  be  available  for  mounting  in  a  standard  19"  rack  and  the  overall  dimensions shall not exceed 19" wide, 8.75" high, and 12" deep.    4. CONTROL PANEL  (a) Rauland  Model  MCZ300,  a  complete  program  pre‐  amplifier  providing  a  minimum  of  four  (4)  switchable  microphone  or  program  inputs,  each  selected  by  fluorescent  color  display  pushbutton;  a  15  watt  communications amplifier with balanced 25V output, and separate incoming and outgoing level controls;  full  aural  and  visual  monitoring  facilities  by  a  built‐in  monitor  speaker  and  LED  output  level  indicators;  separate  "All‐Call"  and  "Emergency"  facilities.  Communications  channel  shall  include  a  supervisory  tone  generator which shall sound a tone signal in any classroom being monitored for voice call origination from  classrooms and shall include a "system‐clear" tone signal when the call‐ in switch is activated.  The Master  Control Panel shall also include a pushbutton operated tone signal suitable for use as a pre‐announcement  alert signal, or for other signaling purpose, such as class change or to call custodial personnel. All Program  channel  fluorescent  display  pushbuttons  and  associated  guidelines  and  instructions  shall  be  Green;  all  Communications channel controls and guidelines shall be Orange.    5. AM/FM CD PLAYER     

 

Page 60 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

  6.

  7.

    8.

  9.

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  (a) RAULAND  MODEL  MCX325  shall  be  designed  for  continuous  duty  service  in  institutional  and  industrial  sound systems.  It shall be completely solid state, including transistors and integrated circuitry.  The AM  portion  shall  cover  the  entire  broadcast  range  of  530  to  1620  KHz.    The  FM  section  shall  have  a  tuning  range of 85.5 – 108 MHz.  Unit shall have a built‐in front panel monitor speaker.  Controls on instrument  front  panel  shall  include  AM‐FM  button,  on/off  volume  control,  automatic  search  &  manual  tuning  buttons,  preset  &  store  buttons,  autos  store  button,  clock  button,  tone  control,  balance  control,  fader  control,  fast‐forward,  fast‐rewind,  eject/reverse  direction  4‐position  monitor/send  switch.    The  unit  shall  have a back‐lit digital readout display and indicate whether AM or FM, and shall indicate stereo status.  It  shall alternately display time.   The system should also include a single disk CD player.    (b) The AM/FM Antenna shall be rack mounted at the console location.   POWER AMPLIFIER  (a) Shall be capable of delivering an audio output of 325 watts RMS per channel into 4 ohms or 650 watts into  8  ohms.  Frequency  response  shall  be  plus/minus  .5  dB,  20‐20,000Hz.    The  amplifier  shall  operate  continuously from 120VAC. The amplifier shall include fused outputs protective circuit to safeguard against  damage from prolonged overloads and from extreme overloads, such as shorted output line. Controls shall  be provided for level control. An LED pilot indicator shall be incorporated. The amplifier shall be capable of  delivering full rated power to 25V or 70V constant voltage lines VIA a companion transformer. Provide (1)   ALARM SIGNAL CONTROL PANEL  (a) Rauland Model RX1027 shall provide for 3 separate alarm signals for quick pushbutton activation.  It shall  have  4  locking  pushbuttons  labeled  "ALERT",  "TAKE  COVER",  "CLEAR",  and  "OFF",  mounted  on  charcoal  gray panel.  Operation of any of the alarm pushbuttons shall by‐pass all other controls and automatically  distribute  the  appropriate  signal  to  all  speakers  at  a  pre‐determined  level.    Switches  shall  be  self‐wiping  with precious metal contacts.  Dimension of panel, 19" wide, l 3/4" high, 2 3/4" deep. 

ROOM SELECTOR PANEL  (a) Rauland  Model  SW25  shall  contain  25  lever  action  3‐position  four‐pole  selector  switches  of  the  positive  detent  type,  designed  for  maximum  reliability  and  a  life  expectancy  of  over  250,000  operations.    Switch  positions shall be legibly identified as Program "A", "Off" and Intercom "C".  The Program "A" channel shall  be identified by a Green guideline, Intercom channel "C" by Orange, and accordance with the "Follow the  Color" operating method used in the Director Series System positions.  Provide with multi‐ conductor cable  with connectors on each end and split terminal blocks with connectors and bridging clips. Furnish selector  panels, cables and terminal blocks for individual circuits and a minimum of 20 spares.  SPEAKER CONTROL  (a) Rauland  Model  TC4110  shall  easily  mount  to  the  rear  of  its  associated  selector  switch  panel.    It  shall  contain 26 24‐volt DC DPDT relays.  Each relay shall be hermetically sealed to prevent contamination and  shall  have  a  life  expectancy  of  1,000,000  operations.    Relays  shall  have  precious  metal  contacts  for  minimum  contact  resistance,  and  shall  carry  at  least  a  1  amp  rating.    "Normally  open"  contacts  and  remaining  side  of  each  relay  are  permanently  "bussed"  together  and  then  terminated.    The  time  zone  panel shall be a printed circuit board of G‐10 epoxy. Furnish with selector panels.  

  10. MICROPHONE  (a) Rauland  Model  1295,  omnidirectional  dynamic,  desk  type  public  address  or  paging  type  with  base  constructed of die‐cast zinc alloy with durable molded cycolac body in matching black.  Dynamic moving  coil  incorporates  a  special  diaphragm  of  mylar,  resulting  in  excellent  sensitivity  and  smooth  wide‐range  peak‐free  response  of  50‐12,000  Hz.    Shall  have  press‐to‐talk  and  lock‐to‐talk  switching,  complete  with  7'cord, concealed Hi‐Lo switch, and non‐skid molded feet.  Height 9 3/8", width 4 3/4", depth 5 7/8".    11. SPEAKERS  (a) Rauland  Model  USO188  shall  be  an 8"  permanent  magnet  cone type  having  viscous‐damped cone and  a  ceramic (Indox 5) magnet weighing 5 oz.  It shall have a frequency response of at least 55‐18,000Hz, a 10     

 

Page 61 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  watt program power‐ handling capacity and an axial spl of at least 97.6db. Voice coil shall be 3/4" diameter  with 8 ohm impedance. The speaker shall be equipped with Model TML25 multi‐ tap transformer 1/2, 1, 2  and 4 watts, 25V. (Lowell equal)  FLUSH CEILING GRILLE  1) Speaker  ceiling  grille  shall  be  Rauland  ACC1000  constructed  of  steel  and  have  a  white  baked  epoxy  finish. It shall include matched hardware for mounting a standard 8" speaker.  Its overall diameter shall  be 12 7/8" with center perforation of 7 5/8". (Lowell WB8 equal)  CEILING SPEAKER BACKBOX  1) Model ACC1101 shall be a round one‐ piece backbox for flush mounting a standard 8 inch speaker. The  enclosure shall be of painted, one‐piece 22 gauge drawn steel and shall have applied in its interior a  fire retardant resonance damping material.  It shall have four perforated steel mounting brackets and  four knockouts for conduit. Dimensions, 9 3/4" diameter with flange diameter of 12 2/16", mounting  centers 11 1/4", depth 4 1/16".  (Lowell 8XD4 equal)  SPEAKER SUPPORT BRIDGE  1) Rauland Model ACC1104 shall be a single piece unit constructed of 24 gauge galvanized rust‐ resistant  cold  rolled  steel,  23  3/4"  long  and  14  1/2"  wide.  The  unit  is  designed  for  firm  support  of  ceiling  speaker, grille, and backbox. (Lowell LBS8R equal)  FLUSH WALL SPEAKER BAFFLE  1) Rauland Model ACC1003 constructed of heavy gauge CRS and shall have a white epoxy finish.  It shall  have  a  square  grille  opening  with  a  separate  subplate  for  mounting  speaker  baffle  to  the  ACC1105  backbox.  Its dimensions are 11 1/2" square by 3/16". (Lowell equal)  SURFACE MOUNTED BAFFLE  1) Rauland Model ACC1004 constructed of heavy gauge CRS and shall have a white epoxy finish. It shall  have  a  square  grille  opening  with  a  separate  subplate  for  mounting  speaker  baffle  to  the  ACC1102  surface  backbox.  The  backbox  shall  be  12  1/2"  square  by  4"  deep  with  white  epoxy  finish.  (Lowell  equal) 

  (g) TAMPERPROOF SPEAKER GRILLE  1) Rauland Model  ACC1008  vandal  proof  baffle  is  designed  for  mounting  a  standard 8  inch  speaker.   It  shall be constructed of a special self‐aging aluminum alloy with tensile strength of 44,000 psi and shall  be  backed  up  with  a  heavy  gauge  cold  rolled  steel  perforated  screen  to  protect  speaker.    Each  unit  shall  include  tamperproof  hardware  to  prevent  entry  into  interior.    It  shall  be  finished  in  textured  white baked enamel and have overall dimensions of 10 3/4" square by 3/4" projection. Provide MISCO  #FC8WP  weatherproof  speaker  and  ACC1108  back  box.  Provide  for  Exterior  Areas.  (Lowell  SGVP/8C10MR/TLM25 equal)    (h) CEILING  SPEAKER  ASSEMBLY  –  The  ceiling  speaker  assembly  shall  be  a  Rauland  BAFKIT1X2S  Lay‐In  Tile  Speaker. The speaker shall be an 8‐inch speaker with a 25 volt transformer. The speaker shall be rated at 8  Watts RMS and have a Frequency Response of 65 to 17 KHz. The speaker baffle shall have dimensions of 23  ¾” Width, 11 ¾” Length and 3 3/8” Depth. The total weight of the speaker shall be 4 lbs. 14 oz. Refer to the  plans for quantities and locations of speakers. (Lowell Equal)     12. SPEAKER/CALL STATION  (a) Rauland  Model  HSS1  shall  interface  with  the  Rauland  Telecenter  and  Director  Series  systems.    Two‐way  communications  shall  be  accomplished  by  the  built‐in  speaker‐microphone.    A  call‐in  momentary  pushbutton switch shall be provided.  The complete unit shall be vandal‐ proof in design and construction,  protected externally by an 11 gauge stainless steel plate with brushed finish.  Actuator shall be flush with  face plate and completely isolated from the push‐button, and movement shall be coupled through a coil  spring to prevent damage.  Speaker‐microphone shall be protected against tampering as well as by flame  or liquids. Unit shall mount in a standard three‐gang electrical box. Surface mount requires ACC1119 box.    13. CALL STATION 

   

 

Page 62 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  (a) Rauland Model 2305CS, call origination switch shall be mounted on a stainless steel plate and require one  momentary  depressing  of  the  button  to  activate  a  "call  in".  Provide  additional  "Emergency"  call  button  where indicated. 

  14. VOLUME CONTROLS  (a) Provide volume controls where indicated. These controls shall not have an off position.    15. ADMINISTRATIVE MASTER  (a) Rauland  Model  TC6204  shall  be  a  desk  type  high  quality  touch  dial  telephone,  dual‐tone  instrument  suitable for desk use or wall mounting, complete with call buzzer, 5 1/2' retractable cord with plug.  It shall  conform  to  public  utility  specifications.  The  dial  shall  be  a  standard  12  pushbutton  type  with  solid‐state  pretuned oscillators. The instrument housing and handset shall be of high impact plastic, finished in gray  color.  Furnish desk or wall type stations as required.     16. LCD DESK DISPLAY  (a) Rauland  Model  TC4221TG  shall  display  up  to  four  three  digit  station  numbers  simultaneously;  the  first  three shall be registered calls and the forth shall indicate the last number called. An audible tone shall be  provided  and  the  display  shall  be  equipped  with  a  dip  switch  for  selecting  its  own  addressable  code  to  allow routing calls to it independently of other displays. Provide where indicated.    17. MASTER CONTROL CLOCK  (a) Rauland 2524 ChronoCom Master Control Clock System shall be microprocessor‐based, and shall be easily  programmable  by  the  user  through  electronic  means.    A  simple  step‐by‐step  guide  shall  be  provided  to  enable the user to accomplish the programming quickly and correctly. Master control clocks which are not  microprocessor‐based  and/or  which  require  a  technician  or  programmer  to  perform  the  initial  and  subsequent changes in program, at additional cost, shall not be considered.  (b) This Program Clock shall be mounted in, and connected to the Intercom Console.      (c) FUNCTIONS  A:  1) Ability to operate solely as a master clock.  2) Capacity of storing 350 events and up to 100 holidays in non‐volatile memory    3) Ability to review, edit and delete events.  4) Review events from any time of day.  5) Events shall be programmable to any one or all of eight zones.  6) Selection of any one of eight schedules.  7) Fully automatic holiday scheduling.  8) User programmable Automatic Daylight Savings Time.    18. SECONDARY CLOCKS  (a) RAULAND  MODEL  2500  SERIES  –  The  Secondary  Clock  shall  operate  from  24vac,  controlled  from  the  Master Clock at the Central Cabinet.  Furnish single dial digital and double dial digital clocks as shown on  drawings.  Furnish a clear heavy duty guard for the gymnasium.  Single dial clocks shall be flush mounted.   Double dial clocks shall be wall mounted.  The display shall be 4 characters; seven segment red LEDs 2.5”  high.  The clock shall measure 12” in length, 2.9” deep and 6” high.    (b) A 24 VAC power supply shall be provided with solid state buffers for the clock circuits.    19. UPS/LINE CONDITIONER  (a) Model UP‐51500    20. LIGHTNING PROTECTION  (a) DITEK lightning protectors shall be provide for any copper cables that are installed between buildings.    21. CABLE     

 

Page 63 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  (a) Conductors:  Jacketed, twisted pair and twisted multipair, untinned solid copper.  Sizes as recommended  by system manufacturer, but not smaller than No. 22 AWG.  (b) Insulation:  Thermoplastic, not less than 1/32 inch thick.  (c) Shielding:    For  speaker‐microphone  leads  and  elsewhere  where  recommended  by  manufacturer;  No. 34  AWG tinned, soft‐copper strands formed into a braid or equivalent foil.  1) Minimum Shielding Coverage on Conductors:  60 percent.  (d) Plenum Cable:  Listed and labeled for plenum installation.  (e) Classroom Cable   1) West Penn 25357BBLUE  (f) Cable to Speaker from Call Station  1) West Penn 25291BBLUE  (g) Cable for Administrative Stations  1) West Penn 25292BBLUE 

  PART 3: EXECUTION    1. INSTALLATION  (a) Wiring Method:  Install wiring in raceways except within consoles, desks, and counters.  Conceal cables and  raceways except in unfinished spaces.  (b) Select paragraph above or below.  (c) Wiring  Method:    Install  wiring  in  raceways  except  within  consoles,  cabinets,  desks,  and  counters  and  except  in  accessible  ceiling  spaces  and  in  gypsum‐board  partitions  where  cable  wiring  method  may  be  used.    Use  plenum  cable  in  environmental  air  spaces,  including  plenum  ceilings.    Conceal  cables  and  raceways  except  in  unfinished  spaces.      Conceal  cables  in  raceway  sleeves  through  wall  partitions  from  corridors to rooms.  (d) Revise remaining paragraphs below to suit Project.  (e) Install  exposed  cables  parallel  and  perpendicular  to  surfaces  or  exposed  structural  members,  and  follow  surface contours.  Secure and support cables by straps, staples, or similar fittings designed and installed to  avoid damage to cables.  Secure cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches and not more than 6 inches  from cabinets, boxes, or fittings.  (f) Wiring within Enclosures:  Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess.  Use lacing  bars in cabinets.  (g) Control‐Circuit Wiring:  Install number and size of conductors as recommended by system manufacturer for  control functions indicated.  (h) Separation  of  Wires:    Separate  speaker‐microphone,  line‐level,  speaker‐level,  and  power  wiring  runs.   Install  in  separate  raceways  or,  where  exposed  or  in  same  enclosure,  separate  conductors  at  least  12  inches  for  speaker  microphones  and  adjacent  parallel  power  and  telephone  wiring.    Separate  other  intercommunication equipment conductors as recommended by equipment manufacturer.  (i) Splices, Taps, and Terminations:  Arrange on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes;  terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.  (j) Match  input  and  output  impedances  and  signal  levels  at  signal  interfaces.    Provide  matching  networks  where required.  (k) Identification of Conductors and Cables:  Color‐code conductors and apply wire and cable marking tape to  designate wires and cables so they identify media in coordination with system wiring diagrams.  (l) Weatherproof Equipment:  For units that are mounted outdoors, in damp locations, or where exposed to  weather, install consistent with requirements of weatherproof rating.  (m) Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."    2. GROUNDING  (n) Revise this Article to suit system requirements.  Include grounding electrodes for special applications only.  (o) Ground cable shields and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common‐ mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments.  (p) Signal Ground Terminal:  Locate at main equipment cabinet.  Isolate from power system and equipment  grounding.     

 

Page 64 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  (q) Install grounding electrodes as specified in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." 

  3.

  4.

  5.

SYSTEM PROGRAMMING  (a) Delete this Article for manually switched systems.  (b) Programming:  Fully brief Owner on available programming options.  Record Owner's decisions and set up  initial  system  program.    Prepare  a  written  record  of  decisions,  implementation  methodology,  and  final  results.  FIELD QUALITY CONTROL  (a) Retain  paragraph  below  to  require  a  factory‐authorized  service  representative  to  perform,  or  assist  Contractor with, field inspections, tests, and adjustments.  Retain one of two options to suit Project; delete  both to require only an inspection before field testing.  (b) Manufacturer's  Field  Service:    Engage  a  factory‐authorized  service  representative  to  inspect, test,  and  adjust field‐assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field  testing.  Report results in writing.  (c) Retain one of three paragraphs below.  (d) Testing  Agency:    Owner  will  engage  a  qualified  testing  and  inspecting  agency  to  perform  field  tests  and  inspections and prepare test reports.  (e) Testing Agency:  Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and  inspections and prepare test reports:  (f) Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:  1) Retain  subparagraphs  below  with  either  of  last  two  paragraphs  above.    Edit  to  suit  Project.    Delete  subparagraphs if testing will be performed by Owner‐engaged testing and inspecting agency.  2) Schedule tests with at least seven days' advance notice of test performance.  3) After  installing  intercommunication  equipment  and  after electrical  circuitry  has  been energized,  test  for compliance with requirements.  4) Revise test requirements in subparagraphs below if all‐call or paging is not specified.  5) Operational  Test:  Test  originating  station‐to‐station,  all‐call,  and  page  messages  at  each  intercommunication station.  Verify proper routing and volume levels and that system is free of noise  and distortion.  Test each available message path from each station on system.  6) Check each speaker line for correct impedance:  the load shall not be larger than the amplifier output.  7) Tap  each  speaker  for  proper  volume  in  area  to  be  served.  The  system  supplier's  authorized  representative shall be on hand for final hook‐up and test, and shall certify, in writing, that the system  is fully operational and meets the requirements of this section.  8) Signal  Ground  Test:    Measure  and  report  ground  resistance  at  system  signal  ground.    Comply  with  testing requirements in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."  (g) Retesting:  Correct deficiencies and retest.  Prepare a written record of tests.  (h) Inspection:  Verify that units and controls are properly labeled and interconnecting wires and terminals are  identified.  Prepare a list of final tap settings of paging speaker‐line matching transformers.  (i) Prepare written test reports.  1) Include a record of final speaker‐line matching transformer‐tap settings, and signal ground‐resistance  measurement certified by Installer.  STARTUP SERVICE  (a) Delete first paragraph below if factory‐authorized service representative is not required.  Retain option for  microprocessor‐switched systems.  (b) Engage  a  factory‐authorized  service  representative  to  perform  startup  service and  initial  system  programming.  (c) Verify  that  electrical  wiring  installation  complies  with  manufacturer's  submittal  and  installation  requirements.  (d) Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.  (e) Richardson  Associates  shall  provide  a  one  year  warranty  on  parts  and  labor.  An  additional  four  year  warranty shall be provided on parts by Richardson Associates and the Rauland Corporation. The systems 

   

 

Page 65 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

  6.

7.

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  shall be demonstrated to the proper authorities and a letter of certification from the authorized supplier  stating that the systems are operating as herein specified shall be forwarded to the Architect.  ADJUSTING  (a) Delete  this  Article  if  Owner  contracts  separately  for  this  service.    Consider  including  a  provision  for  submitting a continuing maintenance agreement proposal.  (b) On‐Site  Assistance:    Engage  a  factory‐authorized  service  representative  to  provide  on‐site  assistance  in  adjusting sound levels, resetting transformer taps, and adjusting controls to meet occupancy conditions.  (c) Occupancy  Adjustments:    When  requested  within  12  months  of  date  of  Substantial  Completion,  provide  on‐site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions.  Provide up to two visits to site  outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose, without additional cost.  DEMONSTRATION  (a) Engage  a  factory‐authorized  service  representative  to  train  Owner's  maintenance  personnel  to  adjust,  operate,  and  maintain  intercommunication  equipment.  Refer  to  Division 1  Section  "Demonstration  and  Training."  Train Owner's maintenance personnel on programming equipment for starting up and shutting  down, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment. 

  Fire Alarm System   GENERAL    Summary:  This Section covers fire alarm systems, including initiating devices, notification appliances, controls, and supervisory  devices. Work covered by this section includes the furnishing of labor, equipment, and materials for installation of  the fire alarm system as indicated on the drawings and specifications. The Fire Alarm System shall consist of all  necessary hardware equipment and software programming to perform the following functions:  – Fire alarm system detection and notification operations.  – Control and monitoring of elevators, smoke control equipment, door hold‐open devices, fire suppression  systems, and other equipment as indicated in the drawings and specifications.  – One‐way supervised automatic voice alarm operations.    SCOPE OF WORK    Acceptable Equipment and Service Providers:  – Manufacturers: The equipment and service described in this specification are those supplied and  supported by SimplexGrinnell.    Related Documents  Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this  section. The work covered by this section is to be coordinated with related work as specified elsewhere in the  specifications. Requirements of the following sections apply:  – Division 16: "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."  – Division 16: "Wiring Methods."  – Division 13: "Fire Suppression".  – Division 15: "Fire Protection".  – Division 15: "HVAC Systems".  – Division 13: "Building Automation and Control".  – The system and all associated operations shall be in accordance with the following:  – NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code, 2002 Edition  – NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2005 Edition  – NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, 2003 Edition  – NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2002 Edition  – Georgia Accessibility Code       

 

Page 66 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

    System Description  – General: Provide a complete, non‐coded addressable microprocessor‐based fire alarm system with  initiating devices, notification appliances, and monitoring and control devices as indicated on the drawings  and as specified herein.  – Software: The fire alarm system shall allow for loading and editing instructions and operating sequences as  necessary.  o The system shall be capable of on‐site programming to accommodate system expansion and  facilitate changes in operation.  o All software operations shall be stored in a non‐volatile programmable memory within the fire  alarm control unit. Loss of primary and secondary power shall not erase the instructions stored in  memory.  o Panels shall provide electronic file storage with a means to retrieve a record copy of the site‐ specific software and up to 9 previous revisions. Sufficient file storage shall be provided for other  related system documentation such as record drawings, record of completion, owner’s manuals,  testing and maintenance records, etc.  o The media used to store the record copy of site‐specific software and other related system  documentation shall be electrically supervised. If the media is removed a trouble shall be reported  on the fire alarm control panel.  – History Logs: The system shall provide a means to recall alarms and trouble conditions in chronological  order for the purpose of recreating an event history. A separate alarm and trouble log shall be provided.  – Recording of Events: Record all alarm, supervisory, and trouble events by means of system printer. The  printout shall include the type of signal (alarm, supervisory, or trouble) the device identification, date and  time of the occurrence. The printout differentiates alarm signals from all other printed indications.  – Wiring/Signal Transmission:  o System connections for initiating device circuits shall be Class B, Style D, signaling line circuits shall  be Class B, Style 4 and notification appliance circuits shall be Class B, Style Y.  – Circuit Supervision: Circuit faults shall be indicated by a trouble signal at the FACP. Provide a distinctive  indicating audible tone and alphanumeric annunciation.  – Required Functions: The following are required system functions and operating features:  – Priority of Signals: Fire alarm events have highest priority. Subsequent alarm events are queued in the  order received and do not affect existing alarm conditions. Priority Two, Supervisory and Trouble events  have second‐, third‐, and fourth‐level priority, respectively. Signals of a higher‐level priority take  precedence over signals of lower priority even though the lower‐priority condition occurred first.  Annunciate all events regardless of priority or order received.  – Noninterfering: An event on one zone does not prevent the receipt of signals from any other zone. All  zones are manually resettable from the FACP after the initiating device or devices are restored to normal.  The activation of an addressable device does not prevent the receipt of signals from subsequent  addressable device activations.  o Transmission to an approved Supervising Station: Automatically route alarm, supervisory, and  trouble signals via an IP communicator to the Dekalb County School System supervising station  and monitoring service provider.  o FACP shall have the capability to provide remote access via an Internet/Intranet Interface. The  Internet interface shall provide an alternative access to system information using the familiar  interface of a standard Internet browser. A remotely located fire professional can use this access  to analyze control panel status during non‐alarm conditions and can also use this information to  assist local fire responders during alarm conditions.  – Annunciation: Operation of alarm and supervisory initiating devices shall be annunciated at the FACP and  the remote annunciator, indicating the type of device, the operational state of the device (i.e alarm,  trouble or supervisory) and shall display the custom label associated with the device.  – General Alarm: A system general alarm shall include:  o Indication of alarm condition at the FACP and the annunciator(s).  o Identification of the device /zone that is the source of the alarm at the FACP and the  annunciator(s).  o Operation of audible and visible notification appliances until silenced at FACP.     

 

Page 67 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

– –









July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  o Closing doors normally held open by magnetic door holders.  o Unlocking designated doors.  o Shutting down supply and return fans serving zone where alarm is initiated.  o Closing smoke dampers on system serving zone where alarm is initiated.  o Initiation of smoke control sequence.  o Transmission of signal to the supervising station.  Initiation of elevator Phase I functions (recall, shunt trip, illumination of indicator in cab, etc.)  in  accordance with ASME/ANSI A17.1, when specified detectors or sensors are activated, as appropriate.  Supervisory Operations: Upon activation of a supervisory device such as a [fire pump power failure,] [low  air pressure switch, and][none] tamper switch, the system shall operate as follows:  o Activate the system supervisory service audible signal and illuminate the LED at the control unit  and the remote annunciator.  o Pressing the Supervisory Acknowledge Key will silence the supervisory audible signal while  maintaining the Supervisory LED "on" indicating off‐normal condition.  o Record the event in the FACP historical log.  o Transmission of supervisory signal to the supervising station.  o Restoring the condition shall cause the Supervisory LED to clear and restore the system to normal.  o Alarm Silencing: If the "Alarm Silence" button is pressed, all audible [and visible][none] alarm  signals shall cease operation.  System Reset:  o The "System Reset" button shall be used to return the system to its normal state. Display  messages shall provide operator assurance of the sequential steps ("IN PROGRESS", "RESET  COMPLETED") as they occur.  The system shall verify all circuits or devices are restored prior to  resetting the system to avoid the potential for re‐alarming the system.  The display message shall  indicate "ALARM PRESENT, SYSTEM RESET ABORTED."  o Should an alarm condition continue, the system will remain in an alarmed state.  WALKTEST: The system shall have the capacity of 8 programmable passcode protected one person testing  groups, such that only a portion of the system need be disabled during testing.  The actuation of the  "enable one person test" program at the control unit shall activate the "One Person Testing" mode of the  system as follows:  Install Mode: The system shall have provide the capability to group all non‐commissioned points and  devices into a single "Install Mode" trouble condition allowing an operator to more clearly identify event  activations from commissioned points and devices and in occupied areas.  Analog Smoke Sensors:  o Monitoring: FACP shall individually monitor sensors for calibration, sensitivity, and alarm  condition, and shall individually adjust for sensitivity. The control unit shall determine the  condition of each sensor by comparing the sensor value to the stored values.  o Environmental Compensation: The FACP shall maintain a moving average of the sensor's smoke  chamber value to automatically compensate for dust, dirt, and other conditions that could affect  detection operations.  o Programmable Sensitivity:  Photoelectric Smoke Sensors shall have 7 selectable sensitivity levels  ranging from 0.2% to 3.7%, programmed and monitored from the FACP.  o Sensitivity Testing Reports:  The FACP shall provide sensor reports that meet NFPA 72 calibrated  test method requirements.  The reports shall be viewed on a CRT Display or printed for annual  recording and logging of the calibration maintenance schedule.  ƒ The FACP shall automatically indicate when an individual sensor needs cleaning.  The  system shall provide a means to automatically indicate when a sensor requires cleaning.   When a sensor's average value reaches a predetermined value, (3) progressive levels of  reporting are provided.  The first level shall indicate if a sensor is close to a trouble  reporting condition and will be indicated on the FACP as "ALMOST DIRTY."  This condition  provides a means to alert maintenance staff of a sensor approaching dirty without  creating a trouble in the system.  If this indicator is ignored and the second level is  reached, a "DIRTY SENSOR" condition shall be indicated at the FACP and subsequently a  system trouble is reported [to the Supervising Station][none].  The sensor base LED shall 

   

 

Page 68 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

– –





July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  glow steady giving a visible indication at the sensor location. The "DIRTY SENSOR"  condition shall not affect the sensitivity level required to alarm the sensor.  If a "DIRTY  SENSOR" is left unattended, and its average value increases to a third predetermined  value, an "EXCESSIVELY DIRTY SENSOR" trouble condition shall be indicated at the control  unit.  Audible Alarm Notification: By voice evacuation and tone signals on loudspeakers in areas as indicated on  drawings.  Automatic Voice Evacuation Sequence:  o The audio alarm signal shall consist of an alarm tone for a maximum of five seconds followed by  an automatic digital voice message. At the end of the voice message, the alarm tone shall resume.  This sequence shall sound continuously until the "Alarm Silence" switch is activated.  o All audio operations shall be activated by the system software so that any required future changes  can be facilitated by authorized personnel without any component rewiring or hardware  additions.Speaker: Speaker notification appliances shall be listed to UL 1480.  o The speaker shall operate on a standard 25VRMS or 70.7VRMS NAC using twisted/shielded wire.  o  The following taps are available: 0.25W, 0.50W, 1.0W and 2.0W. At the 1.0W tap, the speaker has  minimum UL rated sound pressure level of 84dBA at 10 feet.  o  The speaker shall have a frequency response of 400 to 4000 Hz for Fire Alarm and 125 to 12kHz  for General Signaling.  Manual Voice Paging  o The system shall be configured to allow voice paging. Upon activation of any speaker manual  control switch, the alarm tone shall be sounded over all speakers in that group.  o The control panel operator shall be able to make announcements via the push‐to‐talk paging  microphone over the pre‐selected speakers.  o Total building paging shall be accomplished by the means of an "All Call" switch.  Fire Suppression Monitoring:  o Water flow: Activation of a water flow switch shall initiate general alarm operations.  o Sprinkler valve tamper switch:  The activation of any valve tamper switch shall activate system  supervisory operations.  o Hood suppression systems shall be monitored for initiation.  o Power Requirements  ƒ The control unit shall receive AC power via a dedicated fused disconnect circuit.  ƒ The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system  upon loss of normal AC power in a normal supervisory mode for a period of 24 hours with  5 minutes of alarm operation at the end of this period. The system shall automatically  transfer to battery standby upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging  operations shall be automatic. 

  Quality Assurance  – Installer Qualifications: A factory authorized installer is to perform the work of this section.  – Each and every item of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed under the appropriate category by  Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and shall bear the "UL" label.  – Warranty: Provide maintenance of fire alarm systems and equipment for a period of 12 months, using  factory‐authorized service representatives.  EXTRA MATERIALS  – – – –

General: Furnish extra materials, packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels  clearly describing contents as follows:  Manual Stations: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of the number of manual stations installed;  minimum of 1.  Notification Appliances: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of each type and number of units installed,  but not less than one of each type.  Smoke Detectors or Sensors, Fire Detectors, and Flame Detectors: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of  each type and number of units installed but not less than one of each type. 

   

 

Page 69 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  –

Detector or Sensor Bases: Furnish quantity equal to 2 percent of each type and number of units installed  but not less than one of each type. 

  PRODUCTS  Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP)  – General: Comply with UL 864, "Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems".  – The following FACP hardware shall be provided:  o 2,000 point capacity where (1) point equals (1) monitor (input) or (1) control (output).  o Auxiliary electronically resettable fused 2A @24VDC Output, with programmable disconnect  operation for 4‐wire detector reset.  o Auxiliary Relay, SPDT 2A @32VDC, programmable as a trouble relay, either as normally energized  or de‐energized, or as an auxiliary control.  o Three (3) Class B  Notification Appliance Circuits .  o Programmable DACT for Point Reporting.  – Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Panel shall include an 80 character LCD display to indicate  alarm, supervisory, and component status messages and shall include a keypad for use in entering and  executing control commands.  – Voice Alarm: Provide an emergency communication system, integral with the FACP, including voice alarm  system components, microphones, amplifiers, and tone generators. Features include:  – Amplifiers comply with UL 1711, "Amplifiers for Fire Protective Signaling Systems." Amplifiers shall provide  an onboard local mode temporal coded horn tone as a default backup tone. Test switches on the amplifier  shall be provided to test and observe amplifier backup switchover. Each amplifier shall communicate to the  host panel amplifier and NAC circuit voltage and current levels for display on the user interface. Each  amplifier shall be capable of performing constant supervision for non‐alarm audio functions such as  background music and general paging.  – Emergency voice communication audio controller module shall provide up to 32 minutes of message  memory for digitally stored messages. Provide supervised connections for master microphone and up to 5  remote microphones.  – Status annunciator indicating the status of the various voice alarm speaker zones.    Remote LCD Annunciator  – Provide a remote LCD Annunciator, where required, with the same "look and feel" as the FACP operator  interface.  The Remote LCD Annunciator shall use the same Primary Acknowledge, Silence, and Reset Keys;  Status LEDs and LCD Display as the FACP.  – Should an abnormal condition be detected the appropriate LED (Alarm, Supervisory or Trouble) shall flash.   The unit audible signal shall pulse for alarm conditions and sound steady for trouble and supervisory  conditions.  – Operator keys shall be key switch enabled to prevent unauthorized use.  The key shall only be removable in  the disabled position.  Acknowledge, Silence and Reset operation shall be the same as the FACP.    Addressable Manual Pull Stations  – Description: Addressable single‐ or double‐action type, red LEXAN, with molded, raised‐letter operating  instructions of contrasting color. Station will mechanically latch upon operation and remain so until  manually reset by opening with a key common with the control units.  – Protective Shield: Provide a tamperproof, clear LEXAN shield and red frame that easily fits over manual pull  stations. When shield is lifted to gain access to the station, a battery powered piercing warning horn shall  be activated. The horn shall be silenced by lowering and realigning the shield. The horn shall provide 85dB  at 10 feet and shall be powered by a 9 VDC battery.    Smoke Sensors  – General: Comply with UL 268, "Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems." Include the  following features:  – Operating Voltage: 24 VDC, nominal.     

 

Page 70 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     – – –



– – – –

– –

– – – –

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  Each sensor base shall contain an LED that will flash each time it is scanned by the Control Unit. In alarm  condition, the sensor base LED shall be on steady.  Each sensor base shall contain a magnetically actuated test switch to provide for easy alarm testing at the  sensor location.  Each sensor shall be scanned by the Control Unit for its type identification to prevent inadvertent  substitution of another sensor type. Upon detection of a "wrong device", the control unit shall operate  with the installed device at the default alarm settings for that sensor; 2.5% obscuration for photoelectric  sensor, 135‐deg F and 15‐deg F rate‐of‐rise for the heat sensor, but shall indicate a "Wrong Device" trouble  condition.  Sensors include a communication transmitter and receiver in the mounting base having a unique  identification and capability for status reporting to the FACP. Sensor address shall be located in base to  eliminate false addressing when replacing sensors.  Removal of the sensor head for cleaning shall not require the setting of addresses.  Type: Smoke sensors shall be of the photoelectric or combination photoelectric / heat type.  Bases: Relay output, sounder and isolator bases shall be supported alternatives to the standard base.  Duct Smoke Sensor: Photoelectric type, with sampling tube of design and dimensions as recommended by  the manufacturer for the specific duct size and installation conditions where applied. Sensor includes relay  as required for fan shutdown.  Environmental compensation, programmable sensitivity settings, status testing, and monitoring of sensor  dirt accumulation for the duct smoke sensor shall be provided by the FACP.  The Duct Housing shall provide a supervised relay driver circuit for driving up to 15 relays with a single  "Form C" contact rated at [email protected] 28VDC or [email protected] 120VAC. This auxiliary relay output shall be fully  programmable.  Relay shall be mounted within 3 feet of HVAC control circuit.  Duct Housing shall provide two (2) Test Ports for measuring airflow and for testing.  These ports will allow  aerosol injection in order to test the activation of the duct smoke sensor.  For maintenance purposes, it shall be possible to clean the duct housing sampling tubes by accessing them  through the duct housing front cover.  Each duct smoke sensor shall have a Remote Test Station with an alarm LED and test switch.  Where indicated provide a NEMA 4X weatherproof duct housing enclosure that shall provide for the  circulation of conditioned air around the internally mounted addressable duct sensor housing to maintain  the sensor housing at its rated temperature range.  The housing shall be UL Listed to Standard 268A. 

  Heat Sensors  – Thermal Sensor: Combination fixed‐temperature and rate‐of‐rise unit with plug‐in base and alarm  indication lamp; 135‐deg F fixed‐temperature setting except as indicated.  – Sensor fixed temperature sensing shall be independent of rate‐of‐rise sensing and] programmable to  operate at 135‐deg F or 155‐deg F. Sensor rate‐of‐rise temperature detection shall be selectable at the  FACP for either 15‐deg F or 20‐deg F per minute.    Addressable Circuit Interface Modules  – Addressable Circuit Interface Modules: Arrange to monitor or control one or more system components  that are not otherwise equipped for addressable communication. Modules shall be used for monitoring of  water flow, valve tamper, non‐addressable devices, and for control of AHU systems.  – ll Circuit Interface Modules shall be supervised and uniquely identified by the control unit. Module  identification shall be transmitted to the control unit for processing according to the program instructions.   Modules shall have an on‐board LED to provide an indication that the module is powered and  communicating with the FACP.  The LEDs shall provide a troubleshooting aid since the LED blinks on poll  whenever the peripheral is powered and communicating.    Magnetic Door Holders  – Description: Units shall be listed to UL 228. Units are equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and  are complete with matching door plate. Unit shall operate from a 120VAC, a 24VAC or a 24VDC source, and  develop a minimum of 25 lbs. holding force.  – Material and Finish: All Metal Exterior Construction to match door hardware.     

 

Page 71 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

      Standard Alarm Notification Appliances  – Visible/Only: Strobe shall be listed to UL 1971. The V/O shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated  lens/reflector system. The V/O enclosure shall mount directly to standard single gang, double gang or 4"  square electrical box, without the use of special adapters or trim rings. V/O appliances shall be provided  with different minimum flash intensities of 15cd, 75cd and 110cd. Provide a label inside the strobe lens to  indicate the listed candela rating of the specific Visible/Only appliance.  – Speaker/Visible: Combination Speaker/Visible (S/V) units combine the speaker and visible functions into a  common housing. The S/V shall be listed to UL 1971 and UL 1480.  – Twisted/shielded wire is required for speaker connections on a standard 25VRMS or 70.7VRMS NAC.  – The following taps are available: 0.25W, 0.50W, 1.0W and 2.0W. At the 1.0W tap, the speaker has  minimum UL rated sound pressure level of 84dBA at 10 feet.  – The S/V shall have a frequency response of 400 to 4000 Hz for Fire Alarm and 125 to 12 kHz for General  Signaling.  – Notification Appliance Circuit provides synchronization of strobes at a rate of 1Hz and operates horns with  a Temporal Code Pattern operation.  The circuit shall provide the capability to silence the audible signals,  while the strobes continue to flash, over a single pair of wires.  The capability to synchronize multiple  notification appliance circuits shall be provided.    NAC Power Extender  – The IDNet NAC Power Extender panel shall be a stand‐alone panel capable of powering a minimum of 4  notification appliance circuits. Notification appliance circuits shall be Class B, Style Y rated at 2 amps each.   Panel shall provide capability to be expanded to 8 notification appliance circuits.  – The internal power supply & battery charger shall be capable of charging up 12.7 Ah batteries internally  mounted or 18Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet.  – Alarms from the host fire alarm control panel shall signal the NAC power extender panel to activate. The  panel shall monitor itself and each of its NACs for trouble conditions and shall report trouble conditions to  the host panel.    EXECUTION  Installation, General  – Install system components and all associated devices in accordance with applicable NFPA Standards and  manufacturer's recommendations.  – Installation personnel shall be supervised by persons who are qualified and experienced in the installation,  inspection, and testing of fire alarm systems.  Examples of qualified personnel shall include, but not be  limited to, the following:  – Factory trained and certified personnel.  – National Institute of Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) fire alarm level II certified personnel.  – Personnel licensed or certified by state or local authority.    Equipment Installation  – Furnish and install a complete Fire Alarm System as described herein and as shown on the plans.  Include  sufficient control unit(s), annunciator(s), manual stations, automatic fire detectors, smoke detectors,  audible and visible notification appliances, wiring, terminations, electrical boxes, Ethernet drops, and all  other necessary material for a complete operating system.  – Water‐Flow and Valve Supervisory Switches: Connect for each sprinkler valve required to be supervised.  – Device Location‐Indicating Lights: Locate in the public space immediately adjacent to the device they  monitor.  – Install manual station with operating handle 48 inches (1.22 m) above floor.  Install wall mounted audible  and visual notification appliances not less than 80 inches (2.03 m) above floor to bottom of lens and not  greater than 96 inches (2.44 m) above floor to bottom of lens.  – Mount outlet box for electric door holder to withstand 80 pounds pulling force.  – Automatic Detector Installation:  Conform to NFPA 72.     

 

Page 72 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines     –

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  Ethernet Drop: A standard RJ‐45 Ethernet connection to the owner’s Ethernet network shall be provided at  each fire alarm control panel as part of the contract. 

  Wiring Installation   – System Wiring: Wire and cable shall be a type listed for its intended use by an approval agency acceptable  to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall be installed in accordance with the appropriate articles from  the current approved edition of NFPA 70: National Electric Code (NEC).  – Contractor shall obtain from the Fire Alarm System Manufacturer written instruction regarding the  appropriate wire/cable to be used for this installation. No deviation from the written instruction shall be  made by the Contractor without the prior written approval of the Fire Alarm System Manufacturer.  – Color Coding: Color‐code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use one  color code for alarm initiating device circuits wiring and a different color code for supervisory circuits.  Color‐code notification appliance circuits differently from alarm‐initiating circuits. Paint fire alarm system  junction boxes and covers red.  – Fire Alarm Control Panel    Field Quality Control  – Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide services of a factory‐authorized service representative to supervise  the field assembly and connection of components and the pretesting, testing, and adjustment of the  system.  – Service personnel shall be qualified and experienced in the inspection, testing, and maintenance of fire  alarm systems.  Examples of qualified personnel shall be permitted to include, but shall not be limited to,  individuals with the following qualifications:  – Factory trained and certified.  – National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) fire alarm certified.  – International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA) fire alarm certified.  – Certified by a state or local authority.  – Trained and qualified personnel employed by an organization listed by a national testing laboratory for the  servicing of fire alarm systems.  – Pretesting: Determine, through pretesting, the conformance of the system to the requirements of the  Drawings and Specifications. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. Replace malfunctioning    Inspection:  – Inspect equipment installation, interconnection with system devices, mounting locations, and mounting  methods.  – Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled and that interconnecting wires  and terminals are identified.  – Acceptance Operational Tests:  – Perform operational system tests to verify conformance with specifications:  o Each alarm initiating device installed shall be operationally tested.  Each device shall be tested for  alarm and trouble conditions.  Contractor shall submit a written certification that the Fire Alarm  System installation is complete including all punch‐list items.  Test battery operated emergency  power supply.  Test emergency power supply to minimum durations specified.  Test Supervising  Station Signal Transmitter.  Coordinate testing with Supervising Station monitoring firm/entity.  o Test each Notification Appliance installed for proper operation.    o Test Fire Alarm Control Panel and Remote Annunciator.  – Provide minimum 10 days notice of acceptance test performance schedule to Owner, and local Authority  Having Jurisdiction.  – Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work affected by such deficiencies.  Verify by the system test that the total system meets the Specifications and complies with applicable  standards.  – Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test results in  the form of a test log. Use NFPA 72 Forms for documentation.  – Final Test, Record of Completion, and Certificate of Occupancy:     

 

Page 73 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  –

Test the system as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in order to obtain a certificate of  occupancy.  Provide completed NFPA 72 Record of Completion form to Owner and AHJ. 

  Training  – Provide the services of a factory‐authorized service representative to demonstrate the system and train  Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below.  – Train Owner's maintenance personnel in the procedures and schedules involved in operating,  troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintaining of the system. Provide a minimum of 8 hours'  training.  – Schedule training with the Owner at least seven days in advance.    Security System Guide Specification    PART 1: GENERAL     1.01 General:  (a) Provide  and  install  all  security  system  components  as  indicated  on  the  approved  drawings  and/or  as  specified herein in the specifications. The work in this section shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing  all equipment, materials, labor to install, test and place into approved operation complete systems for the  following. The work shall consist of, but not be limited to the following systems:    1. Provide and install complete Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System including all components and  devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and  programming needed to make a complete system.  2. Provide and install complete Access Control System including all components and devices as indicated  on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to  make a complete system.  3. Provide and install complete Integrated Audio and Video Security Communication system including all  components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required  wiring and programming needed to make a complete system.  4. Provide and install complete CCTV System including all components and devices as indicated on the  Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to make a  complete system.    1.02 System Features:  (a) Supervised  Security  Intrusion  Alarm  System  shall  consist  of  motion  detectors,  door  contacts  and  burglar  panel providing alarm notification via telephone dialer capture device in ContactID format over the DCSS  wide area network.  1. Provide motion detectors in all first floor rooms with exterior windows or exterior doors. Provide wire  guards for all devices installed in Gymnasiums or enclosed PE Areas.  2. Provide motion detectors at all doors leading to the outside and interior stairwells on all levels.  3. Provide industrial type door contacts for all exterior doors at Boiler Rooms with exterior doors, roof  hatches, Mechanical/Electrical Rooms with exterior doors and at all exterior storage or multipurpose  buildings.  4. Provide motion detectors with long range lens in each corridor on all floors.  5. Provide three (3) key pads; one at the main front door, kitchen door, gymnasium door and any other  designation located on the drawing by the Dekalb County School System, Security Systems  Department.   6. Provide blue strobe light in the Main Front Lobby ceiling and interior sirens located throughout the  building on the first floor to provide full sound coverage to the building if the system is activated.    (b) Access Control System shall be a card access system.  1. Provide card access/integrated audio and video door station communication system components and  devices as indicated on the Drawings.  The Integrated audio and video door station card access reader     

 

Page 74 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

2.

3. 4.

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  in the door station specification will be wired to the card access controller for keyless entry. Install  master station in the reception/front office area, rack mount the Central exchange unit in the CCTV  rack located in the MDF room.  Refer to the attached Security Door Details. PDF for card access drawings 1 and 2 and for non card  access drawings 3 and 4 for specific details for each type of door requiring access control hardware or  security door contact.  Card Access controller will log who enters and exits the building.  Card access controller will be connected via the DeKalb County Schools wide area network to the card  access 3000 server located at the Sam A Moss Service Center. 

  (c) The CCTV system will be a Network Video Recorder system with megapixel cameras that are powered and  connected to the DCSS network by a Power Over Ethernet network switch. The NVR, POE hardware will be  installed  in  an  approved  hardware  rack.    The  NVR,  POE  will  be  powered  from  a  rack  mounted  uninterruptible power supply that is plugged into a back up generator circuit receptacle.  Approved DCSS  network users will have the capability to maintain, view, search, and export video from any camera with a  DCSS workstation with the video management system/client software PC requirements.    1.

2.

3.

4. 5.

Provide a Network Video Recorder (NVR) with the following specifications: 280 Mbps to support as  many as 128 video channels, optimized to support pre installed network video software, expandable  by networking an unlimited number of servers and encoders depending on available network  bandwidth, can be used as a standalone system or as part of a network of servers, NVR monitoring  from a video management system/client software, i7 processor and 8GB of RAM, two gigabit network  ports, two DVI video output ports, five USB ports, up to 24 TB storage in Raid 5 or JBOD, DVD RW,  optional SCSI card, network health and event monitoring support.  Provide indoor/outdoor vandal resistant megapixel dome cameras with low light, wide dynamic range,  day/night, auto focus varifocal 2.8‐10mm megapixel lens, Power Over Ethernet, audio in/out, H.264  and MJPEG compression, up to two simultaneous video streams, web interface, built in analytics,  window blanking.  Provide the appropriate optional accessories for ceiling/wall mount for  inside/outside camera mounting.  Cameras will be placed at locations as indicated on the Drawings.   The number of cameras to be installed will vary by school layout.  Provide a POE network switch which will provide camera power and a network connection.  This  hardware will need to be approved by the DCSS MIS department to meet the DCSS network hardware  specifications.  Provide rack mounted UPS for power to the NVR and POE hardware.  Provide 19” Wall mounted rack (Swivel type and black) for remote CCTV equipment located in IDF  rooms and 19” floor rack (black) with top ladder cable support (walk behind for service) for head end  CCTV equipment located in MDF room. 

  PART 2 – PRODUCTS    2.01 SECURITY INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM:  (a) The Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System shall be a system of motion detectors and door contacts  that report to a central station receiver which shall provide alarm notification via telephone capture device  over the DCSS wide area network. The system shall consist at a minimum of the following components:  o Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System Main Control Panel shall be Controller/Communicator  Panel as indicated on the Documents. Provide complete with DTK‐120HW Surge Suppressor, two  DTKMRJ31SCW  Telephone  Line  Surge  Suppressors,  Telephone  Communication  Cords,  power  supply  and  battery  backup  (minimum  of  24  hours  of  Standby  and  10  minutes  of  Alarm).  The  Security Control Panel shall be capable of supervising and controlling up to eight (8) user defined  partitions  and  up  to  sixteen  (16)  keypad  consoles.  System  shall  be  capable  of  utilizing  wired,  multiplexed  and  wireless  devices  to  provide  minimum  of  208  zones.  System  shall  provide  a  minimum of 99 user codes. Provide dual phone line and LAN network module for connection to  local LAN Network. Each input Module installed must be mounted in a separate cabinet, powered  by a separate power source and battery backup (minimum of 24 hours of Standby and 10 minutes     

 

Page 75 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

o

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  of Alarm) per the manufacturer’s specifications. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that  feeds  the  Main  Control  Panel,  note  on  the  Panel  Schedule  that  this  breaker  serves  the  Security  System Control Panel and provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s).  Acceptable Products:  ƒ M1G Control Panel M1GKS  ƒ Ethernet Module ELKM1XEP  ƒ Output Expander ELKM1XOVR  ƒ Input Expander ELKM1XIN  ƒ Data Bus Hub ELK M1DBHR  ƒ Relay Board ELKM1RB  ƒ STRW 28”H Box ELKSWB28  ƒ Altronix SMP5PMCTX  ƒ Burglary IP Communicator (Teldat 9T‐ALMPH108) 

  (b) Motion  Detectors:  Intrusion  detection  devices  as  shown  on  the  drawings  with  a  minimum  of  50’  X  50’  coverage  with  standard  lens  or  minimum  10’  X  100’  coverage  with  long  range  lens.  Motion  detectors  located in Gym Areas will require wire guards. Wire Guards to be STI #9620.  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ Optex (Wall mount CX‐502 CX‐702) (Ceiling FX360)  ƒ Optex wireless CX‐702RSi BX‐80NRi    (c) Wireless zone expansion:  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ Inovonics Wireless EN4232MR Receiver  (d) Keypad:  Keypad  to  be  Addressable  Alphanumeric  Keypad  Console,  surface  mounted  as  shown  on  the  Drawings. Install in STI # 6560 surface mounted keypad cover with lock.  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ ELKM1KP2  ƒ ELK‐M1KPNAV    (e) Blue Security Strobe, ceiling or wall mounted, located in the Main Front Lobby. Connect the strobe to the  Supervised/Addressable Security Intrusion System.  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ ELK‐SLB1 ELK‐1RT    (f) Provide  interior  Security  Siren,  flush  ceiling  mounted,  connected  to  the  Supervised/Addressable  Security  Intrusion System. Locate throughout the building for full coverage.  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ ELK – SS36    (g) Security System Cables: All wiring shall be installed with yellow cable.  o All  wiring  and  cables  exposed  in  mechanical/boiler  rooms,  concealed  inside  walls,  concealed  above non‐accessible ceilings or underground outside the building shall be installed in conduit. All  line voltage wiring shall be installed in a conduit. All low voltage wiring installed above accessible  ceiling  may  be  installed  without  conduit  by  using  cable  with  a  jacket  that  is  U.L.  listed  for  installation in a return air plenum.  o Plenum  rated  cable  installed  in  corridors  and  other  accessible  ceiling  areas  shall  be  installed  in  existing cable hangers/tray or the Contractor shall provide cable hangers or cable tray, typical to  the existing hangers or tray presently installed in the school.  o All cable ties shall be plenum rated.  o All  devices  shall  be  installed  with  a  back  box  for  cable  terminations  and  cable  splices.  All  back  boxes  shall  be  sized  for  the  device  mounted  onto  the  back  box.  All  back  boxes  that  are  surface  mounted (exposed) shall have no conduit knockouts on the sides of the box, all conduits shall be  terminated via threaded hubs. Use Wire mold back boxes and Wire mold Series V700 One‐Piece     

 

Page 76 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  Surface Steel Raceway for all surface mounted installations in public areas and use conduits with  cast boxes in all Non‐Public Areas. Paint the Wire mold back boxes and raceway the same color as  the wall it is mounted onto. 

  2.02 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM:  (a) Access  Control  System  shall  consist  of  a  main  controller,  door  panic  hardware,  electric  power  transfer  (EPT), door power supply, card reader, “Request to Exit” PIR units, and door contact at specific doors as  indicated  on  the  documents.  The  system  shall  communicate  via  the  school’s  wide  area  network.  The  system shall consist of the following components:   o Access Control System Main Control Panel: Control Panel shall be complete Cabinet, Accelerator  board, Network module, Power Supplies and Battery Backup (minimum of 24 hours) and Power  Supplies  for  electric  door  lock  power  with  Battery  Backup  (minimum  of  24hours).  Provide  complete with DTK‐120HW Surge Suppressor, all input/output cards and door expander panels as  required. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the Main Control Panel, Note  on  the  Panel  Schedule  that  this  breaker  serves  the  Control  Access  System  Control  Panel  and  provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s). The Contractor shall run the local  area  network  cable  that  connects  the  Main  Control  Panel  to  the  local  area  network  router  by  labeling the router cable ”Card Access‐Security” in the MDF or IDF room. The Card Access static IP  VLAN number, router bank and port will be determined by the DCSS MIS department.      o Acceptable Products:  ƒ Continental  Instrument  Turbo  8‐door  intelligent  controller  (CICP1800T),  Accelerator  Board(CICP18ACCBD), NIC Module (CICP18ACCNETBD)   ƒ Super Two 2‐door intelligent controller(CICP1300), NIC Module (CICP1300NETBD)  (b) Card  Reader:  All  approved  card  access  doors  will  have  a  Multi‐Technology  Reader  with  the  capability  of  reading all types/technologies of cards.  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ XCEED ID ISO Multi‐technology Reader XF1500P‐B, XF1100  ƒ HID ProxPoint Proximity reader Model# 6005bkb00 (for use in AX Aiphone Door station  ONLY)    (c) Door Panic Hardware: Hardware to be Electric Latch Retraction type with heavy duty Fail Secure Solenoids,  and an Electrical Power Transfer unit to get power from door jamb to door hardware. Contractor must size  door hardware frame hinge and box rough in for card access doors.  Contractor must size door hardware  Power supply as required complete with adequate panic device control boards as required.  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ Von Duprin # EL99NL  ƒ Von Duprin Electrical Power Transfer # EPT‐10  ƒ Von Duprin # PS914 Power Supply  ƒ Von Duprin # PS900‐2RS Relay EL Panic device control board    (d) “Request to Exit” PIR: Egress Motion Sensor to be ceiling/wall mounted type with adjustable pattern and  two (2) Form C output relays with sounder.  o Acceptable Products:   ƒ GE # RCR‐REX‐W and single gang wall plate #RCR‐WP‐W (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum  cable from controller to REX).  ƒ Honeywell  #  IS320WH  and  trim  plate  #  IS310WHTP  #  (5‐531‐395‐01)  (18/6  stranded,  shielded plenum cable from controller to REX).    (e) Door  Contacts:  Door  Contacts  to  be  recessed  type  with  minimum  of  3/4”  Contact  with  minimum  3/4”  Magnet  and  7/8”  Gap.  Run  cable  back  to  the  door  controller  as  required.  Match  door  contact  to  door  frame color.  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ GE # SR‐1078C     

 

Page 77 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

  ƒ

Honeywell # 947‐75T 

  (f) Integrated Audio & Video System: Central Exchange Unit (located in MDF room), Master Station (located in  the front office/reception Area), Door Station (located by main front door and or any other door that will  be determined on drawings by DCSS, Security Systems Department). The system shall have a hands free or  PTT communication, Video with minimum 3 1/2” LCD Screen (Master station end), selective door release  (Master station end), and HID ProxPoint card reader (Door station end) to work with separate Card Access  system  controller.  The  Door  station  is  to  be  vandal  resistant,  flush  mount  (new  building),  surface  mount  (existing building), and stainless steel faceplate type with built in HID Smart Card Reader.  Run cable to the  AX integrated audio & video system as required using plenum rated category 6 cable.   o Acceptable Products:  ƒ Central Exchange Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐084C including (2) PS‐2420UL Power Supply (one  for Audio, one for Video).  ƒ Master Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐8MV.  ƒ Door  Station  ‐  Aiphone  #  AX‐DVF‐P.  (Use  this  model  for  new  building  construction  Install/flush mount).  ƒ Door  Station  ‐  Aiphone  #  AX‐DV‐P.  (Use  this  model  for  existing  building  install/surface  mount.  ƒ Category 6 (23 AWG) plenum rated cable (Yellow).    (g) Control Access System Cables shall be plenum rated. Install the number of conductors and conductor size  as required by the equipment manufacturer.     (h) All devices shall be installed with a backbox for cable terminations and cable splices. All back boxes shall be  sized for the device mounted onto the back box. All back boxes that are surface mounted (exposed) shall  have no conduit knockouts on the sides of the box, all conduits shall be terminated via threaded hubs. Use  Wire mold back boxes and Wire mold Series V700 One‐Piece Surface Steel Raceway for all surface mounted  installations in public areas and use conduits with cast boxes in all non‐public areas. Paint the Wire mold  back boxes and raceway the same color as the wall it is mounted onto.    2.03 CCTV SYSTEM:  (a) The  CCTV  System  shall  be  a  Network  Video  Recorder  Ethernet  ready  system  with  the  ability  to  be  connected to the DCSS wide area network for viewing via a workstation with a web browser or NVR video  management system/client software. The Contractor shall run the local area network cable that connects  the NVR to the local area network POE switch by labeling the router cable ”CCTV‐Security”.  The CCTV NVR  and IP cameras static IP VLAN number, router bank and ports will be determined by the DCSS Security/MIS  Department.  The system shall consist of the following components:   o Indoor/outdoor  vandal  resistant  megapixel  dome  cameras  with  low  light,  wide  dynamic  range,  day/night,  auto  focus  varifocal  2.8‐10mm  megapixel  lens,  Power  Over  Ethernet,  audio  in/out,  H.264  and  MJPEG  compression,  up  to  two  simultaneous  video  streams,  web  interface,  built  in  analytics, window blanking.  Provide the appropriate optional accessories for ceiling/wall mount  for inside/outside camera mounting.   Focus and aim the cameras with the approval by the owner.  o Approved Products:  ƒ Pelco IM10LW10‐1E (IP Megapixel Camera).  ƒ Use  appropriate  Pelco  IM10LW10‐1E  optional  accessories  for  wall/ceiling  mount  hardware applications.    (b) POE  switch  to  camera  cable  connection/power:    The  approved  camera  shall  be  connected  via  green  plenum  rated  Category  6  cable  RJ45  connectors  to  provide  single  channel  video  and  power  over  the  standard EIA/TIA 568B structured building wiring.  All cable runs need to be determined by POE location  not to exceed IP limits to IDF, MDF locations.  o Approved Products:  ƒ Green Plenum CAT 6 cable, RJ45 Connector  ƒ Power Over Ethernet switch (TBD with DCSS MIS Dept.)     

 

Page 78 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

   

  (c) Network  Video  Recorder  (NVR)  with  the  following  specifications:  280  Mbps  to  support  as  many  as  128  video channels, optimized to support pre installed network video software, expandable by networking an  unlimited number of servers and encoders depending on available network bandwidth, can be used as a  standalone  system  or  as  part  of  a  network  of  servers,  NVR  monitoring  from  a  video  management/client  software, 2nd generation i7 processors and 8GB of RAM, two gigabit network ports, two DVI video output  ports, five USB ports, up to 24 TB storage in Raid 5 or JBOD, DVD RW, optional SCSI card, network health  and event monitoring support.  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ Digital Sentry Server Recorder, 18 TB ‐ includes 8 IP camera license #DSSRV‐180  ƒ Digital Sentry IP camera one time license fee per camera #DS‐SW‐CAM  ƒ Digital Sentry Server Recorder internal raid card #DSSRV‐RAID 

  (d) UPS: UPS to be 120volt input and 120 Volt output rack mounted. The Contractor shall verify the required  breaker amperage and receptacle type.  The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the UPS  and note on the panel schedule that this breaker serves the CCTV UPS and provide and install “Lock On”  device onto the circuit breaker(s).  o Acceptable Products:  ƒ APC    (e) Provide  and  install  19”  wall  mounted  racks  in  all  IDF  rooms.  Provide  and  install  19”  floor  mounted  full  height racks in the MDF Room * NOTE: All accessories needed to accommodate CCTV equipment needs to  be  added  to  the  rack  purchase  (Example:  rack  fan  assembly,  power  strips,  ladder  rack  runway/angles/mounting  plates/cable  management).    Racks  must  be  approved  by  the  Dekalb  County  Schools  Security  Department.    Coordinate  location  of  rack  and  power  requirements  with  the  DCSS  MIS/Security Dept.    o Approved Products:  ƒ Wall Mounted Racks – Hoffman, Chatsworth, West Penn.   ƒ Floor Mounted Racks ‐ Hoffman, Chatsworth, West Penn.     (f) Provide  and  install  LCD  flat  panel  monitors  complete  with  wall  mount  bracket  and  power  receptacles  in  place  as  needed  for  CCTV  viewing.  Meet  with  Dekalb  County  School  System,  Department  of  Security  Systems on CCTV monitor information.  o Acceptable Product:  ƒ High Definition Flat Panel Monitor with tilt wall mount bracket.  *Note:  Discuss monitor  approval with owner.    PART 3 – EXECUTION    3.01 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS:  (a) All  equipment  shall  be  installed  as  per  the  Manufacturer’s  Recommendations  and  as  required  by  the  Specifications.     3.02 INSTALLATION:  (a) Provide  all  equipment,  wiring,  conduit  and  outlet  boxes  required  for  the  installation  of  a  complete  and  operating  system  in  accordance  with  applicable  local,  state  and  national  codes,  the  manufacturer’s  recommendations and the Contract Documents.  (b) The  manufacturer’s  authorized  representative/installer  shall  provide  supervision  of  final  system  panel  connections,  perform  a  complete  functional  test  of  the  system  and  submit  a  written  report  to  the  contractor/DeKalb County School System attesting to the proper operation of the system.  (c) All equipment and wiring shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum  of one‐year period from the acceptance and beneficial use of the system. Emergency repairs, programming  changes and additions to the system made by owner’s personnel shall not invalidate this warranty.     

 

Page 79 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines    

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

  (d) Upon completion of the installation, the electrical contractor shall provide to the Engineer with a copy to  the  manufacturer’s  representative,  signed  written  statement  attesting  that  all  system  equipment  was  installed in accordance with these specifications and in accordance with wiring diagrams, instructions and  directions provided to the contractor by the manufacturer.  (e) Contractor will furnish upon completion a complete as‐built diagram of new system for final walk through  and acceptance by the owner. Drawings shall be provided, both hard copy and electronic copy in AutoCAD  2009 format and PDF.  (f) All system devices shall be mounted on wall surfaces so as to provide maximum coverage and use of the  device.  All  devices  shall  be  marked  with  an  indelible  marker  on  their  surface  indicating  their  zone  identifications.  (g) Installer shall provide the DeKalb County School System with the outgoing phone line number used by the  panels.  (h) All  work  shall  be  performed  using  licensed  installers  with  current  licenses  as  required  by  the  State  of  Georgia for this type of work. Provide copies of all licensed personnel to the owner for his review at the  shop  drawing  stage  of  the  project.  The  licensed  personnel  shall  be  on  site  at  all  times  when  the  work  is  being performed at the school.  (i) The Owner will provide final CCTV camera aiming instructions once the system is operational and can be  viewed by the owner. The Contractor shall provide all required personnel and materials needed to re‐aim  any camera in the system at the instructions of the owner.  (j) All cables shall be labeled at all termination points within the system with the IP Address or name of the  device the cable serves. 

      3.03 OWNER’S ACCEPTANCE OF SYSTEM:  (a) Walk through testing of system shall be completed prior to putting on line to the reporting office and shall  be conducted at a time when students are not present and there are no activities at the school.  (b) Walk through testing shall include arming of system and activation of each zone device to insure proper  operation, programming and installation of the device.  (c) Walk  through  testing  shall  include  but  not  limited  to  the  following  persons:  system  installer,  the  Contractor’s  representative,  Dekalb  County  School  System  personnel  (Job  site  Project  Manager  and  Security Systems Department).  (d) Installer  shall  coordinate  the  walk  through  with  all  parties  concerned  and  provide  adequate  notice  to  schedule all parties.  (e) The  contractor  will  provide  the  DeKalb  County  School  System  cut  sheets  for  equipment  installed,  detail  drawings  of  each  system  including  all  names,  serial  numbers,  zone  numbers,  IP  Addresses,  etc.  for  each  system device indicating the exact location of the device or component and a description of the device or  component for the owners’ use. Drawings will be in AutoCAD format, and PDF. The contractor will provide  both a hard copy of the drawings along with electronic copies of all drawings on disk to the owner prior to  the final acceptance.  (f) The contractor shall provide adequate training on each system for each school. Training will be provided at  both the school and at other locations as directed by the owner. Training will consist of, but not limited to  the following: detailed instructions of how each system operates, programming of the system and system  operations in both normal state and activated or alarm states.  (g) The  owner  reserves  the  right  to  modify  the  equipment  or  specifications  in  order  to  meet  their  desired  goals.      Information Technology System 

 DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS   DATA CLOSETS   1. Provide a Main Distribution Facility (MDF) and Intermediate Distribution Facilities (IDFs) as needed to  support the structured cable system. Data closets will be located in a way and in sufficient numbers     

 

Page 80 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

 

to keep the horizontal distance from any data drop or device (wireless access point, camera, etc.) to  the nearest data closet under the maximum 290 feet. The items in this section are to be provided by  the Electrical Contractor and the General Contractor.   2. The MDF will be at least 10' by 16' and IDF's will be at least 9' by 9' in size and have finished (i.e.,  tile) floors and drop ceilings.   3. The MDF will be provided with 6 dedicated 20‐amp quad power outlets and one 30‐amp dedicated  circuit with a L6‐30 locking receptacle. Each IDF will be provided with 2 dedicated 20‐amp quad   power outlets. Additional receptacles can be provided to conform to building codes. The location of  the quad outlets will be coordinated with DCSD IT prior to installation. All circuits in the MDF and  IDFs will be connected to the school's emergency (generator) panel(s).   4. The MDF and all IDF's will be provided with dedicated HVAC systems (split systems) that are to be   connected to the school's emergency (generator) panel(s). The minimum capacity of the unit will be  2 Tons (2400 Btu). These HVAC systems should remain on at all times and should not be controlled  by the building management system.   5. At least one wall in the MDF and all IDF’s will be lined with ¾” plywood painted with fire retardant  paint.   6. Every data cabinet will be provided with a local ground bar (the MDF requires 2 individually  grounded bars). The grounding bar will be mounted to the plywood backboard.     DATA CABLING PATHWAY CONDUIT, CABLE TRAYS, and SUPPORTS   1. Provide all conduit, cable trays, J‐hooks, etc. necessary to deliver structured data and telephone   cabling from the MDF to each IDF and from the MDF & IDF's to the individual rooms. The items in  this section are to be provided by the Electrical Contractor and the General Contractor.   2. Cable Supports ‐ 4 options  a. Wire basket cable tray above ceiling ‐ trapeze' style supported with threaded rod and  associated hardware   b. Without wire basket using threaded rod and f‐Hooks   c. Grid wire and J‐Hooks   i. J‐Hooks placed every 4‐5 feet. Follow manufacturer's guidelines.   ii. Number of cables per J‐Hook is based upon J‐Hook size. Follow  manufacturer’s guidelines.   iii. Support method must not exceed support or cable manufacturer’s  required weight and or cable quantity limits   d. Rigid conduit is to be used through hard ceilings and wherever the path is  otherwise inaccessible for the purpose of pulling cable.   3. Surface mount raceway for horizontal (station) cables    a. Size of surface mount raceway will depend on number of cables.   b. Surface mounted raceway to be secured neatly to all surfaces ‐ cut to length.   c. Must be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations.   4. Where data cables are to penetrate fire rated walls, floors and ceilings fireproof the opening. Provide  conduit sleeves for cables that penetrate fire rated walls. Install fire proofing material around all  conduit sleeves and openings. Install fireproofing material thoroughly and neatly. Seal all floor, wall     

 

Page 81 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

 

and ceiling penetrations. When installing in existing installations all breached fire stopped openings  must be returned to original condition.   DATA and TELEPHONE CABLING SYSTEM   1. Overview: Data and telephone cabling and all other items in this section will be installed by the DCSD  IT designated low voltage contractor.   2. Installation Practices: All installation techniques employed in this project conform to industry   standards and manufacturer recommended installation procedures. Installation practices must be in  compliance with the adopted National Electric Codes (NEC) edition. Other standards include: IEEE  802.3ab 1000BASE‐TX Standards   a. American National Standards Association (ANSI)/Electronic Industries   Association/Telecommunications Industry Standards (EIA/TIA) 568 (designation T‐568B),  Category 5 and Category 6 Data and Voice, Commercial Building Telecommunications Wiring  Standard   b. EIA/TIA‐569, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces  c. ANSI/ICEA 2‐83‐596‐1988 Standard for Fiber Optic Premises Distribution Cable  d. EIA/TIA PN ‐ 2327, Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications in  Commercial Buildings  e. FOIRL Standards  3. Data Cabinets: The MDF will be equipped with a minimum of one full height data cabinet 24" wide by  32" deep. The cabinet will be placed parallel to the short wall furthest from the door. Spacing will be  24" from the wall from the side and 30" from the rear wall. IDFs will be equipped with a similar full  height cabinet. Wall mount cabinets will be used only if there is not sufficient room for a full size  cabinet. Full size cabinets will be provided with a ladder kit which will be attached to the cabinet and  the wall. All cabinets will be grounded to the ground bar provided using #6 AWG copper wire.   4. MDF /IDF Interconnects: For data all IDFs will be connected to the MDF using armored 12‐strand  multimode 62.5/125 or 50/125 micron fiber rated to support at least 400 MHz at 1310 nm  terminated per DCSD request (i.e. SC, LC, MTRJ, ST). All cables will be properly installed with strain  relief. If unarmored cable is used this cable must be run through a 2" innerduct. Each IDF should be  connected with a dedicated cable going directly to the MDF (no daisy chaining) forming a true star  network. If fusion splices are used the loss will be less than .2 dB. If field connectors are used the  connector loss will be less than .6 dB. For voice each IDF will have a tie cable run back to the MDF of  sufficient size (25, 50‐pair or larger) to meet the need. Voice tie cables are to be terminated on 110  blocks that will be mounted to the backer board on both ends. All cabling must come with a 25‐year  manufacturer's warranty.   5. Data Cabling: Data cabling will be of a fire‐retardant "open air plenum” type meeting all federal and  state fire codes. The data cable will be four‐pair, 24 AWG cable compliant with UL lab certification  program for Category 6 or better wiring. The cable will comply with EIA/TIA 568A standards and  terminate using 568B commercial building wiring standards for UTP cable. Cable sheath will be plainly  marked with UL approved cable surface markings. Data cables will be terminated on a 48 port  Category 6 RJ45 modular patch panel in the data closed and on RJ45 jacks in information faceplates  on the remote end. All four‐pair will be terminated using 1000BASE‐TX standards. Cables will be  neatly dressed and labeled (printed, no handwritten labels). The labeling will be sufficient to identify  the location of both the near and remote ends of the run. While the cable labeling schemes should be  consistent across all sites in the county, the scheme may vary if exceptional conditions exist at a site,  as approved by the DCSD MIS contact. The cable number must be placed on the outside faceplate.  Each number must be clearly typed. Data cables will be blue, wireless cables will be yellow, IP CCTV  cables will be green. All cabling must come with a 25‐year manufacturer's warranty.   6. Voice Cabling: Telephone cabling will be UL Category 5e cable. It will be fire‐retardant "open air  plenum" type meeting all federal and state fire codes. The cable will be four‐pair, 24 AWG cable     

 

Page 82 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

 

compliant with UL lab certification program for Category 5e wiring. Cable sheath will be plainly  marked with UL approved cable surface markings. All four‐pair will be terminated. Cables will be  neatly dressed and labeled (printed, no hand written labels). Voice cables will be white. All cabling  must come with a 25‐year manufacturer's warranty.  7. Cable Test and Certification:   a. Data certification will include the individual UTP connector (Jack), cable, cross‐connect  blocks, transition connectors, and patch panels. The selected offeror will utilize equipment  (network analyzer), which has the capability to meet or exceed requirements for Category 6  cable, qualified to sweep and measure bandwidth of at least 1 MHz to 250 MHz. The test  result shall be delivered to DCSD and shall include the following:   i. Length     ii. Attenuation on all pairs        iii. Near‐end crosstalk    iv. Loop loss   Ensure that noise does not exceed industry standards.   b. All individual fibers of each terminated cable segment must be tested using a power meter   to determine the actual loss. The fibers must also be tested for length. These readings will be  taken at 850 nm and 1300 nm for multimode fiber. These readings must not be higher than  the "Optimal Attenuation Loss." The OAL must be calculated using the manufacturer's  factory certified test results, (db/km) converted to the actual installed lengths plus the  manufacturer's published attenuation loss for the connectors. The maximum allowable  attenuation should not exceed 3.0 db. DCSD will not accept the installation of multimode  fibers that contain a splice. The test result shall be delivered to DCSD and must include the  following:   i. Length      ii. Attenuation on all pairs   c. Voice certification will include the individual UTP (Jack) connector, cable and cross‐connect   blocks. The equipment must be capable of meeting the requirements for Category 5e. The  test result shall be delivered to DCSD and include:   i. Continuity check   ii. Checking for cross‐connects   8. Documentation: Upon completion "red‐line" as‐built sketches must be provided of any deviations,   modifications or additions to the engineering drawing package. In addition to the as‐built drawings a  digital set of as‐built plans indicating the location and drop number of each drop must be provided.  The results of all test results including the drop number, cable origin, cable destination, certified PASS  test result and the date of the test must be provided. These test results will be provided in digital  format. The normal means of transmitting the digital submittals will be to a designated DCSD  SharePoint site.   

DCSD ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM:   

A.  Access Control System shall consist of a main controller, door panic hardware, electric power transfer  (EPT), door power supply, card reader, “Request to Exit” PIR units, and door contact at specific doors  as indicated on the documents. The system shall communicate via the school’s wide area network.  The system shall consist of the following components:   1.   Access Control System Main Control Panel: Control Panel shall be complete Cabinet, Accelerator  board, Network module, Power Supplies and Battery Backup (minimum of 24 hours) and Power  Supplies for electric door lock power with Battery Backup (minimum of 24hours). Provide complete     

 

Page 83 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

 

with DTK‐120HW Surge Suppressor, all input/output cards and door expander panels as required.  The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the Main Control Panel, Note on the Panel  Schedule that this breaker serves the Control Access System Control Panel and provide and install  “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s). The Contractor shall run the local area network cable  that connects the Main Control Panel to the local area network router by labeling the router cable  ”Card Access‐Security” in the MDF or IDF room. The Card Access static IP VLAN number, router  bank and port will be determined by the DCSS MIS department.    Acceptable Products:  a.  Continental Instrument Turbo 8‐door intelligent controller (CICP1800T), Accelerator  Board(CICP18ACCBD), NIC Module (CICP18ACCNETBD)   b.  Super Two 2‐door intelligent controller(CICP1300), NIC Module (CICP1300NETBD)  2.   Card Reader: All approved card access doors will have a Multi‐Technology Reader with the  capability of reading all types/technologies of cards.  Acceptable Products:  a.  XCEED ID ISO Multi‐technology Reader XF1500P‐B, XF1100  b.  HID ProxPoint Proximity reader Model# 6005bkb00 (for use in AX Aiphone Door station ONLY)  3.  Door Panic Hardware: Hardware to be Electric Latch Retraction type with heavy duty Fail Secure  Solenoids, and an Electrical Power Transfer unit to get power from door jamb to door hardware.  Contractor must size door hardware frame hinge and box rough in for card access doors.   Contractor must size door hardware Power supply as required complete with adequate panic  device control boards as required.  Acceptable Products:  a.  Von Duprin # EL99NL  b.  Von Duprin Electrical Power Transfer # EPT‐10  c. Von Duprin # PS914 Power Supply  d.  Von Duprin # PS900‐2RS Relay EL Panic device control board   

4.  “Request to Exit” PIR: Egress Motion Sensor to be ceiling/wall mounted type with adjustable  pattern and two (2) Form C output relays with sounder.  Acceptable Products:   a.  GE # RCR‐REX‐W and single gang wall plate #RCR‐WP‐W (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum cable  from controller to REX).  b.  Honeywell # IS320WH and trim plate # IS310WHTP # (5‐531‐395‐01) (18/6 stranded, shielded  plenum cable from controller to REX).  5.  Door Contacts: Door Contacts to be recessed type with minimum of 3/4” Contact with minimum  3/4” Magnet and 7/8” Gap. Run cable back to the door controller as required. Match door contact  to door frame color.  Acceptable Products:  a.  GE # SR‐1078C     

 

Page 84 of 85 

DeKalb County School District  Design Guidelines  

July 22, 2013  Version 1.3                             

 

 

b.  Honeywell # 947‐75T    END OF DESIGN GUIDELINES   

   

 

Page 85 of 85 

Facility Condition Assessment Report

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Facility Code Super Cluster

0597 4

General Information: Function: Gross Area:

Middle School 132,700 S.F.

Year Built: Last Renovation:

Facility Description: The Miller Grove Middle School campus consists of one main school building located at 2215 Miller Road in Decatur, Georgia. The original campus was constructed in 1985 and an addition to the main school building was constructed in 1988. In addition to these buildings, the campus contains a storage building, baseball field, football field, track, and tennis courts. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report for each building and other facilities on the campus. Current Repair Cost: $11,019,027.46

27-Jan-2011 Miller Grove Middle School

Replacement Cost: $25,878,443.82

FCI: 42.58%

DeKalb County School System COMET4 FCI Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Facility Name Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building Miller Grove Middle\Track Miller Grove Middle\Site Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field Miller Grove Middle\Football Field

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Weighted FCI Report Last Renovation

Cost Per Sq. Ft. $8.87 $160.63 $165.92 $4.52 $20.32 $89.73 $5.44 $4.93

Gross Area (Sq. Ft.) 12,970 20,700 112,000 12,980 132,700 375 98,000 108,000

Repair Cost $112,892 $1,597,682 $8,579,683 $51,452 $629,257 $5,926 $27,166 $14,969

Replacement Cost $115,049 $3,325,125 $18,583,433 $58,714 $2,696,968 $33,648 $533,434 $532,073

Weighted FCI 49.06% 46.58% 45.72% 43.82% 23.33% 17.61% 2.55% 1.41%

Potentially Critical wt 1.1

Critical wt 1.25 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0

Necessary wt 1 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0

$0 $1,402,321 $8,245,080 $0 $629,257 $5,926 $0 $0

Recommended wt 0.75 $0 $195,361 $333,242 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0

Discretionary wt 0.5 $112,892 $0 $1,362 $51,452 $0 $0 $27,166 $14,969

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Facility Name

Assembly

System

DeKalb County School System Middle Schools Miller Grove Middle 1985 Building Building Systems C3010 Wall Finishes Tectum

Material

Distress

Correction

Qty

Unit

Raw Cost

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$8,042,287 $8,042,287 $8,042,287 $6,216,970 $6,216,970 $26,611

Additional Cost

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 1

Total Cost

$2,976,740 $2,976,740 $2,976,740 $2,362,713 $2,362,713 $10,113

$11,019,027 $11,019,027 $11,019,027 $8,579,683 $8,579,683 $36,725

Priority

Def. Cat.

Location / Note

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce

The tectum wall covering is aged and torn and should be scheduled for replacement with the ceiling finishes. The carpet is worn, stained, and frayed, and should be replaced.

C3020

Floor Finishes Carpet

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$70,224

$26,688

$96,912

Necess ary

C3030

Ceiling Finishes

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$485,408

$184,476

$669,884

Necess ary

D3050

Terminal & Package Units

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$1,543,696

$586,670

$2,130,366

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D3060

Controls & Instrumentation

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$285,824

$108,625

$394,449

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D5030

Communications and Security Fire Alarm Communications and Security PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Institutional Equipment

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$125,664

$47,758

$173,422

Necess ary

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$290,752

$110,498

$401,250

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$105,952

$40,266

$146,218

Necess ary

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$241,472

$91,770

$333,242

Recom mended

Other Equipment Kitchen Equipment Exterior Windows

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$357,280

$135,782

$493,062

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

The acoustical ceiling tiles, tectum tiles, and grid system throughout the building are aged, stained, and rusted, and should be replaced. The roof top units, water source heat pumps, fan coil units, and unit heaters for the classrooms and other spaces are aged, worn, leaking, unreliable, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient units. The HVAC controls are inadequate, have obsolete parts and equipment, and should be replaced. The fire alarm system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced. With the exception of the clocks in the halways, the PA/clock system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced. The classroom CCTV and security systems are aged, have reported outages, and should be replaced. Institutional equipment, such as library equipment, theater and stage equipment, audio-visual equipment, and laboratory equipment, is worn, beyond its service life, and should be replaced. The food service equipment is aged and worn and should be replaced.

System

Needs Remediation

Renew System

1

Ea.

$714,560

$271,563

$986,123

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

The single pane windows are malfunctioning and should be scheduled for replacement.

D5030

D5030

E1020

E1090

B2020

Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Facility Name

Assembly

System

Material

Distress

Correction

Qty

Unit

Raw Cost

Additional Cost

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 2

Total Cost

Priority

Def. Cat.

B3020

Roof Openings

Roof Hatches, Skylights

Inadequate

Replace Roof Hatches, Skylights

1

Ea.

$987

$375

$1,362

Discreti onary

Safety

D3020

Heat Generating Systems

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$370,832

$140,932

$511,764

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D3030

Cooling Generating Systems

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$376,992

$143,273

$520,265

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D3040

Distribution Systems & Exhaust Systems

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$416,416

$158,256

$574,672

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D5020

Lighting

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$717,024

$272,500

$989,524

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D5090

Other Electrical Systems Emergency Generator Sanitary Waste

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$83,776

$31,838

$115,614

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

Saintary Sewer Floor Drain

Needs Remediation

Clean Out Sanitary Sewer Floor Drain

35

Ea.

$3,500

$1,330

$4,830

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D2030

Location / Note The roof hatch and ladder do not comply with OSHA safety requirements and should be replaced with new hatch and ladder. The heating system, including gas fired boiler, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment. The cooling system, including cooling tower, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment. The exhaust fans and duct systems are inadequate, dirty, and damaged; they do not ventilate restrooms and other spaces properly; and should be replaced. With the exception of some hallways, the lighting system is aged, inefficient, in poor condition, and should be replaced with an energy efficient system. The emergency generator is aged, rusted, becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced. School reports that floor drains throughout the restrooms, locker rooms, serving line, and kitchen frequently back up and emit foul odors. Rodding out and cleaning of the floor drains is needed throughout the building.

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Facility Name

Assembly

1988 Addition Building Systems C3010

System

Material

Distress

Correction

Qty

Unit

Raw Cost

Additional Cost

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 3

Total Cost

Location / Note

Recom mended

Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce

The wall paint is aged and scuffed and should be repainted.

Wall Finishes Paint

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

C3020

Floor Finishes VCT

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$101,531

$38,582

$140,113

Necess ary

C3030

Ceiling Finishes

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$89,714

$34,091

$123,805

Recom mended

Deferred Maintena nce

D3050

Terminal & Package Units

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$285,308

$108,417

$393,725

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D3060

Controls & Instrumentation

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$52,826

$20,074

$72,900

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D5030

Communications and Security Fire Alarm Communications and Security PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Exterior Windows

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$23,225

$8,826

$32,051

Necess ary

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$53,737

$20,420

$74,157

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$19,582

$7,441

$27,023

Necess ary

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$132,066

$50,185

$182,251

Necess ary

C1020

Interior Doors

System

Needs Remediation

Renew System

1

Ea.

$23,515

$8,936

$32,451

Recom mended

D3020

Heat Generating Systems

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$68,538

$26,044

$94,582

Necess ary

D3030

Cooling Generating Systems

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$69,676

$26,477

$96,153

Necess ary

D5030

B2020

$1,597,682 $1,597,682 $39,105

Def. Cat.

$1,157,741 $1,157,741 $28,337

D5030

$439,942 $439,942 $10,768

Priority

Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce

Deferred Maintena nce

The VCT flooring is faded, stained, chipped, and cracked due to water damage, and should be replaced. The acoustical ceiling tiles and grid system are aged, rusted, and damaged due to leaks. The ceiling should be scheduled for replacement in conjunction with the roof. The roof top units, water source heat pumps, fan coil units, and unit heaters for the classrooms and other spaces are aged, worn, leaking, unreliable, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient units. The HVAC controls are inadequate, have obsolete parts and equipment, and should be replaced. The fire alarm system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced. With the exception of the clocks in the halways, the PA/clock system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced. The classroom CCTV and security systems are aged, have reported outages, and should be replaced. The original metal frame, single pane windows are aged, inefficient, do not lock properly, and should be replaced. The original wood interior doors are worn and should be replaced. The heating system, including gas fired boiler, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment. The cooling system, including cooling tower, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Facility Name

Assembly

System

Material

Distress

Correction

Qty

Unit

Raw Cost

Additional Cost

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 4

Total Cost

Priority

Def. Cat.

Location / Note The exhaust fans and duct systems are inadequate, dirty, and damaged; they do not ventilate restrooms and other spaces properly; and should be replaced. With the exception of some hallways, the lighting system is operating properly, but is aged, inefficient, in poor condition, and should be replaced with an energy efficient system. School reports that floor drains throughout the restrooms, locker rooms, serving line, and kitchen frequently back up and emit foul odors. Rodding out and cleaning of the floor drains is needed throughout the building.

D3040

Distribution Systems & Exhaust Systems

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$76,963

$29,246

$106,208

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D5020

Lighting

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$132,521

$50,358

$182,880

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

D2030

Sanitary Waste

Saintary Sewer Floor Drain

Needs Remediation

Clean Out Sanitary Sewer Floor Drain

2

Ea.

$200

$76

$276

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

Ea.

$4,294 $4,294 $4,294

$1,632 $1,632 $1,632

$5,926 $5,926 $5,926

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce

The roof covering is aged and leaking and should be replaced.

Ea.

$21,560 $21,560 $21,560

$5,606 $5,606 $5,606

$27,166 $27,166 $27,166

Discreti onary

Deferred Maintena nce

The baseball field turf is worn and should be reseeded.

Ea.

$11,880 $11,880 $11,880

$3,089 $3,089 $3,089

$14,969 $14,969 $14,969

Discreti onary

Deferred Maintena nce

The foorball field turf is worn and should be reseeded.

$129,847 $129,847 $29,982

$629,257 $629,257 $145,299

Necess ary

Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce

The roadways are aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped. The parking lots are aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped. The pedestrian paving and walkways are aged and damaged and should be replaced. The grass is worn and showing signs of erosion. The site should be graded, aerated, and reseeded.

1985 Storage Buildng Building Systems B3010 Roof Coverings

Baseball Field Building Systems F1040

Football Field Building Systems F1040

Site Building Systems G2010

Special Facilities Sports Field Natural Turf

Special Facilities Footbal Field Natural Turf

System

System

System

Beyond Service Life

Beyond Service Life

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

Renew System

Renew System

1

1

1

Roadways

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$499,411 $499,411 $115,316

G2020

Parking Lots

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$110,937

$28,844

$139,781

Necess ary

G2030

Pedestrian Paving

System

Beyond Service Life

Renew System

1

Ea.

$218,955

$56,928

$275,883

Necess ary

G2050

Landscaping

Landscaping

Damaged

regrade aerate and reseed turf

S.F.

$54,202

$14,093

$68,295

Necess ary

8,200

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Facility Name

Assembly

Tennis Courts Building Systems F1040

Track Building Systems F1040

System

Special Facilities Tennis Court Hard Surface

Special Facilities Running Track Surface & Curbing

Material

System

System

Distress

Beyond Service Life

Beyond Service Life

Correction

Renew System

Renew System

Qty

Unit

1

1

Raw Cost

Additional Cost

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 5

Total Cost

Ea.

$89,597 $89,597 $89,597

$23,295 $23,295 $23,295

$112,892 $112,892 $112,892

Ea.

$40,835 $40,835 $40,835

$10,617 $10,617 $10,617

$51,452 $51,452 $51,452

Priority

Def. Cat.

Location / Note

Discreti onary

Deferred Maintena nce

The tennis court hard surface is aged and cracking and should be resurfaced.

Discreti onary

Deferred Maintena nce

The track surface is aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped.

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Building Codes Fire Sprinkler System

4010 Yes

General Information: Function: Gross Area:

Middle School 112,000 S.F.

Year Built: Last Renovation:

1985

Facility Description: The Miller Grove Middle School main building is a one-story building located at 2215 Miller Road in Decatur, Georgia. Originally built in 1985, there has been one addition in 1988 and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Energy conservation opportunities for this building include: 1) Replacing the single pane, operable windows with double pane, energy efficient windows; 2) Replacing the roof covering and insulation; 3) Replacing the boiler, cooling tower, roof top package units, fan coil units, water source heat pumps, and exhaust fans with up to date, energy efficient units; 4) Replacing the building automation system with an effective energy management system that completely controls HVAC and lighting; and 5) Replacing the fluorescent lighting with new energy efficient fixtures. Current Repair Cost: $8,579,683.38

27-Jan-2011 East Elevation

27-Jan-2011 Northwest Elevation

Replacement Cost: $18,583,433.24

27-Jan-2011 South Elevation

FCI: 46.17%

27-Jan-2011 West Elevation

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System

Total Substructure Foundations

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

1993

RSL

Deficiency$

2010

$8,579,684

Replacement Value

$165.92

S.F.

112,000

108

$20,075,613

40

1986

$18,583,435

$4.98

S.F.

112,000

100

$557,979

100

1985

$557,979

$4.98

S.F.

112,000

100

$557,979

100

1985

$557,979

Standard Foundations

$1.61

S.F.

112,000

100

$180,841

100

1985

$180,841

Special Foundations

$4.14

S.F.

0

100

100

1985

Slab on Grade

$3.37

S.F.

112,000

100

100

1985

0

0

Basement Construction Basement Excavation Basement Walls Shell Superstructure

$377,138

0 S.F.

0

100

100

1985

$1.60

S.F.

0

100

100

1985

$35.08

S.F.

112,000

104

$4,087,094

68

1985

$6.54

S.F.

112,000

100

$732,637

100

1985

Floor Construction

1995

2010

$987,485

$3,928,417

0

100

100

1985

S.F.

112,000

100

$732,637

100

1985

$23.14

S.F.

112,000

104

$2,690,354

72

1985

$14.37

S.F.

112,000

100

$1,609,019

100

1985

Exterior Windows

$8.00

S.F.

112,000

110

$986,123

30

1985

2015

Exterior Doors

$0.77

S.F.

112,000

110

$95,212

30

1985

2015

$5.39

S.F.

112,000

110

$664,103

19

1985

1995

2016

$3.70

S.F.

11,200

110

$45,566

10

1985

1995

2016

6

$41,423

$5.55

$615,137

2016

6

$559,215

Exterior Walls

Roofing Roof Coverings - Asphalt

25

$732,637

S.F.

Exterior Enclosure

46

$377,138

$6.54

Roof Construction

FCI%

$732,637 2015

2010

$986,123

$2,592,051

38

$1,609,019 2010

$986,123

$896,476

110

$86,556 $1,362

$603,729

Shingles Roof Coverings - BUR

S.F.

100,800

110

20

1985

2005

Roof Coverings - EPDM

S.F.

0

110

15

1985

2000

Roof Coverings - Preformed

S.F.

0

110

30

1985

2015

S.F.

0

110

75

1985

2060

Metal Roof Coverings Standing Seam Metal Roof Openings

$0.03

S.F.

112,000

110

$3,400

30

1985

2015

$37.49

S.F.

112,000

108

$4,542,380

47

1987

1993

2015

$11.07

S.F.

112,000

105

$1,297,726

76

1985

2005

2015

Partitions

$7.22

S.F.

112,000

110

$889,211

100

1985

Interior Doors

$1.96

S.F.

112,000

80

$175,586

30

1985

2015

Fittings

$1.89

S.F.

112,000

110

$232,929

20

1985

2005

$0.92

S.F.

112,000

100

$103,558

100

1985

$0.92

S.F.

112,000

100

$103,558

100

1985

$25.50

S.F.

112,000

110

$3,141,096

33

1991

1993

$9.58

S.F.

11,200

110

$117,995

30

1985

2015

Wall Finishes - Paint

$1.81

S.F.

84,000

110

$167,046

10

2008

2018

Wall Finishes - Tectum

$1.99

S.F.

16,800

110

$36,725

10

1985

1995

$36,725

$33,386

110

Floor Finishes - Carpet

$7.87

S.F.

11,200

110

$96,912

8

1985

1993

$96,912

$88,102

110

$13.40

S.F.

16,800

110

$247,636

50

1985

2035

Interiors Interior Construction

Stairs Stair Construction Interior Finishes Wall Finishes - Ceramic &

$1,362

$3,091

44

$803,521

$4,198,709

19

$1,239,610 $808,374 $219,482

2015

5

$211,754 $103,558 $103,558

2015

$803,521

$2,855,541

28

$107,268

Glazed

Floor Finishes - Ceramic &

$151,860

$225,124

Quarry Tile Floor Finishes - Terrazzo

$48.99

S.F.

22,400

110

$1,207,151

50

1985

2035

Floor Finishes - VCT

$8.79

S.F.

51,824

110

$501,136

20

1985

2005

2015

5

Floor Finishes - Wood

$8.98

S.F.

9,776

110

$96,611

20

1985

2005

2015

5

Ceiling Finishes

$5.44

S.F.

112,000

110

$669,884

20

1985

2005

$76.51

S.F.

112,000

110

$9,425,977

24

1986

1995

0

0

Services Conveying

0

Elevators and Lifts

$1,097,410

2010

$455,578 $87,828 $669,884

$608,985

110

$5,962,374

$8,569,073

70

$4,830

$1,825,411

S.F.

0

110

30

1985

$16.30

S.F.

112,000

110

$2,007,951

25

1990

2015

Plumbing Fixtures

$7.40

S.F.

112,000

110

$911,314

20

2011

2031

Domestic Water Distribution

$3.45

S.F.

112,000

110

$425,053

30

1985

2015

Sanitary Waste

$3.89

S.F.

112,000

110

$479,460

30

1985

2015

Rain Water Drainage

$0.84

S.F.

112,000

110

$103,713

30

1985

2015

$94,285

Other Plumbing Systems -

$0.72

S.F.

112,000

110

$88,411

30

1985

2015

$80,374

Plumbing

$828,467 $386,412 $4,830

$435,873

1

Natural Gas HVAC

$34.53

S.F.

112,000

110

$4,253,931

22

1985

2000

2010

$4,131,516

$3,867,211

107

Heat Generating Systems

$4.15

S.F.

112,000

110

$511,764

30

1985

2015

2010

$511,764

$465,240

110

Cooling Generating Systems

$4.22

S.F.

112,000

110

$520,265

30

1985

2015

2010

$520,265

$472,968

110

Distribution Systems & Exhaust

$4.66

S.F.

112,000

110

$574,672

30

1985

2015

2010

$574,672

$522,429

110

Terminal & Package Units

$17.29

S.F.

112,000

110

$2,130,366

15

1985

2000

$2,130,366

$1,936,697

110

Controls & Instrumentation

$3.20

S.F.

112,000

110

$394,449

20

1985

2005

$394,449

$358,590

110

Other HVAC Systems/Equip -

$0.99

S.F.

112,000

110

$122,415

30

1985

2015

$111,287

$3.70

S.F.

112,000

110

$455,657

30

1985

2015

$414,234

$3.70

S.F.

112,000

110

$455,657

30

1985

2015

$414,234

S.F.

0

110

30

1985

Systems

Kitchen Hood Fire Protection Sprinklers Standpipes

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Unit of System

Electrical

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

$21.98

S.F.

112,000

110

$2,708,438

24

1985

1995

Electrical Service/Distribution

$1.85

S.F.

112,000

110

$227,828

30

1985

2015

Branch Wiring

$5.31

S.F.

112,000

110

$654,582

30

1985

2015

Lighting

$8.03

S.F.

112,000

110

$989,524

30

1985

2015

Communications and Security -

$1.41

S.F.

112,000

110

$173,422

10

1985

$3.26

S.F.

112,000

110

$401,250

10

$1.19

S.F.

112,000

110

$146,218

$0.94

S.F.

112,000

110

$11.87

S.F.

112,000

$6.71

S.F.

112,000

RSL

Deficiency$

2010

$1,826,028

Replacement Value

$2,462,217

FCI%

74

$207,117 $595,074 2010

$989,524

$899,567

110

1995

$173,422

$157,656

110

1985

1995

$401,250

$364,773

110

10

1985

1995

$146,218

$132,926

110

$115,614

20

1985

2005

2010

$115,614

$105,104

110

110

$1,462,183

18

1985

2000

2015

$826,304

$1,329,257

62

110

$826,304

17

1985

2000

$826,304

$751,185

110

Fire Alarm Communications and Security PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Other Electrical Systems Emergency Generator Equipment & Furnishings Equipment Commercial Equipment

S.F.

0

100

20

1985

2005

Institutional Equipment

$2.70

S.F.

112,000

110

$333,242

20

1985

2005

$333,242

$302,947

110

Other Equipment - Kitchen

$4.00

S.F.

112,000

110

$493,062

15

1985

2000

$493,062

$448,238

110

$5.16

S.F.

112,000

110

$635,879

20

1985

2005

2015

$5.16

S.F.

112,000

110

$635,879

20

1985

2005

2015

0

0

Equipment Furnishings Fixed Furnishings Special Construction

0

Special Construction Special Structures - Canopies

0 S.F.

0

110

0

0

20

1985

$578,072 5

2015 2015 2005

2015

5

$578,072

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems

2010-12

Total

$8,579,684

2013

2014

$5,119,203

2015

$788,914

2016

$987,485

$114,319

$788,914

$986,123

$110,377

2017

2018

2019

2020

$334,374

$1,018,171

$334,374

$49,355

$334,374

$49,355

Substructure Foundations Standard Foundations Special Foundations Slab on Grade Basement Construction Basement Excavation Basement Walls Shell Superstructure Floor Construction Roof Construction Exterior Enclosure Exterior Walls Exterior Windows

$986,123

Exterior Doors Roofing

$110,377 $1,362

$3,942

Roof Coverings - Asphalt Shingles

$788,914 $54,408

Roof Coverings - BUR

$734,506

Roof Coverings - EPDM Roof Coverings - Preformed Metal Roof Coverings Standing Seam Metal Roof Openings Interiors

$1,362

$3,942

$803,521

$1,303,322

Interior Construction

$473,581

Partitions Interior Doors

$203,552

Fittings

$270,029

Stairs Stair Construction Interior Finishes

$803,521

Wall Finishes - Ceramic & Glazed

$829,741 $136,788

Wall Finishes - Paint

$211,609

Wall Finishes - Tectum

$36,725

Floor Finishes - Carpet

$96,912

$49,355 $122,765

Floor Finishes - Ceramic & Quarry Tile Floor Finishes - Terrazzo Floor Finishes - VCT

$580,954

Floor Finishes - Wood Ceiling Finishes Services

$111,999 $669,884 $5,962,374

$2,964,403

$4,830

$1,271,303

Conveying Elevators and Lifts Plumbing Plumbing Fixtures Domestic Water Distribution Sanitary Waste

$492,753 $4,830

$555,825

Rain Water Drainage

$120,232

Other Plumbing Systems - Natural

$102,493

Gas HVAC

$4,131,516

Heat Generating Systems

$511,764

Cooling Generating Systems

$520,265

Distribution Systems & Exhaust

$574,672

$141,913

Systems Terminal & Package Units

$2,130,366

Controls & Instrumentation

$394,449

Other HVAC Systems/Equip -

$141,913

Kitchen Hood Fire Protection Sprinklers Standpipes

$528,231 $528,231

$968,816

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Systems Electrical

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

2010-12 $1,826,028

Electrical Service/Distribution

2013

2014

2015 $1,022,956

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 $968,816

$264,116

Branch Wiring

$758,840

Lighting

$989,524

Communications and Security - Fire

$173,422

$233,064

$401,250

$539,247

$146,218

$196,505

Alarm Communications and Security - PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Other Electrical Systems -

$115,614

Emergency Generator Equipment & Furnishings Equipment

$826,304

$737,159

$826,304

Commercial Equipment Institutional Equipment

$333,242

Other Equipment - Kitchen

$493,062

Equipment Furnishings Fixed Furnishings Special Construction Special Construction Special Structures - Canopies

$737,159 $737,159

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued) Deficiency Sheet:

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 B2020 Quantity: 1 Exterior Windows System Needs Remediation Deferred Maintenance Renew System The single pane windows are malfunctioning and should be scheduled for replacement.

Wed, 30-Mar-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$714,560.00 $271,563.21 $986,123.21

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 01-Apr-2011 Priority: 5 B3020 Quantity: 1 Roof Openings Roof Hatches, Skylights Inadequate Safety Replace Roof Hatches, Skylights The roof hatch and ladder do not comply with OSHA safety requirements and should be replaced with new hatch and ladder.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$986.92 $375.07 $1,361.99

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 C3010 Quantity: 1 Wall Finishes - Tectum System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The tectum wall covering is aged and torn and should be scheduled for replacement with the ceiling finishes.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Priority: C3020 Quantity: Floor Finishes - Carpet System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The carpet is worn, stained, and frayed, and should be replaced.

Kate McPhillips 3 1

$26,611.20 $10,113.39 $36,724.59

Fri, 25-Feb-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$70,224.00 $26,688.11 $96,912.11

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 C3030 Quantity: 1 Ceiling Finishes System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The acoustical ceiling tiles, tectum tiles, and grid system throughout the building are aged, stained, and rusted, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$485,408.00 $184,475.70 $669,883.70

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 01-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D2030 Quantity: 35 Sanitary Waste Saintary Sewer Floor Drain Needs Remediation Deferred Maintenance Clean Out Sanitary Sewer Floor Drain School reports that floor drains throughout the restrooms, locker rooms, serving line, and kitchen frequently back up and emit foul odors. Rodding out and cleaning of the floor drains is needed throughout the building.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$3,500.00 $1,330.15 $4,830.15

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3020 Quantity: 1 Heat Generating Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The heating system, including gas fired boiler, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$370,832.00 $140,931.94 $511,763.94

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3030 Quantity: 1 Cooling Generating Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The cooling system, including cooling tower, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$376,992.00 $143,273.01 $520,265.01

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Thu, 31-Mar-2011 Priority: 3 D3040 Quantity: 1 Distribution Systems & Exhaust Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The exhaust fans and duct systems are inadequate, dirty, and damaged; they do not ventilate restrooms and other spaces properly; and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$416,416.00 $158,255.80 $574,671.80

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3050 Quantity: 1 Terminal & Package Units System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The roof top units, water source heat pumps, fan coil units, and unit heaters for the classrooms and other spaces are aged, worn, leaking, unreliable, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient units.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$1,543,696.00 $586,670.19 $2,130,366.19

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3060 Quantity: 1 Controls & Instrumentation System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The HVAC controls are inadequate, have obsolete parts and equipment, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$285,824.00 $108,625.29 $394,449.29

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5020 Quantity: 1 Lighting System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System With the exception of some hallways, the lighting system is aged, inefficient, in poor condition, and should be replaced with an energy efficient system.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$717,024.00 $272,499.64 $989,523.64

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - Fire Alarm System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The fire alarm system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced.

Fri, 25-Feb-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$125,664.00 $47,757.67 $173,421.67

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - PA & Clock Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System With the exception of the clocks in the halways, the PA/clock system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$290,752.00 $110,498.14 $401,250.14

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - Security & CCTV System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The classroom CCTV and security systems are aged, have reported outages, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$105,952.00 $40,266.27 $146,218.27

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5090 Quantity: 1 Other Electrical Systems - Emergency Generator System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The emergency generator is aged, rusted, becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$83,776.00 $31,838.45 $115,614.45

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 4 E1020 Quantity: 1 Institutional Equipment System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System Institutional equipment, such as library equipment, theater and stage equipment, audio-visual equipment, and laboratory equipment, is worn, beyond its service life, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 E1090 Quantity: 1 Other Equipment - Kitchen Equipment System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The food service equipment is aged and worn and should be replaced.

$241,472.00 $91,769.64 $333,241.64

Tue, 19-Apr-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$357,280.00 $135,781.61 $493,061.61

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Building Codes Fire Sprinkler System

4011 Yes

General Information: Function: Gross Area:

Middle School 20,700 S.F.

Year Built: Last Renovation:

1988

Facility Description: The 1988 Classroom Addition at Miller Grove Middle School is a one-story building located at 2215 Miller Road in Decatur, Georgia. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Energy conservation opportunities for this building include: 1) Replacing the single pane, operable windows with double pane, energy efficient windows; 2) Replacing the boiler, cooling tower, roof top package units, fan coil units, water source heat pumps, and exhaust fans with up to date energy efficient units; 3) Replacing the building automation system with an effective energy management system that completely controls HVAC and lighting; and 4) Replacing the fluorescent lighting with new energy efficient fixtures. Current Repair Cost: $1,597,682.44

27-Jan-2011 West Elevation

27-Jan-2011 South Elevation

Replacement Cost: $3,325,125.25

27-Jan-2011 North Elevation

FCI: 48.05%

27-Jan-2011 East Elevation

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System

Total Substructure Foundations

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

1996

RSL

Deficiency$

2010

$1,597,680

Replacement Value

$160.63

S.F.

20,700

108

$3,589,963

40

1989

$3,325,124

$4.98

S.F.

20,700

100

$103,123

100

1988

$103,123

$4.98

S.F.

20,700

100

$103,123

100

1988

$103,123

Standard Foundations

$1.61

S.F.

20,700

100

$33,422

100

1988

$33,422

Special Foundations

$4.14

S.F.

0

100

100

1988

Slab on Grade

$3.37

S.F.

20,700

100

100

1988

0

0

Basement Construction

$69,701

0 $1.13

S.F.

0

100

100

1988

Basement Walls

$1.60

S.F.

0

100

100

1988

$39.00

S.F.

20,700

105

$844,726

63

1993

$6.54

S.F.

20,700

100

$135,403

100

1988

Floor Construction

$16.20

S.F.

0

100

100

1988

Roof Construction

$6.54

S.F.

20,700

100

$135,403

100

1988

$23.14

S.F.

20,700

104

$497,220

72

1988

$14.37

S.F.

20,700

100

$297,372

100

1988

Exterior Windows

$8.00

S.F.

20,700

110

$182,251

30

1988

2018

Exterior Doors

$0.77

S.F.

20,700

110

$17,597

30

1988

2018

$15,997

$9.31

S.F.

20,700

110

$212,103

20

2011

1998

$192,820

$3.70

S.F.

0

110

10

1988

1998

Roof Coverings - BUR

$9.32

S.F.

20,700

110

20

2011

2031

Roof Coverings - EPDM

$2.84

S.F.

0

110

15

1988

2003

Roof Coverings - Preformed

$4.28

S.F.

0

110

30

1988

2018

$23.47

S.F.

0

110

75

1988

2063

Superstructure

Exterior Enclosure Exterior Walls

Roofing Roof Coverings - Asphalt

48

$69,701

Basement Excavation

Shell

FCI%

1998

2010

$182,251

$807,275

23

$135,403

$135,403 2018

2010

$182,251

$479,052

38

$297,372 2010

$182,251

$165,683

110

Shingles $212,103

$192,820

Metal Roof Coverings Standing Seam Metal Roof Openings

$0.03

S.F.

0

110

30

1988

2018

$36.92

S.F.

20,700

108

$826,517

47

1988

1996

2010

$335,474

$764,183

44

$11.07

S.F.

20,700

105

$239,840

76

1988

2008

2010

$32,451

$229,099

14

Partitions

$7.22

S.F.

20,700

110

$164,340

100

1988

Interior Doors

$1.96

S.F.

20,700

80

$32,451

30

1988

2018

2010

Fittings

$1.89

S.F.

20,700

110

$43,049

20

1988

2008

2015

$0.92

S.F.

20,700

100

$19,139

100

1988

$0.92

S.F.

20,700

100

$19,139

100

1988

$24.92

S.F.

20,700

110

$567,538

33

1988

1996

$9.58

S.F.

1,035

110

$10,904

30

1988

2018

Wall Finishes - Paint

$1.81

S.F.

19,665

110

$39,105

10

1988

1998

Wall Finishes - Wall Coverings

$1.99

S.F.

0

110

10

1988

1998

Interiors Interior Construction

Stairs Stair Construction Interior Finishes Wall Finishes - Ceramic &

$149,400 $32,451 5

$40,564

80

$39,135 $19,139 $19,139 $303,023

$515,945

59

$9,912

Glazed

Floor Finishes - Carpet Floor Finishes - Ceramic &

$7.87

S.F.

0

110

8

1988

1996

$13.40

S.F.

2,070

110

$30,511

50

1988

2038

$39,105

$35,550

110

$27,738

Quarry Tile Floor Finishes - Terrazzo

$48.99

S.F.

4,140

110

$223,100

50

1988

2038

Floor Finishes - VCT

$8.79

S.F.

14,490

110

$140,113

20

1988

2008

Floor Finishes - Wood

$8.98

S.F.

0

110

20

1988

2008

$5.44

S.F.

20,700

110

$123,805

20

1988

2008

$74.58

S.F.

20,700

110

$1,698,076

24

1989

1998

0

0

Ceiling Finishes Services Conveying Elevators and Lifts

0

$202,819 $140,113

2010

$127,376

110

$123,805

$112,550

110

$1,079,955

$1,543,706

70

$276

$337,364

$1.01

S.F.

0

110

30

1988

$16.30

S.F.

20,700

110

$371,101

25

1993

2018

Plumbing Fixtures

$7.40

S.F.

20,700

110

$168,425

20

2011

2031

Domestic Water Distribution

$3.45

S.F.

20,700

110

$78,556

30

1988

2018

Sanitary Waste

$3.89

S.F.

20,700

110

$88,612

30

1988

2018

Rain Water Drainage

$0.84

S.F.

20,700

110

$19,168

30

1988

2018

$17,425

Other Plumbing Systems -

$0.72

S.F.

20,700

110

$16,340

30

1988

2018

$14,854

Plumbing

$153,114 $71,415 $276

$80,556

Natural Gas HVAC

$33.53

S.F.

20,700

110

$763,568

21

1988

2003

2010

$763,568

$694,154

110

Heat Generating Systems

$4.15

S.F.

20,700

110

$94,582

30

1988

2018

2010

$94,582

$85,984

110

Cooling Generating Systems

$4.22

S.F.

20,700

110

$96,153

30

1988

2018

2010

$96,153

$87,412

110

Distribution Systems & Exhaust

$4.66

S.F.

20,700

110

$106,208

30

1988

2018

2010

$106,208

$96,553

110

Terminal & Package Units

$17.29

S.F.

20,700

110

$393,725

15

1988

2003

$393,725

$357,932

110

Controls & Instrumentation

$3.20

S.F.

20,700

110

$72,900

20

1988

2008

$72,900

$66,273

110

Other HVAC Systems/Equip -

$0.99

S.F.

0

110

30

1988

Systems

Kitchen Hood Fire Protection

$3.70

S.F.

20,700

110

$84,213

30

1988

2018

$76,557

Sprinklers

$3.70

S.F.

20,700

110

$84,213

30

1988

2018

$76,557

Standpipes

$0.50

S.F.

0

110

30

1988

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Unit of System

Electrical

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

$21.04

S.F.

20,700

110

$479,194

24

1988

1998

Electrical Service/Distribution

$1.85

S.F.

20,700

110

$42,106

30

1988

2018

Branch Wiring

$5.31

S.F.

20,700

110

$120,977

30

1988

2018

Lighting

$8.03

S.F.

20,700

110

$182,880

30

1988

2018

Communications and Security -

$1.41

S.F.

20,700

110

$32,051

10

1988

$3.26

S.F.

20,700

110

$74,157

10

$1.19

S.F.

20,700

110

$27,023

$0.94

S.F.

0

110

$5.16

S.F.

20,700

110

RSL

Deficiency$

2010

$316,111

Replacement Value

$435,631

FCI%

73

$38,278 $109,979 2010

$182,880

$166,254

110

1998

$32,051

$29,137

110

1988

1998

$74,157

$67,416

110

10

1988

1998

$27,023

$24,567

110

20

1988

20

1988

0

0

Fire Alarm Communications and Security PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Other Electrical Systems Emergency Generator Equipment & Furnishings Equipment

$117,521

0

2008

2015

Commercial Equipment

$7.71

S.F.

0

100

20

1988

Institutional Equipment

$2.70

S.F.

0

110

20

1988

Other Equipment (sports

$1.37

S.F.

0

110

15

1988

$5.16

S.F.

20,700

110

$117,521

20

1988

2008

2015

$5.16

S.F.

20,700

110

$117,521

20

1988

2008

2015

0

0

$106,837

Equipment) Furnishings Fixed Furnishings Special Construction

0

Special Construction Special Structures - Canopies

0 $1.19

S.F.

0

110

0

0

20

1988

$106,837 5

$106,837

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems

2010-12

Total

$1,597,680

2013

2014

2015 $186,144

2016

2017

2018 $606,114

2019

2020 $231,606

Substructure Foundations Standard Foundations Special Foundations Slab on Grade Basement Construction Basement Excavation Basement Walls Shell

$182,251

$22,291

$182,251

$22,291

Superstructure Floor Construction Roof Construction Exterior Enclosure Exterior Walls Exterior Windows

$182,251

Exterior Doors

$22,291

Roofing Roof Coverings - Asphalt Shingles Roof Coverings - BUR Roof Coverings - EPDM Roof Coverings - Preformed Metal Roof Coverings Standing Seam Metal Roof Openings Interiors Interior Construction

$335,474

$49,906

$32,451

$49,906

$13,812

$52,554

$13,812

$52,554

Partitions Interior Doors

$32,451

Fittings

$49,906

Stairs Stair Construction Interior Finishes

$303,023

Wall Finishes - Ceramic & Glazed Wall Finishes - Paint

$13,812 $39,105

$52,554

Wall Finishes - Wall Coverings Floor Finishes - Carpet Floor Finishes - Ceramic & Quarry Tile Floor Finishes - Terrazzo Floor Finishes - VCT

$140,113

Floor Finishes - Wood Ceiling Finishes Services

$123,805 $1,079,955

$570,011

$276

$256,744

$276

$112,251

Conveying Elevators and Lifts Plumbing Plumbing Fixtures Domestic Water Distribution Sanitary Waste

$99,513

Rain Water Drainage

$24,281

Other Plumbing Systems - Natural

$20,699

Gas HVAC Heat Generating Systems Cooling Generating Systems Distribution Systems & Exhaust

$763,568 $94,582 $96,153 $106,208

Systems Terminal & Package Units

$393,725

Controls & Instrumentation

$72,900

Other HVAC Systems/Equip Kitchen Hood Fire Protection Sprinklers Standpipes

$106,678 $106,678

$179,052

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Systems Electrical

2010-12

2013

2014

2015

$316,111

2017

2018

2019

2020 $179,052

$53,339

Branch Wiring

Communications and Security - Fire

2016

$206,589

Electrical Service/Distribution

Lighting

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

$153,250 $182,880 $32,051

$43,074

$74,157

$99,661

$27,023

$36,317

Alarm Communications and Security - PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Other Electrical Systems Emergency Generator Equipment & Furnishings

$136,238

Equipment Commercial Equipment Institutional Equipment Other Equipment (sports Equipment) Furnishings Fixed Furnishings Special Construction Special Construction Special Structures - Canopies

$136,238 $136,238

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued) Deficiency Sheet:

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 B2020 Quantity: 1 Exterior Windows System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The original metal frame, single pane windows are aged, inefficient, do not lock properly, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Priority: C1020 Quantity: Interior Doors System Needs Remediation Deferred Maintenance Renew System The original wood interior doors are worn and should be replaced.

Kate McPhillips 4 1

$132,066.00 $50,185.08 $182,251.08

Thu, 17-Feb-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$23,515.20 $8,935.78 $32,450.98

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Priority: C3010 Quantity: Wall Finishes - Paint System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The wall paint is aged and scuffed and should be repainted.

Kate McPhillips 4 1

Sat, 18-Jun-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$28,337.27 $10,768.16 $39,105.43

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 04-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 C3020 Quantity: 1 Floor Finishes - VCT System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The VCT flooring is faded, stained, chipped, and cracked due to water damage, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$101,531.43 $38,581.94 $140,113.37

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 4 C3030 Quantity: 1 Ceiling Finishes System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The acoustical ceiling tiles and grid system are aged, rusted, and damaged due to leaks. The ceiling should be scheduled for replacement in conjunction with the roof.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$89,713.80 $34,091.24 $123,805.04

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 01-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D2030 Quantity: 2 Sanitary Waste Saintary Sewer Floor Drain Needs Remediation Deferred Maintenance Clean Out Sanitary Sewer Floor Drain School reports that floor drains throughout the restrooms, locker rooms, serving line, and kitchen frequently back up and emit foul odors. Rodding out and cleaning of the floor drains is needed throughout the building.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$200.00 $76.00 $276.00

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3020 Quantity: 1 Heat Generating Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The heating system, including gas fired boiler, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$68,537.70 $26,044.33 $94,582.03

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3030 Quantity: 1 Cooling Generating Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The cooling system, including cooling tower, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$69,676.20 $26,476.96 $96,153.16

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Thu, 31-Mar-2011 Priority: 3 D3040 Quantity: 1 Distribution Systems & Exhaust Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The exhaust fans and duct systems are inadequate, dirty, and damaged; they do not ventilate restrooms and other spaces properly; and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$76,962.60 $29,245.79 $106,208.39

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3050 Quantity: 1 Terminal & Package Units System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The roof top units, water source heat pumps, fan coil units, and unit heaters for the classrooms and other spaces are aged, worn, leaking, unreliable, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient units.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$285,308.10 $108,417.08 $393,725.18

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3060 Quantity: 1 Controls & Instrumentation System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The HVAC controls are inadequate, have obsolete parts and equipment, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$52,826.40 $20,074.03 $72,900.43

Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5020 Quantity: 1 Lighting System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System With the exception of some hallways, the lighting system is operating properly, but is aged, inefficient, in poor condition, and should be replaced with an energy efficient system.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$132,521.40 $50,358.13 $182,879.53

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - Fire Alarm System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The fire alarm system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced.

Sat, 18-Jun-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$23,225.40 $8,825.65 $32,051.05

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - PA & Clock Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System With the exception of the clocks in the halways, the PA/clock system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$53,737.20 $20,420.14 $74,157.34

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - Security & CCTV System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The classroom CCTV and security systems are aged, have reported outages, and should be replaced.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$19,582.20 $7,441.24 $27,023.44

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Fire Sprinkler System

No

General Information: Function: Gross Area:

Storage Building 375 S.F.

Year Built: Last Renovation:

1985

Facility Description: The Storage Building at Miller Grove Middle School is located at 2215 Miller Road in Decatur, GA. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $5,925.89

27-Jan-2011 South Elevation

27-Jan-2011 North Elevation

Replacement Cost: $33,647.85

27-Jan-2011 West Elevation

FCI: 17.61%

27-Jan-2011 East Elevation

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System

Total Substructure Foundations

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

2005

RSL

Deficiency$

2016

$5,926

Replacement Value

$89.73

S.F.

375

104

$34,900

70

1985

$33,648

$7.89

S.F.

375

100

$2,960

100

1985

$2,960

$7.89

S.F.

375

100

$2,960

100

1985

$2,960

Standard Foundations

$4.49

S.F.

375

100

$1,682

100

1985

$1,682

Slab on Grade

$3.41

S.F.

375

100

$1,278

100

1985

$1,278

0

0

Basement Construction

0

Basement Excavation

$0.21

S.F.

0

100

100

1985

Basement Walls

$3.41

S.F.

0

100

100

1985

$63.53

S.F.

375

102

$24,392

80

1985

$13.57

S.F.

375

100

$5,087

100

1985

$13.57

S.F.

375

100

$5,087

100

1985

$35.60

S.F.

375

100

$13,379

98

1985

$34.87

S.F.

375

100

$13,077

100

1985

$4.54

S.F.

0

110

30

1985

Shell Superstructure Roof Construction Exterior Enclosure Exterior Walls Exterior Windows Exterior Doors

2005

$5,926

$23,825

FCI%

18

25

$5,087 $5,087 2015

$13,351 $13,077

$0.73

S.F.

375

110

$302

30

1985

2015

$14.37

S.F.

375

110

$5,926

20

1985

2005

$5,926

$5,387

110

$14.37

S.F.

375

110

$5,926

20

1985

2005

$5,926

$5,387

110

$1.50

S.F.

375

110

$620

20

1985

2005

2016

$11.92

S.F.

0

Interior Doors

$2.26

S.F.

Fittings

$2.79

S.F.

Interior Finishes

$1.50

Wall Finishes Floor Finishes

Roofing Roof Coverings Interiors Interior Construction Partitions

Ceiling Finishes Services Plumbing Rain Water Drainage Electrical Electrical Service/Distribution Lighting and Branch Wiring

0

$274

0

0

110

40

1985

0

80

30

1985

0

110

20

1985

S.F.

375

110

$620

20

1985

2005

2016

$1.50

S.F.

375

110

$620

20

1985

2005

2016

$6.07

S.F.

0

110

20

1985

$564

$564 6

$564

$5.44

S.F.

0

110

20

1985

$16.80

S.F.

375

110

$6,928

30

1985

2015

$6,299

$1.38

S.F.

375

110

$569

30

1985

2015

$518

$1.38

S.F.

375

110

$569

30

1985

2015

$518

$15.42

S.F.

375

110

$6,359

30

1985

2015

$5,781

$3.30

S.F.

375

110

$1,361

30

1985

2015

$1,237

$12.12

S.F.

375

110

$4,998

30

1985

2015

$4,544

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems Total

2010-12

2013

2014

2015

$5,926

$8,381

$5,926

$350

2016 $741

Substructure Foundations Standard Foundations Slab on Grade Basement Construction Basement Excavation Basement Walls Shell Superstructure Roof Construction Exterior Enclosure

$350

Exterior Walls Exterior Windows Exterior Doors Roofing Roof Coverings

$350 $5,926 $5,926

Interiors

$741

Interior Construction Partitions Interior Doors Fittings Interior Finishes

$741

Wall Finishes

$741

Floor Finishes Ceiling Finishes Services Plumbing Rain Water Drainage Electrical

$8,031 $660 $660 $7,371

Electrical Service/Distribution

$1,577

Lighting and Branch Wiring

$5,794

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng (continued) Deficiency Sheet:

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Priority: B3010 Quantity: Roof Coverings System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The roof covering is aged and leaking and should be replaced.

Troy Weeks 3 1

Tue, 19-Apr-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$4,294.13 $1,631.77 $5,925.90

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: ***None*** General Information: Function: Gross Area:

Middle School 98,000 S.F.

Year Built: Last Renovation:

1985

Facility Description: The Baseball Field at Miller Grove Middle School is located on the campus grounds. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $27,165.60

27-Jan-2011 Baseball Field at Miller Grove Middle School

Replacement Cost: $533,433.60

FCI: 5.09%

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

Total

$5.44

S.F.

98,000

102

$541,830

86

1985

1995

Special Construction

$0.25

S.F.

98,000

110

$27,166

10

1985

$0.25

S.F.

98,000

110

$27,166

10

$0.25

S.F.

98,000

110

$27,166

10

Building Sitework

$5.19

S.F.

98,000

101

$514,664

Site Preparation

$4.59

S.F.

98,000

100

$449,467

Site Earthwork

$4.59

S.F.

98,000

100

$449,467

100

1985

$0.60

S.F.

98,000

110

$65,197

20

1985

2005

2015

$0.60

S.F.

98,000

110

$65,197

20

1985

2005

2015

$0.09

S.F.

0

110

20

1985

Special Construction Special Facilities - Sports Field -

RSL

Deficiency$

2015

Replacement Value

$533,433

5

1995

$27,166

$24,696

110

1985

1995

$27,166

$24,696

110

1985

1995

$27,166

$24,696

110

90

1985

2005

100

1985

Natural Turf

Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing; Scoreboard; Dug Outs Landscaping - Irrigation Site Mechanical Utilities Water Supply - Water Service

0 $0.34

S.F.

$1.69

S.F.

Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting

0

0

0

110

30

1985

0

0

110

30

1985

0 0

FCI%

$27,166

2015

$508,737 $449,467 $449,467 $59,270 5

$59,270

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems

2010-12

2013

2014

2015

2017

2018

2019

2020

$27,166

Special Construction

$27,166

$36,508

$27,166

$36,508

$27,166

$36,508

Special Construction Special Facilities - Sports Field -

$75,582

2016

Total

Natural Turf Building Sitework

$75,582

Site Preparation Site Earthwork Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing; Scoreboard; Dug Outs Landscaping - Irrigation Site Mechanical Utilities Water Supply - Water Service Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting

$75,582 $75,582

$36,508

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field (continued) Deficiency Sheet:

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Priority: F1040 Quantity: Special Facilities - Sports Field - Natural Turf System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The baseball field turf is worn and should be reseeded.

Kate McPhillips 5 1

Fri, 25-Feb-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$21,560.00 $5,605.60 $27,165.60

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Football Field Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: ***None*** General Information: Function: Gross Area:

Middle School 108,000 S.F.

Year Built: Last Renovation:

1985

Facility Description: The Football Field at Miller Grove Middle School is located on the campus grounds. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $14,968.80

27-Jan-2011 Football Field at Miller Grove Middle School

Replacement Cost: $532,072.80

FCI: 2.81%

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Football Field (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

Total

$4.93

S.F.

108,000

101

$535,747

94

1985

1995

Special Construction

$0.13

S.F.

108,000

110

$14,969

10

1985

$0.13

S.F.

108,000

110

$14,969

10

$0.13

S.F.

108,000

110

$14,969

10

Building Sitework

$4.80

S.F.

108,000

100

$520,778

Site Preparation

$4.59

S.F.

108,000

100

$495,331

Site Earthwork

$4.59

S.F.

108,000

100

$495,331

100

1985

$0.21

S.F.

108,000

110

$25,447

20

1985

2005

2015

$0.21

S.F.

108,000

110

$25,447

20

1985

2005

2015

$0.09

S.F.

0

110

20

1985

Special Construction Special Facilities - Footbal Field

RSL

Deficiency$

2015

Replacement Value

$532,073

3

1995

$14,969

$13,608

110

1985

1995

$14,969

$13,608

110

1985

1995

$14,969

$13,608

110

96

1985

2005

100

1985

- Natural Turf

Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing; Goal Post; Scoreboard Landscaping - Irrigation Site Mechanical Utilities Water Supply - Water Service

0 $0.34

S.F.

$1.69

S.F.

Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting

0

0

0

110

30

1985

0

0

110

30

1985

0 0

FCI%

$14,969

2015

$518,465 $495,331 $495,331 $23,134 5

$23,134

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Football Field (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems

2010-12

2013

2014

2015

2017

2018

2019

2020

$14,969

Special Construction

$14,969

$20,117

$14,969

$20,117

$14,969

$20,117

Special Construction Special Facilities - Footbal Field -

$29,500

2016

Total

Natural Turf Building Sitework

$29,500

Site Preparation Site Earthwork Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing; Goal Post; Scoreboard Landscaping - Irrigation Site Mechanical Utilities Water Supply - Water Service Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting

$29,500 $29,500

$20,117

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Football Field (continued) Deficiency Sheet:

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Priority: F1040 Quantity: Special Facilities - Footbal Field - Natural Turf System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The foorball field turf is worn and should be reseeded.

Kate McPhillips 5 1

Fri, 25-Feb-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$11,880.00 $3,088.80 $14,968.80

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Site Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Site Code

1750

General Information: Function: Gross Area:

Middle School 132,700 S.F.

Year Built: Last Renovation:

1985

Facility Description: The Miller Grove Middle School site was originally constructed in 1985, has a total area of 27 acres, and is occupied by approximately 132,700 square feet of permanent building space. Campus site features include paved driveways and parking lots, pedestrian pavement, flag pole, landscaping, and fencing. Site mechanical and electrical features include water, sewer, natural gas, and site lighting. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report for the site features. Current Repair Cost: $629,257.23

28-Oct-2010 Aerial Image of Miller Grove Middle School

Replacement Cost: $2,696,968.26

FCI: 23.33%

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Site (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

RSL

Deficiency$

Replacement Value

FCI%

Total

$20.32

S.F.

132,700

109

$2,938,408

36

1987

1995

2010

$629,258

$2,696,967

23

Building Sitework

$20.32

S.F.

132,700

109

$2,938,408

36

1987

1995

2010

$629,258

$2,696,967

23

$8.95

S.F.

132,700

108

$1,277,591

22

1985

1995

2010

$629,258

$1,187,134

53

Roadways

$1.00

S.F.

132,700

110

$145,299

25

1985

2010

$145,299

$132,090

110

Parking Lots

$0.96

S.F.

132,700

110

$139,781

25

1985

2010

$139,781

$127,074

110

Pedestrian Paving

$1.89

S.F.

132,700

110

$275,883

30

1985

2015

2010

$275,883

$250,803

110

Site Development

$0.26

S.F.

132,700

110

$38,624

10

1985

1995

2015

Site Development 2

$2.13

S.F.

132,700

100

$282,571

30

1985

2015

132,700

100

$282,571

30

1985

2015

Site Improvements

Fence & Guardrails Landscaping

$2.13

5

$35,112 $282,571 $282,571

$2.71

S.F.

132,700

110

$395,433

10

1985

1995

$9.98

S.F.

132,700

110

$1,456,664

50

1985

2015

$1,324,239

Water Supply

$2.73

S.F.

132,700

110

$399,111

50

1985

2035

$362,828

Sanitary Sewer

$1.99

S.F.

132,700

110

$290,597

50

1985

2035

$264,179

Storm Sewer

$5.05

S.F.

132,700

110

$737,528

50

1985

2035

$670,480

Fuel Distribution - Gas

$0.20

S.F.

132,700

110

$29,428

30

1985

2015

$26,752

$1.40

S.F.

132,700

110

$204,153

30

1993

2015

$185,594

Electrical Distribution

$0.52

S.F.

132,700

110

$75,408

30

1985

2015

$68,553

Site Lighting

$0.69

S.F.

132,700

110

$101,157

30

2010

2040

$91,961

Site Communication and

$0.19

S.F.

132,700

110

$27,588

30

1985

2015

$25,080

Site Mechanical Utilities

Site Electrical Utilities

Security

2014

4

$68,295

$359,484

19

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Site (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems

2014

2015

Total

$629,258

$445,063

$525,869

Building Sitework

$629,258

$445,063

$525,869

$629,258

$445,063

$372,353

Site Improvements

2010-12

Roadways

$145,299

Parking Lots

$139,781

Pedestrian Paving

$275,883

2013

Site Development

$44,775

Site Development 2

$327,578

Fence & Guardrails Landscaping Site Mechanical Utilities

$327,578 $68,295

$445,063 $34,115

Water Supply Sanitary Sewer Storm Sewer Fuel Distribution - Gas Site Electrical Utilities Electrical Distribution

$34,115 $119,401 $87,419

Site Lighting Site Communication and Security

$31,982

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Site (continued) Deficiency Sheet:

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 G2010 Quantity: 1 Roadways System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The roadways are aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped.

Sat, 18-Jun-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 G2020 Quantity: 1 Parking Lots System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The parking lots are aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped.

$115,316.30 $29,982.24 $145,298.54

Sat, 18-Jun-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$110,937.20 $28,843.67 $139,780.87

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ Site (continued)

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 G2030 Quantity: 1 Pedestrian Paving System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The pedestrian paving and walkways are aged and damaged and should be replaced.

Tue, 19-Apr-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

$218,955.00 $56,928.30 $275,883.30

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 01-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 G2050 Quantity: 8,200 Landscaping Landscaping Damaged Deferred Maintenance regrade aerate and reseed turf The grass is worn and showing signs of erosion. The site should be graded, aerated, and reseeded.

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$54,202.00 $14,092.52 $68,294.52

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: ***None*** General Information: Function: Gross Area:

Middle School 12,970 S.F.

Year Built: Last Renovation:

1985

Facility Description: The Tennis Courts at Miller Grove Middle School are located on the campus grounds. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $112,891.92

27-Jan-2011 Tennis Courts at Miller Grove Middle School

Replacement Cost: $115,049.09

FCI: 98.13%

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

RSL

Deficiency$

Replacement Value

FCI%

Total

$8.87

S.F.

12,970

109

$125,312

22

1985

2005

$112,892

$115,049

98

Special Construction

$7.91

S.F.

12,970

110

$112,892

20

1985

2005

$112,892

$102,629

110

$7.91

S.F.

12,970

110

$112,892

20

1985

2005

$112,892

$102,629

110

$7.91

S.F.

12,970

110

$112,892

20

1985

2005

$112,892

$102,629

110

Building Sitework

$0.96

S.F.

12,970

100

$12,420

38

1985

2015

Site Preparation

$0.11

S.F.

12,970

100

$1,471

100

1985

Site Earthwork

$0.11

S.F.

12,970

100

$1,471

100

1985

$0.84

S.F.

12,970

100

$10,949

30

1985

2015

$10,949

$0.84

S.F.

12,970

100

$10,949

30

1985

2015

$10,949

0

0

30

1985

Special Construction Special Facilities - Tennis Court Hard Surface

Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting

0 $0.69

S.F.

0

110

$12,420 $1,471 $1,471

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems

2010-12

Total

$112,892

Special Construction

$112,892

Special Construction Special Facilities - Tennis Court

2013

2014

2015 $12,693

$112,892 $112,892

Hard Surface Building Sitework

$12,693

Site Preparation Site Earthwork Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting

$12,693 $12,693

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts (continued) Deficiency Sheet:

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 5 F1040 Quantity: 1 Special Facilities - Tennis Court Hard Surface System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The tennis court hard surface is aged and cracking and should be resurfaced.

Tue, 19-Apr-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$89,596.76 $23,295.16 $112,891.92

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Track Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: ***None*** General Information: Function: Gross Area:

Middle School 12,980 S.F.

Year Built: Last Renovation:

1985

Facility Description: The Track at Miller Grove Middle School is located on the campus grounds. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $51,452.20

27-Jan-2011 Track at Miller Grove Middle School

Replacement Cost: $58,713.73

FCI: 87.63%

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Track (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System

Unit Price$

Meas

Qty

Renewal%

Renewal$

Life

Installed

Calc Next

Next

Renewal

Renewal

RSL

Deficiency$

Replacement Value

FCI%

Total

$4.52

S.F.

12,980

108

$63,391

27

1985

1995

$51,452

$58,714

88

Special Construction

$3.60

S.F.

12,980

110

$51,452

10

1985

1995

$51,452

$46,775

110

$3.60

S.F.

12,980

110

$51,452

10

1985

1995

$51,452

$46,775

110

$3.60

S.F.

12,980

110

$51,452

10

1985

1995

$51,452

$46,775

110

Building Sitework

$0.92

S.F.

12,980

100

$11,939

100

1985

$11,939

Site Preparation

$0.92

S.F.

12,980

100

$11,939

100

1985

$11,939

Site Earthwork

$0.92

S.F.

12,980

100

$11,939

100

1985

$11,939

Special Construction Special Facilities - Running Track Surface & Curbing

DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Track (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems

2010-12

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Total

$51,452

$69,147

Special Construction

$51,452

$69,147

$51,452

$69,147

$51,452

$69,147

Special Construction Special Facilities - Running Track Surface & Curbing Building Sitework Site Preparation Site Earthwork

2021

2022

DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083

COMET4 Facility Report

Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report

Report Date: 24 Jun 2011

Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Track (continued) Deficiency Sheet:

Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:

Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 5 F1040 Quantity: 1 Special Facilities - Running Track Surface & Curbing System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The track surface is aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped.

Sat, 18-Jun-2011

Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount

$40,835.08 $10,617.12 $51,452.20

Educational Adequacy Report

Suitability Report - Full Project #: Project: Grade Config:

4469

County:

Assessments 2010

Region:

6-8

Suitability

Site Type:

Site #:

DeKalb

Site:

1

Site Size:

Middle

0597 Miller Grove MS 0.00 Possible Score

Percent Score

Rating

Score

Fair

2.68

4.00

67.00

Pedestrian Traffic

Good

0.43

0.43

100.00

Parking

Good

0.86

0.86

100.00

Play Courts & Fields

Good

1.05

1.05

100.00

Fencing

Fair

0.52

0.78

67.00

Signage & Way Finding

Fair

0.67

1.00

67.00

Ease of Supervision

G/F

3.50

3.50

100.00

Limited Entrances

P/U

0.00

0.50

0.00

Interior Circulation

P/U

0.00

0.50

0.00

Sprinkler System

Good

0.50

0.50

100.00

Learning Style Variety

G/F

5.00

5.00

100.00

School Environment

G/F

5.00

5.00

100.00

Landscaping

G/F

1.00

1.00

100.00

Suitability - Middle_Jr. High Site

Traffic

Safety and Security

School Climate

General Classrooms

Size

Fair

9.15

13.65

67.00

Adjacencies

Good

2.93

2.93

100.00

Storage\Fixed Equip.

Unsat

0.00

2.93

0.00

Size

Fair

1.51

3.03

50.00

Adjacencies

G/F

0.65

0.65

100.00

Storage\Fixed Equip.

P/U

0.00

0.65

0.00

Size

Fair

1.62

3.25

50.00

Adjacencies

G/F

0.70

0.70

100.00

Storage\Fixed Equip.

G/F

0.70

0.70

100.00

Remedial - Special Needs

Library

P.E.

Size

P/U

0.00

8.40

0.00

Adjacencies

G/F

1.80

1.80

100.00

Storage\Fixed Equip.

P/U

0.00

1.80

0.00

Music

Size

Good

2.57

2.57

100.00

Adjacencies

P/U

0.00

0.55

0.00

Storage\Fixed Equip.

G/F

0.55

0.55

100.00

1/19/2011

3:14:43PM

Page 1 of 4

Project #: Project: Grade Config:

4469

County:

Assessments 2010

Region:

6-8

Suitability

Site Type:

Site #:

DeKalb

Site:

1

Site Size:

Middle

0597 Miller Grove MS 0.00 Possible Score

Percent Score

Rating

Score

Size

(N/A)

0.00

0.00

0.00

Adjacencies

(N/A)

0.00

0.00

0.00

Storage\Fixed Equip.

(N/A)

0.00

0.00

0.00

Fair

0.98

1.47

67.00

Good

0.31

0.31

100.00

P/U

0.00

0.31

0.00

Fair

3.16

4.72

67.00

Good

1.01

1.01

100.00

G/F

1.01

1.01

100.00

Art

Performing Arts\Auditorium

Size Adjacencies Storage\Fixed Equip. Vocational Technical

Size Adjacencies Storage\Fixed Equip. Science

Size Adjacencies Storage\Fixed Equip.

Fair

1.67

3.34

50.00

Good

0.72

0.72

100.00

P/U

0.00

0.72

0.00

Good

1.47

1.47

100.00

P/U

0.00

0.31

0.00 100.00

Administration

Size Adjacencies Storage\Fixed Equip. Restrooms (Student) Teacher Lounge and Work Room(s) Cafeteria

G/F

0.31

0.31

Fair

0.46

0.93

50.00

Good

0.91

0.91

100.00

Fair

2.68

4.00

67.00

Food Prep

Good

5.72

5.72

100.00

Counseling

Good

0.42

0.42

100.00

Clinic

P/U

0.00

0.34

0.00

Custodial & Maintenance

P/U

0.00

0.50

0.00

64.22

96.77

66.36

Total For Site:

Comments

Suitability - Middle_Jr. High The Miller Grove middle school was built in the 1980's with an additional wing built a few years later. The school enrolls students in sixth through eighth grade and includes three self-contained special education classrooms. Athletic activities include football, men and women's basketball, cheerleading, and track. The school also has a baseball team but it is not school sponsored. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Site-->Traffic The school has two separate drop off lanes, one for buses and one for parents. The bus lane utilizes the same entrance and exit as the main parking lot. Due to the number of buses, the school uses two traffic lanes, one adjacent to the curb in front of the school and the second one located in the parking area. This configuration has students walking between buses and parked cars. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Site-->Play Courts & Fields The practice track around the football field is in poor condition. The football field and track area are located on a lower level and are not easily accessible for people with disabilities. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Fencing There are areas behind the school adjacent to neighborhoods that do not have adequate fencing.

1/19/2011

3:14:43PM

Page 2 of 4

Project #: Project: Grade Config:

4469

County:

Assessments 2010

Region:

6-8

Site Type:

Site #:

DeKalb

Site:

1

Site Size:

Middle

Suitability

Rating

0597 Miller Grove MS 0.00

Score

Possible Score

Percent Score

Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Signage & Way Finding The school does not have adequate internal directional signage. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Ease of Supervision Due to the configuration of the hallways, lines of sight outside of the building are restricted. The eighth grade hallway has a jog in it that significantly reduces line of sight supervision. Most areas can be easily supervised from the commons area. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Limited Entrances The school is only equipped with electronic keys at the front entrance and the cafeteria entrance. The school does have video monitoring but most entrances are monitored internally versus externally. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Interior Circulation The hallways are lined with upper and lower lockers. In order to accommodate the number of students in each hallway, the students are released between classes based upon whether they have a lower or upper locker. The commons is an open area where three hallways converge that is congested before and after school. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->General Classrooms-->Size Most of the general classrooms meet the standard of 720 square feet. The typical general classroom is 744 square feet. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->General Classrooms-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The general classrooms are equipped with one upright storage cabinet. The classrooms do not have adequate storage for supplies and materials. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Remedial - Special Needs-->Size The resource rooms are adequate in size for the number of students they serve. The self-contained special education rooms are general education rooms that are not adequate in size. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Remedial - Special Needs-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The self-contained special education rooms do not have restrooms, sinks, running water, and adequate storage. One room has a changing table that is in the corner of the room and is not separated from the classroom. The changing area does not have a toilet or sink. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Library-->Size The library is small for the number of students. It is configured with blind areas and supervision can be difficult. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->P.E.-->Size The school has one gymnasium. When all four physical education teachers have classes in the gym at one time there are approximately 150 students. The gymnasium does not have adequate seating for the entire student body. The weight room is also used for storage of supplies materials and is not well ventilated. The school does not have visitors' locker rooms. The locker rooms are divided into three small dressing areas which makes supervision difficult. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->P.E.-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The storage for physical education is adequate. The school does not have adequate storage for athletic equipment. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Music-->Size The music areas are crowded when they are preparing for school programs. For normal instructional activities, they are adequate in size. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Music-->Adjacencies The music rooms are located at the far end of the building from the stage area or gymnasium. For school programs equipment is moved the length of the hallway. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Art The school is equipped with an art room which is currently used as a creative writing classroom. The school does not have an art program.

1/19/2011

3:14:43PM

Page 3 of 4

Project #: Project: Grade Config:

4469

County:

Assessments 2010

Region:

6-8

Suitability

Site Type:

Site #:

DeKalb

Site:

1

Site Size:

Middle

Rating

0597 Miller Grove MS 0.00

Score

Possible Score

Percent Score

Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Performing Arts\Auditorium-->Size The cafeteria also serves as the performing arts area. The cafeteria cannot seat the entire student body and assemblies are repeated three times. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Performing Arts\Auditorium-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The stage area has one small storage room. The cafeteria does not have adequate storage for tables and chairs. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Vocational Technical-->Size The business education computer area is small for the number of computers and students served. The school has a Family and Consumer Science area that is used for general storage and by the special education classes for basic life skills instruction. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Science The school was originally built as a junior high school with a science area. The instructional methodology that is currently used in the school uses the grade level team approach. In order to accomplish that task rooms that were not designed for science instruction are being used for science and some of the originally designed science labs are being used for other instructional programs. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Science-->Size The sixth grade instructional area is utilizing general classrooms for science. They are not equipped with sinks or demonstration tables, etc. Two science classrooms are equipped with demonstration tables, but do not have lab facilities. The school has a total of five science labs two of which have lab stations that accommodate up to 32 students and three have lab stations around the perimeter of the classroom. One of the labs is vacant and the others are used as either a science lecture/lab combination or a general classroom. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Science-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The general classrooms that are being used for science do not have adequate storage for supplies and materials, sinks, demonstration tables, labs stations etc. The science labs that were originally designed for science have adequate storage and built in equipment. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Administration-->Adjacencies The office area is in close proximity to the main entrance. It does not have direct line of sight to the front doors. The school utilizes a welcome desk in the hallway immediately inside of the school in order to control access. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Restrooms (Student) The restrooms are not well ventilated. The boys' restrooms do not have urinal partitions and not all restrooms are equipped with soap dispensers. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Teacher Lounge and Work Room(s) The work room for faculty is located in the back of the administrative area which is not in close proximity to the instructional classrooms. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Cafeteria The cafeteria has three serving lines. One serving line is a portable line which requires the food to be transported a significant distance from the kitchen. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Clinic The school does not have a clinic. Student's medications are stored either in the Attendance or the Bookkeeper's office. The medications are self administered by students. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Custodial & Maintenance The custodial closets are all equipped with elevated sinks. The custodial closets are not well ventilated.

1/19/2011

3:14:43PM

Page 4 of 4

Technology Readiness Report

Technology Readiness Report - Full Project #:

Project:

4469

County:

Assessments 2010

Region:

DeKalb

Site #:

Site:

1

Technology Readiness

0597 Miller Grove MS Possible Score

Percent Score

Rating

Score

MDF\IT Equipment Environment

Good

15.00

15.00

100.00

Electrical Power

Good

10.00

10.00

100.00

Technology Readiness

Cooling

Fair

5.00

10.00

50.00

Drops

Good

10.00

10.00

100.00

Wireless

Unsat

0.00

5.00

0.00

WAN Backbone

Good

10.00

10.00

100.00

LAN-WAN Performance

Good

10.00

10.00

100.00

Video Distribution

Fair

2.50

5.00

50.00

Voice Distribution

Good

5.00

5.00

100.00

Faculty & Staff Technology

Good

10.00

10.00

100.00

Emergency Alert

Good

5.00

5.00

100.00

Projectors

Unsat

0.00

5.00

0.00

82.50

100.00

82.50

Total For Site:

Comments

Technology Readiness->Cooling The computer labs do not have adequate air conditioning for the number of computers. Technology Readiness->Wireless The school does not have wireless capability. Technology Readiness->Video Distribution The classrooms have the infrastructure for cable television. However, the cable is not operational. Technology Readiness->Projectors Approximately 35% of the classrooms have ceiling-mounted projectors.

1/19/2011

3:31:07PM

Page 1 of 1

FACILITY# 644-0597-1750.01 PARCEL#

132,700 SQ. FT. 27 ACRES

MILLER GROVE MIDDLE SCHOOL 2215 MILLER RD, DECATUR, GA 30035 (678) 676-8902

101.2 ELEC

101.1 STORAGE

101.2 MDF/IDF 48

101.1 STOR-NI 170

101.3 ELEC

101.3 MDF/IDF 47

120.1 STORAGE

101 TEAM PLANIG

101 TEAM PLAN 737

100.6 STAFF RR

415 ENG/LANG

415 6TH-8TH 732

413 MATH

413 6TH-8TH 738

411.1 OFFICE

411.1 OFFICE 128

411 ENG/LANG

411 6TH-8TH 736

409 COMP LAB 409 COMPUTER-LAB 738

407.3 ELEC

407.3 MDF/IDF 20

407.2 CUSTOD

407.4 BOYS 407.4 RR B 266

407.2 CUSTOD 24

407.1 GIRLS 407.1 RR G 260

407 SOC STUDIES 407 6TH-8TH 736

411.2 OFFICE

411.2 OFFICE 128

405 MATH 405 6TH-8TH 739

403 ENG/LANG

403 6TH-8TH 737

401.1 W 401.1 RR S 174

401 MATH/COMPUTERS

517.1 STORAGE 517.1 STOR-NI 84

517.2 OFFICE 517.2 OFFICE 84

517 MATH

517 6TH-8TH 418

516.1 MECH RM

516.1 MECH RM 570

516.2 MECH RM 516.2 MECH RM 157

515.1 GIRLS 515.1 RR G 278 515.3 CUSTOD

515.3 CUSTOD 51

516 6TH-8TH 750

515.2 BOYS

515.2 RR B 278

515 ENG/LANG

516 MATH

514 SOC STUDIES 514 6TH-8TH 738 512 SOC STUDIES 512 6TH-8TH 736

100.5 CLINIC

100.2 ELECT RM

100.4 STORAGE

100.2 COMP/ELEC CLOSET 64

100.4 STOR-NI 5

100 MATH 100 6TH-8TH 737 102 MATH 102 6TH-8TH 727 104 ENG/LANG 104 6TH-8TH 737

513 6TH-8TH 739

106.1 BOOKS 106.1 STOR-I 86

507.1 CLASSROOM

507.1 6TH-8TH 418

507.3 STORAGE 507.3 STOR-NI 87

502 SCIENCE LAB 502 SCI-LAB 744 502.3

502.3 OFFICE 147

502.4 STORAGE 502.4 STOR-NI 208

507.2 STORAGE 507.2 STOR-NI 86

501 MATH 501 6TH-8TH 418

502.2 OFFICE

112 COMPUTER-LAB 846

114 SCIENCE LAB

114 SCI-LAB 990

502.2 OFFICE 133

ASST PRIN

502.1 OFFICE 502.1 OFFICE 248

114.1 STORAGE 114.1 STOR-NI 90

114.2 BOOKS 114.2 STOR-I 128

114.3 STORAGE 114.3 STOR-NI 82

ROOM/SPACE NAME

DOE SPACE NUMBER

120 MEDIA 3557

105 SOC STUDIES

121.12 COUNSL

121.12 COUNS 110

121.11 COUNSL

120.3 121.11 OTHER NI COUNS 111 168

120.4 ROOM

121.10 RR S 27

120.5 OFFICE

120.5 ADMIN 177

120.7 T-WK-RM

105 6TH-8TH 731

121 ADMIN 384

121.3 VAULT

121.3 STOR-NI 90

121.10 R

120.4 OTHER NI 198 120.6 OFFICE 120.6 ADMIN 116

121.2 ADMIN 122

120.7 T-WK RM 240

121.6 CONF RM

121.6 TEAM PLAN 291

121.4 OFFICE

121.4 ADMIN 130

121.5 ASST PRIN 121.5 ADMIN 164 121.9 R

121.9 RR S 37

121.7 T-WK-RM

121.7 T-WK RM 371

121.8 PRIN

121.8 ADMIN 248

107 SOC STUDIES

107 6TH-8TH 739 107.1 GIRLS 107.2 CUSTOD

107.2 CUSTOD 22 107.3 ELEC

107.3 MDF/IDF 21

107.1 RR G 261

107.4 BOYS

107.4 RR B 262

109 SCIENCE LAB

111 SCI-LAB 678

111.1 STORAGE

111.1 STOR-I 235

113 SCI-LAB 929

115 SCIENCE LAB

115 SCI-LAB 936

117 SCIENCE LAB

117 SCI-LAB 676

117.1 STORAGE

117.1 STOR-I 188

500 SCIENCE LAB

500 SCI-LAB 755

116 SCIENCE LAB

116 SCI-LAB 998

119 SCIENCE LAB

119 SCI-LAB 899

OVERALL FLOOR PLAN NOT TO SCALE

ROOM TAG LEGEND POSTED ROOM NUMBER

103 6TH-8TH 739

120 MEDIA CENTER

121.2 OFFICE

121.14 COUNS 105

121 RECEPT

113 SCIENCE LAB

112 CBE LAB

SCIENCE LAB

103 SOC STUDIES

121.1 ADMIN

110.1 STOR-NI 79

507 6TH-8TH 728

506 MATH

121.13 COUNS 110

121.1 MAIL RM

121.14 139 COUNSL

110.1 STORAGE

507 ENG/LANG

SOC STUDIES

121.15 ADMIN 243

121.13 COUNSL

120.3 ROOM

111 SCIENCE LAB

110 6TH-8TH 763

509 6TH-8TH 737

120.2 STORAGE/AV 120.2 OTHER NI 1112

121.16 STORAGE 121.16 STOR-NI 95

109 SCI-LAB 920

110 SP ED

MATH

504 SCI-LAB 744

106.2 OFFICE 79

108 SP-ED 740

511 6TH-8TH 736 509

510 6TH-8TH 737 508

106.2 OFFICE

108 SP ED

511 ENG/LANG

508 6TH-8TH 741

100.1 ASST PRIN 100.1 ADMIN 184

100.5 CLINIC 168

MATH

506 6TH-8TH 734 504

GDOE Minimum Required Areas Existing Space -10% 675sf K-3 New -75sf 594sf 4-5 750sf -66sf 900sf Art 660sf -100sf 900sf Music 1,000sf -100sf PE 1,000sf -500sf 4,500sf 675sf Sp Ed 5.000sf -75sf 750sf 48 IU's = 750 FTE Media Center (for 750 FTE) 3,525sf Cafeteria (750 FTE x 5) = 3,750sf Total Kitchen = 2,000sf

100.6 STAFF RR 48

106 CLASSROOM 106 6TH-8TH 438

515 6TH-8TH 739 513

510 ENG/LANG

4011 1988 20,700 SF

401.2 RR S 107

401.3 T-LOUNGE 401.3 T-WORKROOM 405

401 COMPUTER-LAB 768

519 T-WK-RM

519 T-WK RM 418

401.2 M

120.1 STOR-NI 276

121.15 RECEPT

4010 1985 112,000 SF

DOE SPACE TYPE SQUARE FOOTAGE

UPDATED: 9/12/2011 BY: SD

FACILITY# 644-0597-1750.01 PARCEL#

132,700 SQ. FT. 27 ACRES 304.1 STORAGE

304.1 STOR-NI 66

311 MUSIC/CHORAL

311 CHORUS 1507

304 BAND 1659

311.1 STORAGE

311.2 OFFICE 153

309.1 BOYS 309.1 RR B 263

309.4 CUSTOD 309.4 CUSTOD 25

309.2 GIRLS 309.2 RR G 263

304.2 OFFICE 304.2 OFFICE 125 304.5 STORAGE 304.5 STOR-NI 107

309.3 STORAGE

309.3 STOR-NI 21

309.5 BOOKS

309.5 STOR-I 66

309.6 R

309.6 RR S 17

307 SOC STUDIES

307 6TH-8TH 710

302.3 STORAGE 302.3 STOR-NI 103

304.4 STOR-NI 331

302 ART

302 ART 1290

302.2 STORAGE 302.2 STOR-NI 103

300.7 OFFICE

300.7 OFFICE 390

300.8 STORAGE 300.8 STOR-NI 50

300 6TH-8TH 897

305 6TH-8TH 736 303.1 STORAGE

303.1 STOR-NI 36

300.6 STORAGE 300.6 STOR-NI 76

300.5 STORAGE

300.5 STOR-NI 125

300.4 STORAGE

300.3 TECH LAB

300.4 STOR-NI 138

300 CR/VOCATION/ET

305 ENG/LANG

303.2 STOR-NI 28

304.4 STORAGE

302.1 STOR-NI 241

309 FAMILY-LAB 1428

303.2 STORAGE

304.3 STORAGE 304.3 STOR-NI 124

302.1 STORAGE

309 CR/VOCATION/HFM

303.3 STOR-NI 21

2215 MILLER RD, DECATUR, GA 30035 (678) 676-8902

311.2 OFFICE

311.1 STOR-NI 203

303.3 STORAGE

MILLER GROVE MIDDLE SCHOOL

304 MUSIC/BAND

300.2 OFFICE 300.2 OFFICE 70

300.3 TECH-LAB 1368

300.1 STORAGE 300.1 STOR-NI 97

198 KITCHEN

198 KITCHEN 3040

199.1 MECH RM

199.1 MECH RM 1236

303 MATH

301.2 STOR-NI 176

301.1 ASST PRIN

301.1 OFFICE 138

199 CAFETERIA

199 CAFETERIA 4968

199.2 STAGE

199.2 CAFETERIA 667

420 6TH-8TH 727

418 6TH-8TH 740

416 6TH-8TH 739

GDOE Minimum Required Areas Existing Space -10% 675sf K-3 New -75sf 594sf 4-5 750sf -66sf 900sf Art 660sf -100sf 900sf Music 1,000sf -100sf PE 1,000sf -500sf 4,500sf 675sf Sp Ed 5.000sf -75sf 750sf 48 IU's = 750 FTE Media Center (for 750 FTE) 3,525sf Cafeteria (750 FTE x 5) = 3,750sf Total Kitchen = 2,000sf

414 6TH-8TH 438

412 MATH

412 6TH-8TH 739

410 SOC STUDIES 410 6TH-8TH 736

408 PLANNING 408 TEAM PLAN 447 408.1 STORAGE

408.1 STOR-NI 90

408.2 BOOKS 408.2 STOR-I 79

406 MATH

406 6TH-8TH 734

404 SOC STUDIES

404 6TH-8TH 927

402 ENG/LANG/FOREIGN 402 6TH-8TH 705

400 TEAM PLANIG 400 TEAM PLAN 750

202.6 PHY-ED 9059

201 TEAM PLANIG/WK-RM

201 TEAM PLAN 742

202

PE/WREST/GYMNAS 202.1 STORAGE 202 201.1 BOYS 201.1 RR B 263 201.2 GIRLS 201.2 RR G 263

202.1 STOR-NI 349

201.4 STORAGE

201.4 STOR-NI 25

201.3 STORAGE

416 414 420 418 ENG/LANG SOC STUDIES SCIENCE ENG/LANG

202.6 GYM

203 6TH-8TH 737

301 SP ED

301.2 STORAGE

199.5 OFFICE 199.5 OFFICE 183

203 CLASSROOM

303 6TH-8TH 651

301 SP-ED 715

199.4 STORAGE 199.4 STOR-NI 263

201.3 STOR-NI 21

WEIGHT RM 1593

202.2 STORAGE/LAUNDRY

202.2 STOR-I 152

202.3 CONCESSION

202.3 CONCESSIONS 152

202.5 OFFICE 202.4 MECH/HVAC

202.4 MECH RM 97

202.5 OFFICE 110

400.1 OFFICE 400.1 OFFICE 151

4010 1985 112,000 SF

OVERALL FLOOR PLAN NOT TO SCALE

ROOM TAG LEGEND POSTED ROOM NUMBER ROOM/SPACE NAME

DOE SPACE NUMBER DOE SPACE TYPE SQUARE FOOTAGE

UPDATED: 9/12/2011 BY: SD

Activity ID

Activity Name

At Completion Start Duration

122-422 Miller Mille Grove MS - ADA: HVAC, MEP, Restroom, Roofing

Finish DJ

2014 J J AS

552 01-Nov-13 A 14-Dec-15

PRE005

PROJECT START

0 01-Nov-13

PRE001

PLANNING

5 08-Nov-13

14-Nov-13

PRE010

PROJECT KICK OFF MEETING

1 15-Nov-13

15-Nov-13

PRE015

PROJECT PROCUREMENT KICK OFF MEETING

1 15-Nov-13

15-Nov-13

216 21-Nov-13 A 18-Sep-14

Design DPRO15

*Design Procurement Kick Off

DPRO10

Draft/Issue RFP

DPRO25

Design Solicitation

2 05-Dec-13

06-Dec-13

DPRO45

RECEIVE PROPOSALS

1 06-Dec-13

06-Dec-13

DPRO50

EVALUATE PROPOSALS

3 06-Dec-13

10-Dec-13

DPRO35

Pre-Submission Meeting

1 12-Dec-13

12-Dec-13

DPRO70

eBoard Submittal

0 13-Dec-13

DPRO65

Recommendation to Board

DPRO75

Notice of Award - AE

DPRO80

Contract Award Process

DPRO85

Design NTP

D10200

Schematic Design

20 04-Mar-14

31-Mar-14

D10210

District Review of Schematic Submittal

10 01-Apr-14

14-Apr-14

D10220

GA DOE Review of Schematic Submittal

15 01-Apr-14

21-Apr-14

D10000

Design Development Submittal

25 15-Apr-14

19-May-14

D10020

District Review of DD Submittal

5 20-May-14

26-May-14

D10010

GA DOE Review of DD Submittal

10 20-May-14

02-Jun-14

D10030

50% Design Submittal

30 27-May-14

07-Jul-14

D10050

District Review of 50% Design

8 08-Jul-14

17-Jul-14

D10040

GA DOE Review of 50% Design

15 08-Jul-14

28-Jul-14

D10120

100% CD Submittal

20 18-Jul-14

14-Aug-14

D10130

District Sign off of CDs

0 21-Nov-13 A

D10160

11 21-Nov-13 A 05-Dec-13

36 16-Dec-13

03-Feb-14*

2 04-Feb-14

05-Feb-14

18 06-Feb-14

03-Mar-14

0

03-Mar-14

5 15-Aug-14

21-Aug-14

GA DOE Review/Approval

15 22-Aug-14

11-Sep-14

D10150

Fire Marshall Approval

15 22-Aug-14

11-Sep-14

D10140

Submit Permit Set to County

15 22-Aug-14

11-Sep-14

D10171

FINAL EDITS ON CD'S

5 12-Sep-14

18-Sep-14

327 12-Sep-14

14-Dec-15

Construction CPRO210

CONSTRUCTION PROCUREMENT KICK OFF MEETING

1 12-Sep-14

12-Sep-14

CPRO90

Draft/Issue RFP

5 12-Sep-14

18-Sep-14

CPRO100

LEGAL REVIEW

10 19-Sep-14

02-Oct-14

CPRO110

Advertise GC Solicitation

20 19-Sep-14

16-Oct-14

CPRO120

GC Solicitation

15 03-Oct-14

23-Oct-14

CPRO130

GC Pre-Submission Meeting

1 10-Oct-14

10-Oct-14

Actual Work

A

Remaining Work

C

Page 1 of 14

TASK filter: No Budget Activities.

J

A

2015 JJA

16 J

Activity ID

Activity Name

At Completion Start Duration

Finish DJ

CPRO140

RECEIVE GC BIDS

1 24-Oct-14

24-Oct-14

CPRO150

EVALUATE GC BIDS

5 27-Oct-14

31-Oct-14

CPRO160

*eBoard Submittal

0 03-Nov-14

CPRO170

*Board Approval of GC

30 03-Nov-14

12-Dec-14

CPRO180

*Notice of Award - GC

1 15-Dec-14

15-Dec-14

CPRO190

*Contract Award Process

15 16-Dec-14

05-Jan-15

CPRO200

*Construction NTP

C1060

Construction

C1080

Substantial Completion

C2020

Closeout

C2030

Final Completion

Actual Work

0 225 06-Jan-15 0 20 17-Nov-15

Remaining Work

0

C

Page 2 of 14

A

2014 J J AS

05-Jan-15 16-Nov-15 16-Nov-15 14-Dec-15 14-Dec-15

TASK filter: No Budget Activities.

J

A

2015 JJA

16 J

STANDARD FORM OF CONTRACT FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES (NON-STATE CAPITAL OUTLAY PROJECTS) BETWEEN THE DEKALB COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION AND THE ARCHITECT

Architect: Project Name: Address: Project No.: Description:

TABLE OF

CONTENTS

Table of Contents ARTICLE 1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ........................................................... 1 ARTICLE 2 PRELIMINARY CONSULTATION, EXAMINATION AND REPORT ........................ 2 ARTICLE 3 PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND PRICE ESTIMATES ............................................... 2 ARTICLE 4 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS........................................................................... 3 ARTICLE 5 FINAL PRICE ESTIMATE ...................................................................................... 6 ARTICLE 6 EXCEEDING AN ESTABLISHED STATED COST LIMITATION ............................ 6 ARTICLE 7 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES AFTER DESIGN ................... 6 ARTICLE 8 INDEMNITY ..........................................................................................................11 ARTICLE 9 SCHEDULE ..........................................................................................................11 ARTICLE 10 PERSONNEL AND CONSULTANTS ..................................................................12 ARTICLE 11 PAYMENTS ........................................................................................................13 ARTICLE 12 PROJECT RECORDS .........................................................................................16 ARTICLE 13 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER ...............16 ARTICLE 14 APPLICABLE LAW..............................................................................................17 ARTICLE 15 OWNERSHIP OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................................17 ARTICLE 16 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS ..........................................................................18 ARTICLE 17 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES ..................................................................18 ARTICLE 18 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE .........................................................18 ARTICLE 19 OTHER INSURANCE ..........................................................................................19 ARTICLE 20 TERMINATION ...................................................................................................19 ARTICLE 21 COOPERATION WITH PROGRAM MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.........................................................................................................19 ARTICLE 22 PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES ..................................................20 ARTICLE 23 ASBESTOS STATEMENT ..................................................................................20 ARTICLE 24 ENTIRE AGREEMENT .......................................................................................20 ARTICLE 25 MISCELLANEOUS ..............................................................................................21 EXHIBIT “A” LIST OF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS FOR THE PROJECT ................................23 EXHIBIT “B” OTHER INSURANCE .........................................................................................24 EXHIBIT “C” ASBESTOS EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION FORM ............................................25 Project No.

i

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

Project No.

ii

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

CONTRACT FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES This contract (the "Contract") is made and entered into by and between the DeKalb County Board of Education (the "Owner") and . (the "Architect"). This Contract shall be effective on the date executed by the last party to execute it. The architectural services required by this Contract are to be rendered for a construction project identified as (the "Project"). NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements stated herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Owner and the Architect agree: ARTICLE 1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES In order to induce the Owner to execute this Contract and recognizing that Owner is relying thereon, and without limiting or restricting any other representation or warranty set forth elsewhere in this Contract or implied by operation of law, the Architect, by executing this Contract, makes the following express representations to the Owner: 1.1 The Architect is professionally qualified to act as the architect for the Project and is licensed to practice architecture by all public entities having jurisdiction over the Architect and the Project; 1.2 The Architect has and shall maintain all necessary licenses, permits or other authorizations necessary to act as architect for the Project until the Architect's duties hereunder have been fully satisfied; 1.3 The Architect has become familiar with the Project site and the local conditions under which the Project is to be designed, constructed, and operated; 1.4 The Architect shall prepare all documents and things required by this Contract including, but not limited to, all contract plans and specifications, in such a manner that they shall be accurate, coordinated and adequate for construction and shall be in conformity and comply with all applicable law, codes and regulations; and 1.5 The Architect assumes full responsibility to the Owner for the improper acts and omissions of Architect’s consultants or others employed or retained by the Architect in connection with the Project.

Project No.

1

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

ARTICLE 2 PRELIMINARY CONSULTATION, EXAMINATION AND REPORT Prior to the preparation of the Schematic Design as required by Article 3 below, the Architect shall first consult in detail with the Owner, and shall carefully examine any information provided by the Owner concerning the Owner’s policies, purposes, concepts, objectives, desires, and design, construction, scheduling, budgetary or operational Project needs, restrictions or requirements, and any other information provided by the Owner concerning the Owner’s criteria for the Project (collectively, all of the foregoing information may be referred to as the “Owner’s Criteria”). Following such examination, and in no event later than ten (10) calendar days after the effective date of this Contract, the Architect shall prepare and submit to the Owner a written report detailing the Architect’s budgetary, operational, or other problems or recommendations which may result from the Owner’s Criteria. The written report of the Architect shall also include proposed solutions, if appropriate; addressing each of such identified problems. ARTICLE 3 PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND PRICE ESTIMATES 3.1 After reviewing with the Owner the written report required by Article 2 above, agreeing upon any proposed solutions to identified problems resulting from the Owner's Criteria, the Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner a “Schematic Design” for the Project per RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The Schematic Design shall be consistent with the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, and shall include as a minimum the information outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements.: This includes: 3.1.1

Schematic Design Drawings

3.1.2

Preliminary Outline of Specifications

3.1.3

Cost Estimate as described in Article 3.2 below

3.1.4

Written description of major components of the Design

3.1.5 Any other documents or things necessary or appropriate to describe and depict the Preliminary Design and the conformity of same with the Owner's Criteria (as, and if, modified as set forth above) for the Project. 3.2 Upon completion of the Schematic Design and as part of the Schematic Design submittal, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing, its preliminary estimate for constructing the Project. This estimate may be based on current area, volume or similar conceptual estimating techniques. As the design process progresses through the end of the preparation of the Construction Documents (CD), the Architect shall update and refine the preliminary estimate of the contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project. At a minimum, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing its updated and refined estimate per the requirements outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements. The Architect shall advise the Owner of any adjustments to previous estimates Project No.

2

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

for constructing the Project. If at any time the Architect's estimate for constructing the Project exceeds the Owner's Stated Cost Limitation (SCL) by more than 5%, the Architect shall make appropriate revisions to the Design Documents to bring the cost within the SCL. These revisions will be performed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. The Architect will also be responsible for creating a Recovery Schedule to complete the design per the original Design Schedule. 3.3 In preparing estimates of the contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project, the Architect shall be permitted to include reasonable contingencies for design, bidding and price escalation; to determine what materials, equipment, component systems and types of construction acceptable to Owner are to be included in the Construction Documents (CD); to make reasonable adjustments in the scope of the Project acceptable to Owner and to include in the Design for Construction alternate bids acceptable to Owner as may be necessary to adjust the estimated contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project to meet the Owner's budget. 3.4 Upon completion and submittal of the Schematic Design and the Preliminary Estimate, the Owner, the Owner’s Representatives, and other parties as deemed necessary will review the documents for general compliance with the Owner’s design criteria described in Article 2 of this Contract. The Architect will participate in a Design Review Meeting at the end of the design review period and, once in agreement with the proposed comments/ revisions, will proceed to the Design Development Phase, where he will promptly incorporate the agreed upon comments/ revisions into the Design Documents. 3.5 After reviewing with the Owner the design review comments identified in 3.4 above, and agreeing upon any proposed solutions to identified problems resulting from the review, the Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner a “ Design Development” submittal for the Project per RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The Design Development submittal shall be consistent with the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, and shall include as a minimum the information outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review - Minimum Submittal Requirements. This includes: 3.5.1

Design Development Drawings

3.5.2

Initial Draft of Specification Manual

3.5.3

Cost Estimate as described in Article 3.2 above

3.5.4 Any other documents or things necessary or appropriate to describe and depict the Design Development Concepts and the conformity of same with the Owner's Criteria (as, and if, modified as set forth above) for the Project.

ARTICLE 4 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4.1 Upon written direction from the Owner, after reviewing with the Owner the Design Development Submittal required by Article 3 above, and after incorporating any changes or alterations authorized or directed by the Owner with respect to the Design Development Submittal Project No.

3

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

or with respect to the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, , the Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner the “Construction Documents (CD)” in the phased submittals outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review - Minimum Submittal Requirements and RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The Construction Documents shall include plans and specifications which describe with specificity all systems, elements, details, components, materials, equipment, and other information necessary for construction of the Project. In preparing the Construction Documents, including without limitation any changes thereto, the Architect shall, as and when necessary, file and review all plans and specifications with all departments, divisions and offices of the State of Georgia and of DeKalb County having jurisdiction and requiring such filing or review, including without limitation the State of Georgia Department of Education, State of Georgia Environmental Protection Division, DeKalb County Building Department, DeKalb County Development Department and DeKalb County Fire Marshall, and incorporate all required review comments into the plans and specifications. The Construction Documents shall be accurate, coordinated and adequate for construction and shall be in strict conformity, and strictly comply, with all applicable law, codes and regulations, and with all standards, criteria (including the Owner’s Criteria), and memoranda of policy furnished by the Owner. Products, equipment and materials specified for use shall be readily available unless written authorization to the contrary is given by the Owner. The services required of the Architect under this Contract do include, without limitation, an Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan in accordance with the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit, building evacuation plans, site evacuation plans, demolition plans (if demolition is applicable), and any and all other services required by law or otherwise necessary to provide permittable drawings and specifications. 4.2 All plans and specifications shall bear the signature and seal of the Architect. Structural, electrical, and mechanical plans and specifications shall also bear the signature and seal of the respective engineers, licensed in the State of Georgia. Five (5) sets of all plans, sized 30” x 42”, and specifications, properly signed and sealed, shall be furnished to the Owner at every submittal stage. In addition: 4.2.1 Architect shall provide Owner with all final plans on computer disk in AutoCAD version 2000, or scanned onto magnetic media that can be accessed by AutoCAD 2000; 4.2.2 Drawings will be posted on the District’s Project Management software Oracle’s “Contract Manager System” (CMS) using an Owner supplied license, as follows: 4.2.2.1 Preliminary Consultation and Examination Report – Posted on CMS as a PDF file. 4.2.2.2 Schematic Design Submittal – Drawings posted as one PDF file, specifications posted as one PDF file, additional reports posted as PDF files. 4.2.2.3 Construction Documents – 30% and 80% same as 4.2.2.2 4.2.2.4 100% Construction Documents – Each drawing and specification section is to be posted as a separate PDF file. 4.2.3 Architect shall provide Owner with 11” x 17” prints of the final site plan, grading plan, staking plan, and overall floor plan; and Project No.

4

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

4.2.4

The maximum drawing sheet size shall be 30” x 42”.

4.2.5 If the Project involves construction to an existing school structure, Architect shall create and submit to Owner an evacuation plan for use during construction. If the Project has more than one Phase, Architect shall provide an evacuation plan specific to each Phase of construction. Any such evacuation plan created by the Architect for the Project shall be submitted to and subject to approval by the DeKalb County Fire Marshall. The Architect shall supplement any evacuation plan as required and necessary. 4.3 The Architect is responsible for the calculating in detail of all structural, mechanical, and electrical work including, but not limited to, the furnishing to the Owner of lifecycle-costing and energy consumption analyses for the purpose of ascertaining and verifying (i) adequacy and correctness of equipment specified or shown on the plans and (ii) that the plans and specifications do not violate sound and accepted engineering principles; and 4.3.1 to confirm that there has been ample provision in the entire structural system for expansion and contraction, including but not limited to, building frames, the roof system, gravel stops, gutters, roof expansion joints, metal flashing and metal counterflashing, roof decks, and masonry walls; and 4.3.2 to confirm that there has been ample provision in the mechanical work for expansion and contraction. 4.4 The Architect shall design all buildings in such manner that, if such buildings are constructed in accordance with the construction contract between the Owner and contractor (hereinafter “Construction Contract”), such buildings will be free from leaks. 4.5 The Architect agrees that budgetary limitations are not a justification for breach of sound principles of architectural and engineering design. The Architect shall take no calculated risks in the design of the work. The Architect agrees that in the event it cannot design the work within the Owner’s financial limitations without disregarding sound principles of design or in the event the Architect is requested by any person, agency, or public body to make any changes involving quality or quantity of the work, Architect shall give written notice to the Owner and obtain written direction from the Owner before proceeding. 4.6 The Architect acknowledges and agrees that the Owner does not undertake to approve or pass upon matters of design and that the Owner, therefore, assumes no responsibility for design. The Architect acknowledges and agrees that the review of plans and specifications by the Owner is limited to determining whether such documents are generally consistent with the Owner’s Criteria, as, and if, modified. The Owner does not undertake to inquire into the adequacy, fitness, suitability, or correctness of engineering or architectural design. The Architect agrees that no review of plans and specifications by the Owner or by any person, body, or agency shall relieve Architect of the responsibility for the adequacy and correctness of architectural and engineering design and for designing the work in accordance with sound and accepted engineering and architectural principles. 4.7 The Architect shall create and provide to Owner a list of the plans, specifications and other documents constituting the 100% Construction Documents (the “Design Document List”). The Architect shall update the Design Document List and provide such updates to the Project No.

5

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

Owner and the contractor as and when Owner authorized addenda, Change Orders, or other Owner authorized revisions to the Design for Construction are issued. The Architect shall ensure that the Design Document List is at all times accurate, complete and current; taking into account all Owner authorized changes to the Construction Contract. ARTICLE 5 FINAL PRICE ESTIMATE Contemporaneously with the submission of the 80% Construction Documents, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing its final estimate for constructing the Project. The final estimate for constructing the Project shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 above. Once submitted, the final price estimate shall not be increased or decreased by the Architect unless the Construction Documents are changed upon authorization by the Owner. In such event the final price estimate shall be adjusted by the Architect to reflect any increase or decrease in estimated price resulting from the change in Construction Documents. ARTICLE 6 EXCEEDING AN ESTABLISHED STATED COST LIMITATION Prior to the Architect starting the Preliminary Design, the Owner may establish and communicate to the Architect a maximum amount for payment to the contractor as the Contract Price for constructing the Project (the “Stated Cost Limitation”). In the event the Architect's final anticipated price estimate as required by Article 5 exceeds the Stated Cost Limitation, or in the event the lowest bid or guaranteed maximum price or negotiated proposal from a qualified contractor exceeds the Stated Cost Limitation, the Owner may require the Architect, at no cost to the Owner, to consult with the Owner and to revise the Design for Construction so as to obtain a bid price or proposal at or below the Stated Cost Limitation. Absent clear and convincing evidence of gross negligence of the Architect in making its final anticipated price estimate or in designing the Project without regard to the Stated Cost Limitation, providing such revisions shall fulfill the Architect's liability to the Owner in connection with the Stated Cost Limitation. ARTICLE 7 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES AFTER DESIGN 7.1 The Architect shall assist the Owner in obtaining bids or proposals and in tabulating bids and assessing the qualifications of bidders. 7.2 During construction of the Project, and at all times relevant thereto, the Architect shall have and perform the following duties, obligations, and responsibilities; 7.2.1 In addition to its duties, obligations and responsibilities set forth in the following paragraphs of this Article 7, the Architect shall have and perform those duties, obligations and responsibilities of the Architect set forth in the Construction Contract. The Architect hereby Project No.

6

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

acknowledges that it has received, reviewed and studied a true and correct unexecuted copy of the form of the Construction Contract and same is herein incorporated by reference. Copies of the Owner’s forms of the Construction Contracts are available for review on the Owner’s website. Any changes to the form of Construction Contract made by the Owner shall be enforceable under this Contract unless such change is inconsistent with this Contract and the Architect specifically objects to such change, in writing, not later than five (5) days from the Architect’s receipt of such change; 7.2.2 The Architect shall, as contemplated herein and in the Construction Contract, but not otherwise, act on behalf, and be the agent, of the Owner throughout construction of the Project. Instructions, directions, and other appropriate communications from the Owner to the contractor shall be given to the contractor by the Architect; 7.2.3 Upon receipt, the Architect shall carefully review and examine the contractor's Schedule of Values, together with any supporting documentation or data which the Owner or the Architect may require from the contractor. The purpose of such review and examination shall be to protect the Owner from an unbalanced Schedule of Values which allocates greater value to certain elements of the work than is indicated by such supporting documentation or data, or than is reasonable under the circumstances. If the Schedule of Values is not found to be appropriate, or if the supporting documentation or data is inadequate, the Schedule of Values shall be returned to the contractor for revision or supporting documentation or data. After making such examination, if the Schedule of Values is found to be appropriate as submitted, or if necessary, as revised, the Architect shall sign the Schedule of Values thereby indicating its informed belief that the Schedule of Values constitutes a reasonable, balanced basis for payment of the Contract Price to the contractor; 7.2.4 The Architect shall inspect the work of the contractor whenever and wherever necessary, including without limitation, within 24 hours of the Owner’s request, and shall, at a minimum, inspect work at the Project site no less frequently than once per week. Such inspections shall be performed personally by a principal of the Architect’s firm, licensed in the State of Georgia, at least once per month. The Architect shall require its consultants to participate in such inspections and to generate written reports within three (3) business days thereof with respect to their respective disciplines periodically as necessary to protect the Owner. A copy of any such written report shall be provided to Owner within three (3) business days of receipt by Architect. The purpose of such inspections shall be to determine the quality and quantity of the work in comparison with the requirements of the Construction Contract. While performing such inspections, the Architect shall protect the Owner from deficient or defective work, from unexcused delays in the schedule and from requests for payment which could result in overpayment to the contractor. Within three (3) days of each inspection the Architect shall submit a written report of such inspection, together with any appropriate comments or recommendations, to the Owner; 7.2.4.1 In addition to any other inspections required by this Contract, the Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall timely inspect the installation of the control measures set forth in the Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan in accordance with the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.4.2 In addition to any other inspections required by this Contract, the Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall timely perform such inspections as are required by Project No.

7

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.4.3 The Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities of the “design professional” under the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, the term “design professional” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.4.4 Excepting only the preparation of the Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan referred to in paragraph 4.1, the inspections referred to in paragraphs 7.2.4.1 and 7.2.4.2, and the performance of the duties, obligations and responsibilities of the “design professional” referred to in paragraph 7.2.4.3, the Architect shall ensure that the construction contractor provides, satisfies or otherwise complies with all requirements and conditions of the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit, including, without limitation, all notices, fees, plan implementation, monitoring, sampling, inspections, reports, record keeping, submittals and any other requirements and conditions of the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.5 The Architect shall initially approve periodic and final payments owed to the contractor under the Construction Contract predicated upon inspections of the work as required in paragraph 7.2.4 hereinabove and evaluations of the contractor's rate of progress in light of the remaining Contract Time and shall issue to the Owner Approvals of Payment in such amounts. By issuing an Approval of Payment to the Owner, the Architect reliably informs the Owner that the Architect has made the inspection of the work required by paragraph 7.2.4 above, and that the work for which payment is approved has reached the quantities or percentages of completion shown, or both, that the quality of the contractor's work meets or exceeds the requirements of the Construction Contract, and that under the terms and conditions of the Construction Contract, the Owner is obligated to make payment to the contractor of the amount approved; 7.2.6 The Architect shall promptly provide appropriate interpretations of the Contract Documents as to not delay the critical path of the project schedule and for the proper execution of the work after receiving a written request for information or other written inquiry from the Owner or the Contractor; 7.2.7 The Architect shall reject in writing any work of the contractor which is not in strict compliance with the Construction Contract unless directed by the Owner, in writing, not to do so; 7.2.8 The Architect shall require inspection or re-inspection and testing or retesting of the work in accordance with the provisions of the Construction Contract whenever appropriate; 7.2.9 The Architect shall receive and promptly examine, study, and approve, or otherwise respond to, the contractor’s shop drawings and other submittals. Approval by the Architect of the contractor's submittal shall constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that such submittal is in conformance with the Construction Contract; 7.2.10 The Architect shall receive and promptly examine and promptly consult with and advise the Owner concerning requests for Change Orders from the contractor. Upon request by Project No.

8

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

the Owner, the Architect shall draft Change Orders, whether initiated by the Owner, or by the contractor and approved by the Owner, in accordance with the Construction Contract. No change in the Construction Contract, such as the price, the work, or the time for completion, may be made without the written consent of the Owner 7.2.10.1 The Architect may, with the prior approval of the Owner, authorize or direct minor changes in the work which are consistent with the intent of the Construction Contract and do not involve a change in: the price of the Construction Contract; the time for construction; the Project scope; aesthetics; visual concepts; or approved design elements. Such minor changes shall be issued by written field order. 7.2.10.2 The Architect shall timely administer and manage all Change Order requests and Change Orders, and shall maintain appropriate records relative to Change Orders, including, without limitation, a log of all Change Order requests and proposals, all actions taken thereon, the dates thereof, the estimated and actual amounts of Change Orders; 7.2.10.3 The Architect shall promptly prepare required drawings, specifications and other supporting data as necessary in connection with minor changes, Change Order requests and Change Orders; 7.2.10.4 The Architect shall review all Change Order requests or proposals submitted, and, within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, or more expeditiously if necessary to avoid delay to the construction schedule, the Architect shall advise Owner in writing as to: 1. the description and nature of the proposed change and by whom the change has been requested; 2. the cause of the proposed change and whether the proposed change is due to error or omission, unforeseen conditions, owner requested change or other cause; 3. the necessity of the proposed change; 4. the purpose of the proposed change; 5. the advantages and disadvantages of the proposed change; 6. the likely cost of the proposed change; 7. the likely effect on the construction schedule of the issuance or nonissuance of the proposed Change Order; 8. all other impacts and problems that may result from the issuance or non-issuance of the proposed Change Order; 9. any reasonable alternatives to the proposed change; and 10. the course of action recommended by the Architect. Project No.

9

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

7.2.11 The Architect shall require its consultants to participate in inspections of the Project regarding the determination of whether Substantial Completion has been achieved and the determination of whether Final Completion has been achieved, and shall require each consultant to prepare a written listing of those items, if any, yet to be finished, copies of which shall be furnished to the Owner together with the Architect's written listing of items, if any, yet to be finished. Based upon inspections of the Project, the Architect shall certify in writing to the Owner the fact that, and the date upon which, the contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of the Project and the date upon which the contractor has achieved Final Completion of the Project. If the Project is divided into two or more Phases, each Phase is described in more detail in RFP Appendix A: Design Review - Minimum Submittal Requirements. In the event the Project is divided into Phases, the Architect shall require its consultants to participate in inspections of each Phase of the Project regarding the determination of whether Substantial Completion has been achieved for such Phase and determination of whether Final Completion for such Phase has been achieved, and shall require each consultant to prepare a written listing of those items, if any, yet to be finished, copies of which shall be furnished to the Owner together with the Architect's written listing of items, if any, yet to be finished. Based upon inspections of the Project, the Architect shall certify in writing to the Owner the fact that, and the date upon which, the contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of each Phase of the Project and the date upon which the contractor has achieved Final Completion of each Phase of the Project. 7.2.12 The Architect shall transmit to the Owner all manuals, operating instructions, as-built plans, warranties, guarantees and other documents and things required by the Construction Contract and submitted by the contractor; 7.2.13 The Architect shall testify in any judicial proceeding concerning the design and construction of the Project when requested in writing by the Owner, and the Architect shall make available to the Owner any personnel or consultants employed or retained by the Architect for the purpose of reviewing, studying, analyzing or investigating any claims, contentions, allegations, or legal actions relating to, or arising out of, the design or construction of the Project; 7.2.14 The Architect shall review any as-built, or record, drawings furnished by the contractor and shall certify to the Owner that same are adequate and complete. The Architect shall update the Final Construction Documents to reflect the as-built or record documents furnished by the contractor. The Architect shall provide the Owner with the updated As-Built Final Construction Documents as per Article 4.2. 7.2.15 The Architect shall be responsible for any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both, and in any other work or services performed by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both. The Architect shall, without additional compensation, promptly correct any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both, and in any other work or services performed by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both;

Project No.

10

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

7.2.16 It shall be the responsibility of the Architect to utilize its position as Architect to ascertain whether the contractor is performing the Construction Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect promptly shall provide the Owner with written notice in the event that the contractor is not performing the Construction Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with such notice identifying the non-compliant work and recommending a course of action to be taken by the Architect or the Owner, or both; and, 7.2.17 Once site work begins, the Architect shall attend a job site progress meeting at least once every two weeks.

ARTICLE 8 INDEMNITY The Architect shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against all liability, claims, damage, loss, liens, costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses, arising out of, or resulting from, the services of the Architect. In the event the Owner is alleged to be liable on account of alleged acts or omissions, or both, of the Architect, the Architect shall defend such allegations through counsel chosen by the Owner and the Architect shall bear all costs, fees, expenses of such defense, including but not limited to, all attorneys’ fees and expenses, court costs, expert witness fees and expenses. The Architect shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless the Owner against claims for damages, losses, or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, caused by or resulting from the sole negligence of the Owner.

ARTICLE 9 SCHEDULE Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract. Within the RFP and now as an integral part of this Contract, the Architect has been provided a detailed schedule for completing the Contract Documents as provided in Articles 3 and 4 of this Contract (See RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule). The Design Schedule shall constitute the schedule for performance by the Architect of its duties hereunder, and shall not, except for good cause, be exceeded by the Architect. Not less frequently than monthly (unless the parties otherwise agree in writing) Architect shall update the Design Schedule to show actual progress and provide a copy to the Owner. Should Architect, at any time during the course of performing the Contract, have any reason to believe that it will be unable to meet any completion date in accordance with the Design Schedule, it shall immediately notify the Owner in writing. In such notice, the Architect shall state the reason for the delay including the party responsible, if any, and the steps being taken to remedy or minimize the impact of the delay.

Project No.

11

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

ARTICLE 10 PERSONNEL AND CONSULTANTS 10.1 The Architect shall assign only qualified personnel to perform any service concerning the Project. The Architect’s management, design, and construction administration staff assigned to the Project shall have experience in K-12 school design and construction. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to interview the management, design, and construction administration staff that will be assigned to this Project. At the time of execution of this Contract, the parties anticipate that the following named individuals will perform those functions indicated: NAME

FUNCTION

So long as the individuals named above remain actively employed or retained by the Architect or its consultants, they shall perform the functions indicated next to their names. 10.2 Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to review the consultants being considered for this Project prior to the Architect entering into a subcontract with such consultant. Architect shall not enter into a subcontract with an intended consultant with reference to whom Owner objects in writing. Any objection, lack of objection, or consent by Owner shall in no way relieve Architect of any of its duties or warranties under the Contract. Identified below are the Architect’s proposed consultants for the disciplines stated, and such proposed consultants shall not be changed by Architect without the Owner’s prior written consent: Geotechnical:

___________________________________________________

Civil:

___________________________________________________

Structural:

___________________________________________________

Mechanical:

___________________________________________________

Electrical:

___________________________________________________

Landscape Architect: ___________________________________________________ Kitchen Consultant/Other: _________________________________________________

All consultants retained by the Architect in connection with the services required by this Contract shall be retained at the Architect’s sole cost and expense. Project No.

12

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

Architect shall coordinate with all appropriate and applicable consultants to schedule review sessions with Owner’s representatives as identified in RFP Appendix A: Design Review - Minimum Submittal Requirements – Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements and RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. Architect shall ensure that all meeting participants have allotted at least six (6) hours for such review sessions. Upon completion of a review session, the Architect will incorporate the comments agreed to in the Design Review Meeting prior to the next submittal for review. ARTICLE 11 PAYMENTS For its assumption and performance of the duties, obligations and responsibilities set forth herein, the Architect shall be paid as follows: 11.1 The Architect shall be paid for those services required by this Contract the sum of _________________________________________ Dollars ($ ), allocated in the following manner: A. Preliminary Consultation/Examination Report

$___________________

B. Schematic Design Phase  Provide multiple potential schemes  Provide schematic design drawings  Provide project specifications  Provide cost estimate  Space and functional program  Life cycle analysis  Other items identified in Appendix A

$___________________

C.

$___________________

Design Development Phase  Provide design development drawings  Provide project specifications  Provide detailed cost estimate  Geotechnical & surveys  Final life cycle analysis  Submittal to GaDOE  Other items identified in Appendix A D. Construction Document Phase: 30% complete CD phase  30% complete drawings  Detailed specification manual  Detailed cost estimate 80% complete CD phase  80% Design documents

Project No.

13

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

$___________________

$___________________

   

Detailed specification manual Detailed cost estimate Fire Marshall review Submittal to GaDOE

100% Complete CD Phase  100% Design documents  Detailed specification manual  Submittal for permitting  Fire Marshall review  Submittal to GaDOE

$___________________

E. Construction Administration (Minimum of 30% of fee)

$____________________

F. Reimbursable Expenses

$ Included in Fee

TOTAL LUMP SUM

$____________________

11.2 For the assumption and performance of any duties, obligations and responsibilities other than those services required by this Contract, provided same are first authorized in writing by the Owner, the Architect shall be paid, subject in each case to such supporting documentation as the Owner may require, as follows: (a) For the number of hours actually, reasonably and properly expended by Architect’s personnel in the performance of such duties, obligations and responsibilities other than those services required by this Contract, Architect shall be paid at the applicable hourly rate set forth below opposite the title/position of such personnel performing such services: Title/Position Principal: Director: Project Architect: Project Manager: Project Coordinator: Interior Designer: Project Captain: Technical Staff: Contract Administrator: Clerical:

Hourly Rate $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour

(b) For additional engineering or consultant services actually, reasonably and properly hired by the Architect to perform any such duties, obligations and responsibilities, the Architect shall be reimbursed for the cost actually, reasonably and properly incurred by the Architect for such services. 11.2.1 For the avoidance of doubt, the services required of the Architect by this Contract do not include, unless otherwise amended to the contrary: (a) Project No.

flood plain study and delineation; 14

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

(b)

wetlands study and delineation;

(c)

offsite utility system design;

(d)

domestic and fire water wells, towers or pressure booster systems design;

(e)

civil

engineering

services,

studies,

drawings/specifications

required for off-site road developments/improvements required by DeKalb County Public Works or Georgia Department of Transportation; (f)

interior design services other than color selections.

11.3 All expenses of the Architect, including but not limited to transportation, longdistance calls, and the actual cost of copying and postage or other reasonable mode of transmission of plans, specifications, and other Project documents, are included in the amount to be paid to the Architect pursuant to Article 11.1 and all such expenses shall be paid by the Architect without reimbursement from the Owner. 11.4 If the Architect's duties, obligations and responsibilities are materially changed through no fault of the Architect after execution of this Contract, compensation due to the Architect shall be equitably adjusted, either upward or downward; 11.5 As a condition precedent for any payment due under this Article 11, the Architect shall submit monthly to Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner, an invoice requesting payment for services properly rendered and expenses due hereunder. The Architect's invoice shall describe with reasonable particularity each service rendered, the date thereof, the time expended if such services were rendered pursuant to paragraphs 11.2 or 11.4 hereinabove, and the person(s) rendering such service. The Architect's invoice shall be in such form and content and shall be accompanied by such supporting documentation or data as the Owner may require. If payment is requested for services rendered by the Architect pursuant to paragraph 11.1 hereinabove, the invoice shall additionally reflect the allocations as provided in said paragraph and shall state the percentage of completion as to each such allocation. Each invoice shall bear the signature of the Architect, which signature shall constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that the services indicated in the invoice have reached the level stated, have been properly and timely performed as required herein, that the expenses included in the invoice have been reasonably incurred in accordance with this Contract, that all obligations of the Architect covered by prior invoices have been paid in full, and that the amount requested is currently due and owing, there being no reason known to the Architect that payment of any portion thereof should be withheld. Submission of the Architect's invoice for final payment shall further constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that, upon receipt by the Owner of the amount invoiced, all obligations of the Architect to others, including its consultants, incurred in connection with the Project, will be paid in full; 11.6 The Owner may decline to make payment, may withhold funds, and, if necessary, may demand the return of some or all of the amount previously paid to the Architect, to protect the Owner from loss, or risk of loss, because of any one or more of the following: (i) Services that are defective and not remedied by the Architect nor, in the opinion of the Owner, likely to be remedied by the Architect; (ii) claims, or potential claims, of third parties against the Project No.

15

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

Owner or the Owner’s property or third party property; (iii) failure by the Architect to pay subconsultants or others in a prompt or proper fashion; (iv) damage to the Owner or to a thirdparty to whom the Owner is, or may be, liable; or, (v) “premium costs” incurred by the Owner on account of any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s) or both. As used in paragraph 11.6(v), the term “premium costs” means costs that would not have been incurred if such drawings, specifications or other documents had been prepared free of any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts; 11.7 The Owner shall make payment to the Architect of all sums properly invoiced under the provisions of this Article 11 within thirty (30) days of the Owner's receipt of such invoice.

ARTICLE 12 PROJECT RECORDS All records relating in any manner whatsoever to the Project, or any designated portion thereof, which are in the possession of the Architect or the Architect's consultants, shall be made available to the Owner for inspection and copying upon written request of the Owner. Additionally, said records shall be made available, upon request by the Owner, to any state, federal or other regulatory authorities and any such authority may review, inspect and copy such records. Said records include, but are not limited to, all plans, specifications, submittals, correspondence, minutes, memoranda, tape recordings, videos, or other writings or things which document the Project, its design, and its construction. Said records expressly include those documents reflecting the time expended by the Architect and its personnel in performing the obligations of this Contract and the records of expenses incurred by the Architect in its performance under said Contract. The Architect shall maintain and protect these records for no less than ten (10) years after final completion of the Project, or for any longer period of time as may be required by applicable law or good architectural practice. ARTICLE 13 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER The Owner shall have and perform the following duties, obligations and responsibilities to the Architect: 13.1 The Owner shall provide the Architect with all information requested by Architect and in Owner’s possession, including the Owner's Criteria; 13.2 The Owner shall review any documents provided by or through the Architect requiring the Owner's decision, and shall make any required decisions; 13.3 The Owner shall, at its own expense, furnish a legal description and any necessary survey of the real property upon which the Project is situated; 13.4 As may be mandated by law or called for by the Construction Contract, the Owner shall, at its own expense, provide for all required tests, inspections, filings, studies or Project No.

16

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

reports (except for those tests, inspections, filings, studies or reports expressly required of the Architect, its consultants, or both, by this Contract); 13.5 In the event the Owner learns of any failure to comply with the Construction Contract by the contractor, or of any errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the work product of the Architect, and in the further event that the Architect does not have notice of same, the Owner shall inform the Architect; 13.6 The Owner shall afford the Architect access to the Project site and to the work as may be reasonably necessary for the Architect to properly perform its services under this Contract; 13.7

The Owner shall perform its duties set forth in this Article 13 in a timely manner;

13.8 Except for documents requiring the Owner's decision as set forth in paragraph 13.2 above, the Owner's review of any documents prepared by the Architect or its consultants shall be solely for the purpose of determining whether such documents are generally consistent with the Owner’s Criteria, as, and if, modified. The review of such documents shall not relieve the Architect of its responsibility for the accuracy, adequacy or coordination of its work product.

ARTICLE 14 APPLICABLE LAW The law applicable to this Contract is the law of the State of Georgia. Each and every provision required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein. Architect irrevocably consents to the non-exclusive venue of the courts sitting in the county in which the Project is located regarding any matter arising out of or relating to this Contract. ARTICLE 15 OWNERSHIP OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS The Preliminary Design and the Construction Documents shall become “Instruments of Service” and include all Drawings, Plans, Specifications, and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared specifically for this Project by the Architect and its consultants. The Architect and its consultants agree and shall be deemed to have prepared their respective Instruments of Service as architectural works as defined in 17 U.S.C. §§ 102(a)(8) and 201(b), thereby transferring and vesting in the Owner, pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 201(d), all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyrights in the Instruments of Service and in the buildings, improvements, and structures constituting the Project. The Instruments of Service shall include the Space Plan and Design Concept, if any. Upon execution of this Agreement, the Architect expressly grants, assigns, transfers, and otherwise quitclaims to the Owner, its successors, and assigns, pursuant to 17 U.S.C. §201(d), all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyrights in both the Instruments of Service and in the buildings, improvements, and structures embodying the architectural and engineering works that constitute the Project, provided that the Owner shall Project No.

17

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

comply with all obligations, including prompt payment of all sums, when due, under this Agreement. The Architect shall obtain similar grants, assignments, transfers, and quitclaims from its consultants consistent with this Agreement. The Architect warrants (and shall cause each of the Architect's consultants to warrant also) that this transfer of copyright and other rights is valid against the world. The Architect hereby grants, assigns, transfers, and otherwise quitclaims to the Owner, without reservation, all copyrights to all Project-related documents, models, computer drawings, and other electronic expressions, photographs, and other expression or Instruments of Service produced by the Architect. However, the Architect will retain all rights to any pre-existing intellectual property or standard construction details or conventions contained in the Instruments of Service. The Owner hereby grants to the Architect a nonexclusive license to reproduce such documents for purposes relating directly to the Architect’s performance of this Project, for the Architect’s archival records, and for the Architect’s reproduction of drawings and photographs for the Architect’s marketing materials provided that the content of those materials, as to this Project, are approved by the Owner prior to publication. No other Project-related documents may be reproduced for any other purpose without the express written permission of the Owner. The Architect's materials shall not include the Owner's confidential or proprietary information. ARTICLE 16 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS The Architect shall not assign its rights hereunder, excepting its right to payment, nor shall it delegate any of its duties hereunder without the written consent of the Owner. Subject to the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, each party hereto binds itself, its successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other and to the successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party. ARTICLE 17 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES Nothing contained herein shall create any relationship, contractual or otherwise, with, or any rights in favor of, any third party.

ARTICLE 18 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE The Architect shall maintain the following errors and omissions insurance at all times this Contract is in effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project: 18.1 Within five days after the execution of this Contract the Architect shall file with the Owner the certificate from an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Georgia showing issuance of errors and omissions insurance (professional liability insurance) Project No.

18

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

with minimum limits per claim of 20% of the Stated Cost Limitation but not less than the minimum limits of $2,000,000 per claim coverage, $2,000,000 aggregate. Such errors and omissions insurance shall be with a deductible amount of no more than $50,000 per claim unless a different deductible amount is (i) agreed upon in writing by the Owner and (ii), if necessary for the benefit of the Owner, approved by the Georgia Department of Education. 18.2 The coverage provided herein shall contain an endorsement providing sixty (60) days notice to the Owner prior to any cancellation of said coverage. Said coverage shall be written by an insurer acceptable to the Owner and shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. ARTICLE 19 OTHER INSURANCE The Architect shall also maintain insurance in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. ARTICLE 20 TERMINATION 20.1 Either party hereto may terminate this Contract upon giving seven (7) days written notice to the other in the event that such other party substantially fails to perform its material obligations set forth herein; 20.2 This Contract may be terminated by the Owner without cause upon seven (7) days written notice to the Architect. In such event, the Owner shall pay the Architect for all services rendered prior to the termination, plus any expenses incurred and unpaid which would otherwise be payable hereunder. In such event, the Architect shall promptly submit to the Owner its invoice for final payment which invoice shall comply with the provisions of Article 11. ARTICLE 21 COOPERATION WITH PROGRAM MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 21.1 In the event the Owner gives the Architect written notice that Owner will employ the services of a program manager or construction manager, then the terms of this Article 21 shall apply to the services provided by the Architect. 21.2 In the event the Owner gives the Architect written notice that Owner will employ the services of a construction manager, the term “contractor” as used in this Contract shall mean “construction manager” and the term “Construction Contract” as used in this Contract shall mean “Construction Management Contract”. 21.3 The Architect shall fully cooperate with the Owner’s program manager (“Program Manager”) and, if applicable, the construction manager. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, providing any requested information to the Program Manager and, if applicable, the Project No.

19

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

construction manager, and advising, meeting with, consulting with, and coordinating with the Program Manager and, if applicable, the construction manager. 21.4 The Architect acknowledges that it has received, reviewed, and studied the contract between the Owner and Program Manager. To the extent that the Program Manager is authorized by its contract with Owner to act as the agent of the Owner, Architect agrees to comply with all directions and instructions given by the Program Manager. To the extent that the Program Manager is authorized and responsible for providing certain services delegated to the Architect hereinabove, the Architect’s role with reference thereto shall be to advise, consult, and cooperate with the Program Manager in its provisions of such services. 21.5 The Architect is not a third-party beneficiary of any agreement by and between Owner and the Program Manager or any construction manager. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Architect’s duties to Owner are independent of, and are not diminished by, any duties owed to Owner by the Program Manager or any construction manager. ARTICLE 22 PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES The Architect by execution of this Contract warrants that it has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for it, to solicit or secure this Contract and that he has not paid or agreed to pay any person, company, corporation, individual, or firm, other than a bona fide employee working solely for it, any fees, commission, percentage, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Contract.

ARTICLE 23 ASBESTOS STATEMENT The Architect shall sign and deliver to the Owner the Asbestos Statement of Declaration, attached hereto as Exhibit “C,” or in such other form as may be required by the Georgia Department of Education, at such time as the Owner may require. ARTICLE 24 ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Contract constitutes the entire and exclusive agreement between the parties with reference to the Project and supersedes any and all prior communications, discussions, negotiations, understandings, or agreements. This Contract may be amended only by a writing signed by both the Owner and the Architect.

Project No.

20

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

ARTICLE 25 MISCELLANEOUS 25.1 Throughout the performance of its duties under this Contract, the Architect shall comply with, and shall provide all services necessary for the Owner to comply with, all laws applicable to the design of the Project or the administration of the Construction Contract, including without limitation the rules, guidelines, and other requirements of the State of Georgia Environmental Protection Division, the State of Georgia Department of Education and the ordinances and codes of DeKalb County Georgia. 25.2 Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Contract, the term ”day” shall mean calendar day. 25.3 In addition to, and not in limitation of, the Architect’s other obligations under this Contract, the Architect shall, without additional compensation, promptly assist the Owner in resolving any problems arising out of, resulting from or relating to the design of the Project or the materials or equipment specified by the Architect or its consultant(s).

25.4 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or related to this Contract shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to the institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party. If such matter relates to or is the subject of a lien arising out of the Architect’s services, the Architect may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the matter by mediation. The Owner and Architect shall endeavor to resolve claims, disputes and other matters in question between them by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Contract and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a civil action but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of legal or equitable proceedings, which may be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or a court order. The parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Subject to the express approval of the DeKalb County Board of Education, agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

Project No.

21

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

OWNER:

ARCHITECT:

DEKALB COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION [Typed Name]

By:

By: [Signature]

[Signature]

________________________ [Printed Name, Title]

[Printed Name, Title]

By: [Signature]

[Printed Name, Title]

1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd.

Stone Mountain, Georgia 30083

___________________________________

[Printed Address]

[Printed Address]

__________________________________

__________________________________

[Date of Execution]

[Date of Execution]

Stephen M. Wilkins, Chief Operations Officer

Project No.

22

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

EXHIBIT “A” LIST OF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS FOR THE PROJECT

[Here insert or attach list of document for the Project, included herewithin by reference.] Request for Proposal, dated November 5, 2013. Owner’s Information and Criteria for Design and Construction: Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C: Appendix D: Appendix E: Appendix F: Appendix G: Appendix H: Appendix I:

Design Review- Minimal Submittal Requirements (9 pages) DCSD Elementary School Educational Specifications issued October 23, 2013 (45 pages) DCSD 2020 Vision Design Program & Guidelines issued July 22, 2013 (87 pages) Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report (63 pages) Aerial Image (1 page) Floor Plan (1 page) Owner’s Master Schedule (1 page) Sample Contract - Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (37 pages) 2013-2014 School Calendar (1 page)

Owner’s Standard Forms: Attachment A: Attachment B: Attachment C: Attachment D: Attachment E: Attachment F

Project No.

No Submittal Response Form (1 page) Architect’s RFP Checklist (1 page) Design Fee Form (5 pages) Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form (1 page) Form of Consent to Release Information (1 page) Proposal Delivery Label (1 page)

23

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

EXHIBIT “B” OTHER INSURANCE 1.1 The Architect shall maintain the following other insurance at all times this Contract is in effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project. The Architect shall secure the following insurance at his own expense and shall file Certificates of Insurance with the Owner within five (5) days after the execution of this Contract. Insurance will not be acceptable unless written by a Company licensed by the State Insurance Department to do business in Georgia at the time the policy is issued and the company must in addition be acceptable to the Owner. 1.1.1

Workmen’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability to statutory limits.

1.1.2 Comprehensive Commercial General Contractor’s Protective with the following limits; (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

Liability

including

Owner’s

&

General Aggregate: $1,000,000; Products and Completed Operations Aggregate: $1,000,000; Personal & Advertising Injury: $1,000,000; Each Occurrence: $1,000,000; Fire Damage (Any one fire): $50,000; and, Medical Expense (Any one person): $5,000.

1.1.3 Automobile Liability (owned, non-owned, hired) with combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence. 1.1.4

Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions).

1.1.5 The Owner and the Architect waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-contractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Contractor, the Contractor subcontractors, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-contractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to Paragraph (9) above or other property insurance applicable to Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Architect as fiduciary. 1.2 The Owner shall be included as an additional insured on the coverages specified in subparagraphs 1.1.2 and 1.1.3, and shall be indicated as such on certificates of insurance required herein. 1.3 These certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled, changed or allowed to expire until sixty (60) days after the Owner has received written notice evidence by return receipt of registered letter.

Project No.

24

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

EXHIBIT “C” ASBESTOS EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION FORM (NEW CONSTRUCTION & ADDITIONS ONLY)

In compliance with AHERA Part 763 “Asbestos”, Subpart E “Asbestos Containing Materials in Schools”, Section 763.99 “Exclusions” paragraph (a) (7), I ______________________________ (Architect) of record for ____________________________________ (Project Name)

________________________________,

Located in ____________________________________, (School System Name)

_______________________________,

(Substantial Completion Date)

(State Project Number)

certify that to the best of my knowledge no Asbestos Containing Building Material (ACBM) was specified as a building material in any construction document, nor was any ACBM building material installed on this project. ________________________________________ (Architectural Firm)

________________________________________ (Signature of Architect)

________________________________________ (Date) ________________________________________ (Georgia Architectural License Number)

_________________________________________ (Seal and Signature)

Project No.

25

DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)

DeKalb County School District 2013-2014 District-wide Calendar BOE Approved July 1, 2013 JULY 2013 S

4

Independence Day

JANUARY 2014

M

T

W

Th

F

S

1

2

3

4

5

6

S

Pre-planning Week First Day of School

4

9

10

11

12

13

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

17

18

19

20

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

28

29

30

31

26

27

28

29

30

31

S

M

4

5

T

6

W

7

Th

S

1

2

3

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

M

T

W

Th

F

S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

S

M

T

W

Th

F

S

1 2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

S

M

T

W

Th

F

S

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

16

17

18

19

20

21

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

29

30

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

S

M

APRIL 2014

T

W

Th

F

S

1

2

3

4

5

T

W

Th

F

S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

27

28

29

30

S

M

T

W

Th

7-11 Spring Break

MAY 2014

F

S

1

2

T

W

Th

F

S

1

2

3

8

9

10

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

4

5

6

7

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

DECEMBER 2013

JUNE 2014

S

M

T

W

Th

F

S

S

M

T

W

Th

F

S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

29

30

88 Days

17 President’s Day

1

15

M

Winter Holidays Teacher Planning Day First Day of Second Semester M.L. King, Jr. Birthday

MARCH 2014

S

M

1-3 6 7 20

FEBRUARY 2014 F

NOVEMBER 2013

10 Month Employee Work Calendar Reduction Day (5)

S

3

16

S

20 Last Day of First Semester 23-31 Winter Holidays

F

2

8

OCTOBER 2013

25-29 Thanksgiving Break

Th

1

15

S

14 Columbus Day

W

7

SEPTEMBER 2013

2 Labor Day

T

14

AUGUST 2013

5-9 12

M

20 26 21

Last Day of School Memorial Day Post Planning Days

Teacher Workday/Staff Development Day Student/Teacher Holiday First & Last Day of School Holiday – All Staff

89 Days 11 Month Employee Work Calendar Reduction Day (5)

12 Month Employee Work Calendar Reduction Day (8) Central Office above $80K (9)

2013-14 Testing Calendar Below is a list of dates when DeKalb students will take national, state, and system assessments during the 2013-2014 school year. Attendance has a direct influence on student achievement. As a result, it is important that students are present in school every day, especially on test days. Attendance on designated test days give students an opportunity to show what they know, providing teachers with valuable information that will help to improve teaching and learning.

________________________________________________________________________________ Elementary School Testing Dates Oct. 7 – 11, 2013 Oct. 15 – 25, 2013 Jan. 21 – Mar. 4, 2014 Mar. 5 – 6, 2014 Mar. 17 – 21, 2014 Apr. 15 – 24, 2014 Apr. 15 – 21, 2014 May 14 – 16, 2014 May 14 – 16, 2014

Cognitive Abilities Test (CogAT) Iowa Tests of Basic Skills (ITBS) ACCESS for English Language Learners (ELLs) Grade 5 Writing Assessment Grade 3 Writing Assessment – Rating Window Criterion Referenced Competency Test (CRCT) Criterion Referenced Competency Test Modified (CRCT-M) Criterion Referenced Competency (CRCT) – Retest Criterion Referenced Competency Modified (CRCT-M) – Retest

Grades 1, 3, and 5 Grades 1, 3, and 5 Grades K – 5 Grade 5 Grade 3 Grades 3 – 5 Grades 3 – 5 Grades 3 and 5 Grades 3 and 5

Cognitive Abilities Test (CogAT) Iowa Tests of Basic Skills (ITBS) ACCESS for English Language Learners (ELLs) Grade 8 Writing Assessment Criterion Referenced Competency Test (CRCT) Criterion Referenced Competency Test Modified (CRCT-M) Georgia End of Course Test (designated high school courses) Criterion Referenced Competency (CRCT) – Retest Criterion Referenced Competency Modified (CRCT-M) – Retest

Grade 7 Grades 7 Grades 6 – 8 Grade 8 Grades 6 – 8 Grades 6 – 8 Grade 8 Grade 8 Grade 8

Middle School Testing Dates Oct. 7 – 11, 2013 Oct. 15 – 25, 2013 Jan. 21 – Mar. 4, 2014 Jan. 22 – 23, 2014 Apr. 15 – 24, 2014 Apr. 15 – 21, 2014 May 7, 2014 May 19 – 21, 2014 May 19 – 21, 2014

High School Testing Dates Aug. 19 – 23, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Sept. 9 – 13, 2013 Georgia High School Graduation (GHSGT) Retest Grades 11 - 12 Sept. 16 – 20, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Sept. 25 – 26, 2013 Georgia High School Writing Test (GHSWT) Main Administration Grade 11 Oct. 15 – 18, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Oct. 16, 2013 PSAT Grade 9 - 11 Nov. 11 – 15, 2013 Georgia High School Graduation (GHSGT) Retest Grades 11 – 12 Nov. 18 – 22, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Dec. 9 – 16, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Winter Administration Grades 9 – 12 Jan. 21 – Mar. 4, 2014 ACCESS for English Language Learners (ELLs) Grades 9 – 12 Jan. 21 – 24, 2014 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Feb. 10 – 14, 2014 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month/Retest Grades 9 – 12 Feb. 26 – 27, 2014 Georgia High School Writing Test (GHSWT) Retest Grade 11 Mar. 10 – 14, 2014 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Mar. 17 – 21, 2014 Georgia High School Graduation Test (GHSGT) Main Administration Grades 11 – 12 May 5 – 12, 2014 End of Course Test (EOCT) Spring Administration Grades 9 – 12 Local Schools will communicate testing dates within administration windows. Contact your local school with questions. This calendar is produced by DeKalb County School District’s Department of Research, Assessment, and Grants.

2013-14 Testing Calendar

May 5 – 16, 2014 Jun. 23 -24, 2014 Jul. 14 – 18, 2014

Advanced Placement (AP) Exams End of Course Test (EOCT) Summer/Retest Administration Georgia High School Graduation (GHSGT) Retest

AP Students Grades 9 – 12 Grades 11 -12

_________________________________________________________________________________

Local Schools will communicate testing dates within administration windows. Contact your local school with questions. This calendar is produced by DeKalb County School District’s Department of Research, Assessment, and Grants.

ATTACHMENT A: NO SUBMITTAL RESPONSE FORM RFP Number: 14-752-003 DCSD Project No.: 122-422 Title: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement If your company will not be submitting a proposal in response to this Request for Proposal, please complete this form and return or fax, prior to the RFP due date established within to: DeKalb County Board of Education (the “Board”) Sam A. Moss Service Center Procurement Services Attention: Mrs. Belinda Quillet, Procurement Specialist 1780 Montreal Road Tucker, Georgia 30084-6705 Fax (678) 676-1475 This information will assist Procurement Services in the preparation of future RFP’s. Company Name: ______________________________________________________________ Contact: ____________________________________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________________________ Telephone: _________________________________ Fax: ____________________________ Email:_______________________________________________________________________ Please check reason for a “no submittal.” _____

Specifications ‘too tight,” geared toward one brand or manufacturer (explain below)

_____

Insufficient time to respond

_____

Specifications unclear (explain below)

_____

We do not offer this product/service or an equivalent

_____

Our product schedule does not permit us to perform

_____

Unable to meet specifications

_____

Unable to meet bond requirements

_____

Unable to hold prices respondent throughout the term of the contract period

_____

Unable to meet insurance requirements

_____

Other________________________________________________________________

Explanation:__________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ If submitting this form, only this form needs to be returned.

ATTACHMENT B: ARCHITECT’S CHECKLIST AND CERTIFICATION The undersigned, hereby acknowledges having received Request for Proposal (RFP) No. 14-752-003 for Project No. 122-422, Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting & Emergency Generator Replacement containing a full set of documents: Owner’s Information and Criteria for Design and Construction: Appendix A: Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements (SCL >$2M) (11 pages) Appendix B: DCSD Middle School Educational Specifications issued February 15, 2013 (82 pages) Appendix C: DCSD 2020 Vision Design Program & Guidelines issued July 22, 2013 (87 pages) Appendix D: Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report (67 pages) Appendix E: Aerial Image (1 page) Appendix F: Floor Plan (1 page) Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule (2 pages) Appendix H: Sample Contract - Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (28 pages) Appendix I: 2013-2014 School Calendar and Testing Schedule (3 pages)

Owner’s Standard Forms: Attachment A: No Submittal Response Form (1 page) Attachment B: Architect’s RFP Checklist (1 page) Attachment C: Design Fee Form (6 pages) Attachment D: Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form (1 page) Attachment E: Form of Consent to Release Information (1 page) Attachment F Proposal Delivery Label (1 page)

Include with Proposal N/A YES Separate Sealed Envelope YES YES Affix to Exterior of Package

CHECK BOX TO CONFIRM INCLUSION     

Indicate Addenda(s) Nos. ___________________________________ received (none unless indicated here). The Architect is responsible for reading and understanding all sections of this RFP, and affirms that the Architect shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in this RFP. Further, the undersigned, being duly sworn, states on oath that no disclosures of ownership have been withheld from the Board, that the information provided herein is current, and Architect and its officers and employees have not entered into any agreement with any other Architect or prospective Architect or with any other person, firm or corporation relating to any prices or other terms named in this RFP or any other RFP, nor has it entered into any agreement or arrangement under which a person, firm or corporation is to refrain from responding to this RFP. Name of Architect: _________________________________________________________ Signature:

____________________________

Printed Name:

____________________________

Title:

____________________________

Date:

____________________________

Sworn to and subscribed before me this ___ day of _______________, 2_____. Notary Public: _____________________________ My commission expires: __/__/__. (SEAL) THE DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY AND ALL PROPOSALS AND TO WAIVE INFORMALITIES.

ATTACHMENT C: DESIGN FEE PROPOSAL FORM Project Name:

A/E Services for HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement at Miller Grove Middle School Project No.: 122-422 RFP Date: January 8, 2014

DeKalb County Board of Education Sam A. Moss Service Center 1780 Montreal Road Tucker, Georgia 30084 Gentlemen: In compliance with your Advertisement for Sealed Proposals and the Request for Proposal, the undersigned Architect, ____________________________________________, [legal name of Architect] ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________, [address of Architect] ____________________________________________, [telephone number of Architect] ______________________________________________________ [federal taxpayer identification number] having carefully examined the site of the Project and the Owner’s Criteria, and having carefully examined the proposed form of Contract For Fixed Price Design And Construction Services (“Agreement”) and the Owner’s standard forms and other documents included in the Request for Proposals and any Addenda thereto, and having carefully examined the Representative Quality School referenced in the Request for Proposals, for DCSD Project No. 122-422 A/E Services for HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement at Miller Grove Middle School proposes and agrees, if this proposal is accepted, to enter into a contract with the Owner in the exact form provided in the Request for Proposal and to perform the Design Services and the Work including all services, supervision, labor, equipment and material in conformance with the Contract Documents, in the time stated therein, for the Contract Price set forth below, and submits the following proposed compensations and fees and other matters set forth below: a.

DCSD has determined that the maximum stipulated fee the Architect will receive for this project scope will be $384,000. This fee is all inclusive and incorporates all reimbursable expenses for this project. No fee amount will be added or subtracted simply due to variations between the Stated Cost Limitation and the Contractor’s final contract value of more or less than 25% for this project.

b.

Below provide your proposed breakdown of the stated fee with the milestones provided for Project No. 122-422:

10.2013

1

Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 2 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014

A. Preliminary Consultation/Examination Report

$___________________

B. Schematic Design Phase $___________________  Provide three (3) potential schemes  Provide schematic design drawings per Appendix A  Provide project specifications per Appendix A  Provide cost estimate per Appendix A  Space and functional program per Appendix A  Life cycle analysis  Other items identified in Appendix A C.

Design Development Phase $___________________  Provide design development drawings per Appendix A  Provide project specifications per Appendix A  Provide detailed cost estimate per Appendix A  Geotechnical & surveys per Appendix A  Final life cycle analysis  Submittal to GaDOE  Other items identified in Appendix A D. Construction Document Phase: 30% complete CD phase  30% complete drawings  Detailed specification manual  Detailed cost estimate

$___________________

80% complete CD phase  Design documents per Appendix A  Detailed specification manual  Detailed cost estimate  Fire Marshall review  Submittal to GaDOE

$___________________

100% Complete CD Phase  Design documents per Appendix A  Detailed specification manual  Submittal for permitting  Fire Marshall review  Submittal to GaDOE

$___________________

E. Construction Administration (Minimum of 20% of fee required) $____________________

10.2013

G. Reimbursable Expenses

$ Included in Fee

TOTAL LUMP SUM (for 122-422)

$____________________

2

Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 3 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014

c.

The hourly rates as required in Section 11.2. of the Agreement (Appendix H) in the following manner are indicated below. (These hourly rates will be added to the contract for this project): Title/Position Principal: Director: Project Architect: Project Manager: Project Coordinator: Interior Designer: Project Captain: Technical Staff: Contract Administrator: Clerical: Estimator: Scheduler: Designer: CADD: Others as appropriate

d.

Hourly Rate $ 210 per hour $ 155 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 100 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 90 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 50 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 90 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 65 per hour $ per hour

The hourly rates as required in Section 11.2. of the Agreement (Appendix H) in the following manner are indicated below. (These hourly rates will be added to the contract for this project): Title/Position Principal: Director: Project Architect: Project Manager: Project Coordinator: Interior Designer: Project Captain: Technical Staff: Contract Administrator: Clerical: Estimator: Scheduler: Designer: CADD: Others as appropriate

e.

Hourly Rate $ 210 per hour $ 155 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 100 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 90 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 50 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 90 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 65 per hour $ per hour

The undersigned Architect hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: [insert the number and date of each Addendum; if none, insert "None"] __________________________________________________________________

f.

10.2013

The Architect understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any technicalities or informalities.

3

Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 4 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014

g.

The Architect agrees that this Proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the date and time fixed for receiving said Proposals.

h.

The undersigned Architect agrees that if it is notified in writing by mail, telegraph, facsimile or handdelivery of the acceptance of this Proposal, via Notice of Award or otherwise, within one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the date and time fixed for receiving said Proposals, the undersigned Architect will execute, within three (3) business days of the date of the notice, a contract for the Design Services and the Work in accordance with the Request for Proposal in the exact form provided therein for the Contract Price as agreed upon by the Owner and Architect.

i.

The undersigned Architect agrees to commence the Design Services under the Owner’s form of contract after its receipt of a written Notice to Proceed from the Owner.

By submission of the Proposal, Architect represents and warrants that: (a) Architect has read and understands the Proposal Documents and the Proposal is made in accordance therewith; (b) Architect has read and understands the bidding or proposal documents or contract documents for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid or offered concurrently or presently under construction, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Design Services or the Work for which the Proposal is submitted; (c) Architect has visited, examined and inspected the site of the Project, obtained first-hand knowledge of existing conditions, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the products needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work to be done under the Contract, and become thoroughly familiar with all conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated all the Architect’s personal observations and any other facts or conditions that are known to or reasonably knowable by the Architect with the requirements of the Proposal Documents, including without limitation the proposed Contract Documents; (d) the Proposal is based upon furnishing all of the Design Services and the Work, and other things required by the Proposal Documents; and (e) all facts stated in the Proposal are true and correct.

10.2013

4

Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 5 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014

By submission of this Proposal, the Architect certifies that this Proposal has been derived independently, without consultation, communication or agreement as to any matter relating to this Proposal with any other Architect or with any competitor. The Architect hereby certifies that this Proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a proposal for the same Project and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. The Architect agrees to abide by all conditions of the Request for Proposal. Respectfully submitted, ______________________________________ [typed name of Architect] By: __________________________________[seal] [signature] __________________________________________ [typed name and title] __________________________________________ [address of Architect] (_____)____________________________________ [business telephone number] __________________________________________ [date of execution] [If the Architect is a joint venture, utilize the following page of this proposal form for signatures.]

10.2013

5

Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 6 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014

By submission of this Proposal, the Architect certifies that this Proposal has been derived independently, without consultation, communication or agreement as to any matter relating to this Proposal with any other Architect or with any competitor. The Architect hereby certifies that this Proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a proposal for the same Project and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. The Architect agrees to abide by all conditions of the Request for Proposal. Respectfully submitted ________________________________________________________, [typed name of Joint Venture] By: _________________________________ [typed name of Joint Venture partner] By: __________________________________[seal] [signature] __________________________________________ [typed name and title] __________________________________________ [address of Joint Venture partner] (_____)____________________________________ [business telephone number] __________________________________________ [date of execution]

By: __________________________________ [typed name of Joint Venture partner] By: __________________________________[seal] [signature] __________________________________________ [typed name and title] __________________________________________ [address of Joint Venture partner] (_____)____________________________________ [business telephone number] __________________________________________ [date of execution]

10.2013

6

ATTACHMENT D: CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE FORM I HEREBY CERTIFY that 1. I,________________________________________________ (Printed Name) am the_________________________ ____________________________________ (Title) and the duly authorized Representative of the firm of (Firm Name) ________________________________________________________________________________whose address is ______________________________________________________________________________________________ and that I possess the legal authority to make this affidavit on behalf of myself and the firm for which I am acting; And, 2.

Except as listed below, no employee, officer, or agent of the firm have any conflicts of interest, real or apparent, due to ownership, other clients, contracts, or interests associated with the DeKalb County School System; and,

3.

This request for qualification is made without prior understanding, agreement, or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a qualification for the same services, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.

EXCEPTIONS (Please List)

Signature:

__________________________________________________________

Printed Name:

__________________________________________________________

Firm Name:

__________________________________________________________

Date:

__________________________________________________________

Sworn to and described before me this ___________ day of _______________________ 2013 Personally known:

_____________________________________________________

OR Produced identification: _____________________________________________________ Type of Identification:

_____________________________________________________

Notary Public - State of

_____________________________________________________

My Commission Expires:

_____________________________________________________

Affix Seal Here:

ATTACHMENT E: CONSENT TO RELEASE INFORMATION The undersigned, having submitted a competitive sealed Proposal to the DeKalb County Board of Education in respect of a local government entity public works construction project (or being a partner in a joint venture that has submitted such proposal), hereby authorizes any person or entity having in its possession, custody or control any information regarding the undersigned to fully disclose and make available such information to the DeKalb County Board of Education, its agents, attorneys and other representatives.

This ______ day of _______________________, 20_____.

_____________________________________________________ [Printed name of person or entity consenting to release of information]

By: ___________________________________

Printed name: ___________________________

Printed Title: ____________________________

10.2013

ATTACHMENT F: PROPOSAL DELIVERY LABEL

DELIVER TO: DeKalb County Board of Education Attn: Stephen M. Wilkins, Chief Operations Officer 1780 Montreal Road Tucker, Georgia 30084

 SEALED PROPOSAL – DO NOT OPEN

RFP No:

14-752-003

RFP Title:

A/E Services for Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement

Project No.

122-422

Due Date/ Time:

January 8, 2014 no later than 11:00 AM

Submitted by: ______________________________________________________________________